Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutAgenda Packet 06242019A G E N D A MEETING OF THE CITY COUNCIL Monday,June 24,2019 ~7:00 PM City Council Chambers 211 Eighth Street Seal Beach,California THOMAS MOORE MAYOR Second District SCHELLY SUSTARSIC MAYOR PRO TEM Fourth District JOE KALMICK COUNCIL MEMBER First District MIKE VARIPAPA COUNCIL MEMBER Third District SANDRA MASSA-LAVITT COUNCIL MEMBER Fifth District This Agenda contains a brief general description of each item to be considered.No action or discussion shall be taken on any item not appearing on the agenda,except as otherwise provided by law.Supporting documents,including agenda staff reports,and any public writings distributed by the City to at least a majority of the Council Members regarding any item on this agenda are available for review at City Hall in the City Clerk's Office located at 211 Eighth Street,Seal Beach,California,Monday through Friday,between the hours of 8:00 a.m.and 5:00 p.m.or contact the City Clerk, at (562)431-2527. City Council meetings are broadcast live on Seal Beach TV3 and on the City's website www.sealbeachca.gov).Check the SBTV3 schedule for rebroadcast of —meetings are available on-demand on the website (starting 2012).meeting In compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990,if you require disability -related modification or accommodation to attend or participate in this meeting,including auxiliary aids or services,please call the City Clerk' s office at (562)431 -2527 at least 48 hours prior to the meeting. CALL TO ORDER PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE COUNCIL ROLL CALL APPROVAL OF AGENDA &WAIVER OF FULL READING OF RESOLUTIONS ORDINANCES By motion of the City Council this is the time to notify the public of any changes to the agenda and /or rearrange the order of the agenda. PRESENTATIONS /RECOGNITIONS •Run Seal Beach Grant Awards ORAL COMMUNICATIONS At this time members of the public may address the Council regarding any items within the subject matter jurisdiction of the City Council.Pursuant to the Brown Act,the Council cannot discuss or take action on any items not on the agenda unless authorized by law. Matters not on the agenda may,at the Council's discretion,be referred to the City Manager and placed on a future agenda. Those members of the public wishing to speak are asked to come forward to the microphone and state their name for the record.All speakers will be limited to a period of five (5)minutes.Speakers must address their comments only to the Mayor and entire City Council,and not to any individual,member of the staff or audience.Any documents for review should be presented to the City Clerk for distribution. Oral Communications CITY ATTORNEY REPORT Craig A.Steele,City Attorney CITY MANAGER REPORT Jill R.Ingram,City Manager COUNCIL COMMENTS General Council Member comments and reporting pursuant to AB 1234. COUNCIL ITEMS –None CONSENT CALENDAR Items on the consent calendar are considered to be routine and are enacted by a single motion with the exception of items removed by Council Members. A.Approval of City Council Minutes -That the City Council approve the minutes of the Special City Council Budget Workshop –Capital Improvement Projects (CIP)held on June 5,2019. B.Approval of City Council Minutes -That the City Council approve the minutes of the Regular City Council meeting held on June 10,2019. C.Demands on City Treasury (Fiscal Year 2019)–June 24,2019 -Ratification D.Monthly Investment Report –May 31,2019 -Receive and file. E.Agreement to Transfer Property or Funds for FY 2015-2016 Homeland Security Grant Program (“HSGP”)Purposes -That the City Council adopt Resolution 6925,approving the Agreement to Transfer Property or Funds for FY 2016 Homeland Security Grant Purposes;and that the City Manager authorize to execute the agreement on behalf of the City of Seal Beach any actions necessary for the purpose of obtaining federal financial assistance provided by the Department of Homeland Security and sub-granted through the State of California,and the County of Orange. F.Datto Cloud Service Support -That the City Council adopt Resolution 6926 authorizing the City Manager to enter into a professional services agreement with Synoptek Services for Datto Cloud Service Support. G.Notice of Completion for 2018 Annual Concrete Repair Program Project CIP ST1802 -It is requested that the City Council adopt Resolution 6927:1. Accepting the 2018 Annual Concrete Repair Program Project CIP ST1802 by Golden State Constructors,Inc.in the amount of $38,093.50;and 2.Directing the City Clerk to file a “Notice of Completion”with the Orange County Clerk- Recorder within fifteen (15)days from the date of acceptance and to release retention in 35 days. H.Agreement with Municipal Water District of Orange County for Water Loss Control Shared Services Participation -That the City Council adopt Resolution 6928 authorizing the City Manager to execute an Agreement with Municipal Water District of Orange County (MWDOC)for water loss control shared services participation. I.Extension of Agreement for Interim Police Chief -That the City Council adopt Resolution 6931 approving the First Amendment to the Agreement with Joe Miller to continue to perform the services of Interim Chief of Police for a limited additional time. ITEMS REMOVED FROM THE CONSENT CALENDAR PUBLIC HEARING J.Adopt the Operating Budget and 5-Year Capital Improvement Program (CIP);Approve the CIP Budget for FY 2019-2020;Set the Appropriations Limit for Fiscal Year 2019-2020;and Authorize Appropriations by Fund -Resolution 6929 adopting the Fiscal Year 2019-2020 Operating Budget and 5-Year Capital Improvement Program;approving the Capital Improvement Program budget for Fiscal Year 2019-2020;setting the Appropriations Limit for Fiscal Year 2019-2020 and authorizing appropriations by fund. K.Adopt the Amended and Restated FY 2019-2020 Cost Recovery Schedule -That the City Council hold a public hearing and adopt Resolution 6930 establishing new fees and charges for goods,services,and facilities provided by the City and amending and restating the FY 2019-2020 Cost Recovery Schedule. UNFINISHED /CONTINUED BUSINESS –None NEW BUSINESS L.Cannabidiol (CBD)Based Businesses -Discussion Item M.Study Session -On-Call Professional and Maintenance Services ADJOURNMENT Adjourn the City Council to Monday,July 22,2019 at 5:30 p.m.to meet in closed session,if deemed necessary. Agenda Item: A AGENDA STAFF REPORT DATE:June 24, 2019 TO:Honorable Mayor and City Council THRU:Jill R. Ingram, City Manager FROM:Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk SUBJECT:Approval of City Council Minutes ________________________________________________________________ SUMMARY OF REQUEST: That the City Council approve the minutes of the Special City Council Budget Workshop – Capital Improvement Projects (CIP) held on June 5, 2019. BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS: This section does not apply to this item. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT: There is no environmental impact related to this item. LEGAL ANALYSIS: No legal analysis is required for this item. FINANCIAL IMPACT: There is no financial impact for this item. STRATEGIC PLAN: This item is not applicable to the Strategic Plan. RECOMMENDATION: That the City Council approve the minutes of the Special City Council Budget Workshop – Capital Improvement Projects (CIP) held on June 5, 2019. 4 2 1 4 SUBMITTED BY: NOTED AND APPROVED: Gloria D. Harper Jill R. Ingram Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk Jill R. Ingram, City Manager ATTACHMENTS: A. Minutes Budget Workshop – CIP 06052019 Seal Beach, California June 5, 2019 The City Council met in a Special City Council Budget Workshop – Capital Improvement Projects (CIP) at 5:33 p.m. in the City Council Chambers. Council Member Massa- Lavitt led the Pledge of Allegiance. ROLL CALL Present: Mayor Moore Council Members: Kalmick, Massa-Lavitt, Sustarsic Absent: Varipapa City Staff: Jill R. Ingram, City Manager Patrick Gallegos, Assistant City Manager Chief Joe Miller, Seal Beach Police Department Chief Joe Bailey, Marine Safety/Lifeguard Victoria L. Beatley, Director of Finance/City Treasurer Steve Myrter, P.E., Director of Public Works Steven Fowler, Interim Director of Community Development Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk Alayna Hoang, Finance Manager PUBLIC COMMENTS Mayor Moore opened public comments. Speakers: Jerry Moreland, Joyce Ross- Parque, Dana Engstrom, Robert Goldberg, Bruce Bennett and Carla Watson. Mayor Moore closed public comments. CITY MANAGER REPORT City Manager Jill Ingram called on Public Works Director Steve Myrter to provide a presentation. BUDGET WORKSHOP Director of Public Works Steve Myrter provided the 2019-2020 Capital Improvement Project (CIP) Budget PowerPoint presentation and answered questions. Council Members asked questions, offered comments, discussed and received clarification regarding the Capital Improvement Program, Capital Project Timeline, Accomplishments and current Capital Projects during the presentation. City Manager Ingram informed Council that staff is scheduled to meet with the Navy Base in the next few weeks regarding the community pool. Director of Finance/City Treasurer Beatley offered comments regarding the Sunset Aquatic Park/Marina. Council Members asked questions, offered comments, discussed and received clarification regarding Fleet Replacement, Fleet Mechanic position, and Fleet Management Plan. Director of Finance/City Treasurer Beatley summarized the following: Overview & Goals; General Fund Summary FY 2019/2020 Draft Budget, Revenue Projections, Expenditure Estimates, Fund Balance & Reserves, Council Comments/Questions. Council Members asked questions, offered comments, discussed and received clarification regarding the General Fund Summary FY 2019/2020 Draft Budget. Mayor Moore moved, second by Council Member Massa-Lavitt to request staff to spend in line with his proposal. AYES: None NOES: None ABSENT: Varipapa ABSTAIN: Moore, Sustarsic, Massa-Lavitt, Kalmick Motion failed Mayor Moore called a Special Meeting of the City Council - Budget Workshop to be held on Monday, June 10, 2019 at 5:30 p.m. City Manager Jill Ingram reassured Council that the budget presented is prudent and necessary in order to continue to provide effective operation and customer service to the community. She reminded Council that the City has been able to maintain a high quality of service for residents but at a high cost to the very lean staff and that the City cannot continue to sustain at this rate without seeing a decrease in the level of services. Mayor Moore requested staff to provide the inflators used in the 5-year Financial Model presentation for review. PUBLIC COMMENTS Mayor Moore opened public comments. Speakers: Joyce Ross-Parque, Robert Goldberg, Jim Brady, Elizabeth Kane and Bruce Bennett. Mayor Moore closed public comments. ADJOURNMENT Mayor Moore adjourned the meeting at 9:25 p.m. to Monday, June 10, 2019 at 5:30 p.m. for a Special City Council Meeting – Budget Workshop. Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk City of Seal Beach Approved: Thomas Moore, Mayor Attested: Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk Agenda Item: B AGENDA STAFF REPORT DATE:June 24, 2019 TO:Honorable Mayor and City Council THRU:Jill R. Ingram, City Manager FROM:Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk SUBJECT:Approval of City Council Minutes ________________________________________________________________ SUMMARY OF REQUEST: That the City Council approve the minutes of the Regular City Council meeting held on June 10, 2019. BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS: This section does not apply. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT: There is no environmental impact related to this item. LEGAL ANALYSIS: No legal analysis is required for this item. FINANCIAL IMPACT: There is no financial impact for this item. STRATEGIC PLAN: This item is not applicable to the Strategic Plan. RECOMMENDATION: That the City council approve the minutes of the Regular City Council meeting held on June 10, 2019. 4 2 1 2 SUBMITTED BY: NOTED AND APPROVED: Gloria D. Harper Jill R. Ingram Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk Jill R. Ingram, City Manager ATTACHMENTS: A. Minutes Seal Beach, California June 10, 2019 The City Council met in regular session at 7:03 p.m. in the City Council Chambers. MOMENT OF SILENCE Mayor Moore observed a moment of silence in remembrance of the victims of the City of Virginia Beach tragedy. Council Member Varipapa led the Pledge of Allegiance. ROLL CALL Present: Mayor Moore Council Members: Varipapa, Kalmick, Massa-Lavitt, Sustarsic Absent: None City Staff: Craig Steele, City Attorney Jill R. Ingram, City Manager Patrick Gallegos, Assistant City Manager Chief Joe Miller, Seal Beach Police Department Chief Joe Bailey, Marine Safety/Lifeguard Department Victoria L. Beatley, Director of Finance/City Treasurer Steve Myrter, P.E., Director of Public Works Steven Fowler, Interim Director of Community Development Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk APPROVAL OF AGENDA & WAIVER OF FULL READING OF RESOLUTIONS AND ORDINANCES City Manager Jill Ingram requested that Item F be pulled from the Consent Calendar for separate consideration. Mayor Pro Tem Sustarsic moved, second by Council Member Massa-Lavitt to approve the agenda. AYES: Varipapa, Kalmick, Massa-Lavitt, Moore, Sustarsic NOES: None ABSENT: None ABSTAIN: None Motion carried City Clerk Gloria D. Harper read into the record that four (4) communications were received after the posting of the agenda regarding various agenda items that were distributed to City Council and made available to the public. PRESENTATIONS / RECOGNITIONS There were no Presentations/Recognitions items. ORAL COMMUNICATIONS Mayor Moore opened oral communications. Speakers: Robert Goldberg, Jim Brady, Joyce Ross-Parque and Jerry Moreland. Mayor Moore closed oral communications. CITY ATTORNEY REPORT City Attorney Steele had no comments. CITY MANAGER REPORT City Manager Ingram had no comments. COUNCIL COMMENTS Council Member Massa-Lavitt reported that she has two (2) mosquito traps in her personal garden and will report whether she was successful with trapping mosquitos carrying the West Nile virus. She also reported that she attended the Orange County Sanitation District (OCSD) Board Meeting and reminded everyone that the OCSD facility on Seal Beach Boulevard & Westminster Boulevard will be undergoing renovations early next year and indicated the possibility of an increase in odors during construction. Council Member Varipapa reported that he attended the Public Safety Awards Breakfast on May 23, 2019. He commended Chief Joe Miller and staff on the great job of hosting such an important event. He offered additional comments on how the awards breakfast highlighted staff’s great work and recognized the cohesiveness of the entire Public Safety Teams. Council Member Kalmick reported that he attended a conference for newly elected Councilmembers hosted by the California Joint Powers Insurance Authority (CJPIA). Mayor Pro Tem Sustarsic reported that she attended the Police Open House on June 1, 2019. She thanked and commended Chief Joe Miller for hosting the well-attended event. She offered remarks about Measure BB regarding what she approved and the discussions related to the Measure. She read the entire Measure into the record that appeared on the ballot and approved by the voters. She thanked the Measure BB Committee for all of their support and hard work in assisting to get the measure approved. Mayor Moore reported that he attended the Police Open House on June 1, 2019. He thanked Tim Kelsey and staff for the summer kick-off event in College Park East. He requested that time be set aside at the next Strategic Planning workshop to discuss the possibility of conducting meetings early in the budget process that would include members of the public as well as a formation of an Ad Hoc Budget Committee to include two (2) Councilmembers to meet during the process. COUNCIL ITEMS There were no Council items. CONSENT CALENDAR Council Member Varipapa moved, second by Council Member Kalmick, to approve the recommended actions on the consent calendar except for Item F. A. Approval of City Council Minutes - That the City Council approve the minutes of the Regular City Council meeting held on May 28, 2019. B. Approval of City Council Minutes - That the City Council approve the minutes of the Special City Council Budget Workshop – General Fund held on May 29, 2019. C. Demands on City Treasury – (Fiscal Year 2019) – June 10, 2019 – Ratification D. City of Seal Beach Strategic Plan – That the City Council receive and file the City of Seal Beach Six-Month Strategic Objectives update.. E. FY 2016/17/19 Local Street Paving Project CIP ST1602/1702/1902 – Award Construction Contract – That the City Council adopt Resolution 6921: 1. Approving the plans and specifications for the FY 2016/17/19 Local Street Paving Project CIP ST1602/17/2/1902; 2. Awarding and authorizing the City Manager to execute a construction contract to Sialic Contractors Corporation DBA Shawnan, in the amount of $491,350; 3. Authorizing the City Manager to approve contract changes in a not-to-exceed amount of $49,135; and, 4. Authorizing the City Manager to approve payments for inspection and testing services in a not-to-exceed amount of $35,515. AYES: Varipapa, Kalmick, Massa-Lavitt, Moore, Sustarsic NOES: None ABSENT: None ABSTAIN: None Motion carried ITEM(S) REMOVED FROM THE CONSENT CALENDAR City Manager Ingram introduced Public Works Deputy Director/City Engineer Iris Lee, who gave a brief PowerPoint presentation and responded to questions. F. Approve Submittal of FY 2019/20 Measure M2 Eligibility Package and its Components - That the City Council: 1. Adopt Resolution 6922 Concerning the Status and Update of the Circulation Element and Mitigation Fee Program for the City of Seal Beach; 2. Adopt the 7-year Measure M2 Capital Improvement Program (CIP) for Fiscal Years 2019/20 through 2025/26; and, 3. Direct the City Engineer to file the adopted Resolution, CIP and all other the Measure M2 eligibility documents with OCTA in compliance with the requirements of OCTA. Mayor Pro Tem Sustarsic moved, second by Council Member Massa-Lavitt, to approve the recommended actions. AYES: Varipapa, Kalmick, Massa-Lavitt, Moore, Sustarsic NOES: None ABSENT: None ABSTAIN: None Motion carried PUBLIC HEARING City Manager Ingram introduced Director of Finance/City Treasurer Victoria Beatley, who gave a brief report and responded to questions. G. Seal Beach Street Lighting Assessment District No. 1 – That the City Council adopt Resolution 6923 confirming the diagram and assessment, and levying assessments for the Seal Beach Street Lighting Assessment District No. 1 (District) for Fiscal Year 2019-2020. Mayor Moore opened the Public Hearing. Speaker: Robert Goldberg. Mayor Moore closed the Public Hearing. Willdan Financial Services Project Manager Tony Thrasher responded to questions from the Council regarding reducing the City’s general fund contribution. City Attorney Steele clarified that the $189,000 is established by the maximum rate of the assessment that was approved prior to Proposition 218; and that the rate cannot be changed but would fluctuate year- to-year. Mayor Pro Tem Sustarsic moved, second by Council Member Kalmick, to approve the recommended actions to adopt Resolution 6923. AYES: Varipapa, Kalmick, Massa-Lavitt, Moore, Sustarsic NOES: None ABSENT: None ABSTAIN: None Motion carried City Manager Ingram introduced Interim Director of Community Development Steve Fowler, who gave a brief PowerPoint presentation and responded to questions. H. Ordinance to Amend Table 5-1 of the Boeing Integrated Defense Systems Specific Plan adding Animal Services as a Conditional Use to the Land Use Table; and Request for a Conditional Use Permit (CUP 19-2) to Allow the Operation of an Animal Hospital - That the City Council take the following actions: Approve Ordinance 1679 amending Table 5-1 adding animal services as a use subject to a Conditional Use Permit in Planning Area 4 of the Boeing Integrated Defense Systems Specific Plan; and, 2. Approve Resolution 6924 approving Conditional Use Permit CUP 19-2 to allow the operation of an animal hospital with veterinary services within an existing commercial shopping center at 2365 Seal Beach Boulevard Suite #104 & #105. Mayor Moore opened the Public Hearing. Speakers: Scott Levitt and Dr. Stefan Korzeniowski. Mayor Moore closed the Public Hearing. Council Member Varipapa moved, second by Mayor Pro Tem Sustarsic, to approve the recommended actions to approve Ordinance 1679 and Resolution 6924. AYES: Varipapa, Kalmick, Massa-Lavitt, Moore, Sustarsic NOES: None ABSENT: None ABSTAIN: None Motion carried City Attorney Steele read the entire title of Ordinance 1679 into the record. UNFINISHED / CONTINUED BUSINESS There was no Unfinished/Continued Business items. NEW BUSINESS There was no New Business items. ADJOURNMENT Mayor Moore adjourned the City Council meeting at 8:02 p.m. in memory of Les Shobe to Monday, June 24, 2019 at 5:30 p.m. to meet in closed session, if deemed necessary. ______________________ Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk City of Seal Beach Approved: ___________________________ Thomas Moore, Mayor Attested: ______________________ Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk Agenda Item: E AGENDA STAFF REPORT DATE:June 24, 2019 TO:Honorable Mayor and City Council THRU:Jill R. Ingram, City Manager FROM:Joe Miller, Chief of Police SUBJECT:Agreement to Transfer Property or Funds for FY 2015-2016 Homeland Security Grant Program (“HSGP”) Purposes ________________________________________________________________ SUMMARY OF REQUEST: The proposed City Council action will adopt Resolution 6925 allowing the City of Seal Beach to enter into an Agreement to Transfer Equipment, Technology or Services to enhance county wide emergency preparedness. The City Manager will be authorized to execute on behalf of the City of Seal Beach, any actions necessary for the purpose of obtaining federal financial assistance provided by the Department of Homeland Security and sub-granted through the State of California and the County of Orange (“County”). BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS: The Federal Homeland Security Appropriations Act provides funding to address the needs of high risk urban areas through planning, equipment/services, training, and exercises through the Homeland Security Grant Program (“HSGP”). The City of Seal Beach is located in the County and the Anaheim/Santa Ana Urban Area, and is eligible to receive financial assistance in the form of funds, equipment, technology and services, through Homeland Security sub-grants from the County. The City must enter into agreement with the County to facilitate the transfer of Homeland Security Grant funds. The City Manager needs to be designated by resolution to execute the agreement on behalf of the City of Seal Beach to obtain grant funds through the Homeland Security Grant Program. The Department of Homeland Security is funding efforts nationally to combat terrorism and respond to emergencies and hazards. In order to receive the funds, entities must cooperate with the grant requirements and have a designated signer of record. This agreement allows the City to receive the funds and equipment as provided by the grant. 5 2 9 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT: There is no environmental impact related to this item. LEGAL ANALYSIS: The City Attorney has reviewed and approved as to form. FINANCIAL IMPACT: There is no financial impact for this item. STRATEGIC PLAN: This item is not applicable to the Strategic Plan. RECOMMENDATION: That the City Council adopt Resolution 6925, approving the Agreement to Transfer Property or Funds for FY 2016 Homeland Security Grant Purposes; and that the City Manager authorize and execute the agreement on behalf of the City of Seal Beach any actions necessary for the purpose of obtaining federal financial assistance provided by the Department of Homeland Security and sub-granted through the State of California, and the County of Orange. SUBMITTED BY: NOTED AND APPROVED: Joe Miller Jill R. Ingram Joe Miller, Chief of Police Jill R. Ingram, City Manager ATTACHMENTS: A. Resolution 6925 B. Agreement to Transfer Property or Funds for FY 2016 Homeland Security Grant Program Purposes RESOLUTION 6925 A RESOLUTION OF THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL APPROVING AGREEMENT FOR TRANSFER OR PURCHASE OF EQUIPMENT/SERVICES OR FOR REIMBURSEMENT OF TRAINING COSTS FOR FY 2016 HOMELAND SECURITY GRANT PROGRAM BETWEEN THE COUNTY OF ORANGE AND THE CITY OF SEAL BEACH WHEREAS, the County of Orange, a political subdivision of the State of California has applied for, received and accepted a grant from the State of California, acting through its Office of Homeland Security, to enhance countywide emergency preparedness. WHEREAS, the terms of the grant require that the County of Orange use certain grant funds to purchase equipment, technology, or services that will be transferred to the City of Seal Beach to be used for grant purposes. WHEREAS, the City of Seal Beach and the County of Orange are desirous of executing this Agreement as authorized by the City Council and the City Manager. THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL DOES HEREBY RESOLVE AS FOLLOWS: SECTION 1. The City Manager is hereby authorized to execute for and on behalf of the City of Seal Beach, a public entity established under the laws of the State of California, any actions necessary to obtain federal financial assistance provided by the Federal Department of Homeland Security and sub-granted through the State of California. SECTION 2. The City Clerk shall certify as to the adoption of this Resolution. PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED by the Seal Beach City Council, at a regular meeting held on the 24th day of June, 2019 by the following vote: AYES: Council Members NOES: Council Members ABSENT: Council Members ABSTAIN: Council Members Thomas Moore, Mayor 2 ATTEST: Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk STATE OF CALIFORNIA } COUNTY OF ORANGE } SS CITY OF SEAL BEACH } I, Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk of the City of Seal Beach, do hereby certify that the foregoing resolution is the original copy of the Resolution on file in the office of the City Clerk, passed, approved, and adopted by the City Council at a regular meeting held on the 24th day of June, 2019. Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk AGREEMENT TO TRANSFER PROPERTY OR FUNDS FOR 2015 HOMELAND SECURITY GRANT PROGRAM PURPOSES THIS AGREEMENT is entered into this _____ day of _____________, 2019, which date is enumerated for purposes of reference only, by and between the COUNTY OF ORANGE, a political subdivision of the State of California, hereinafter referred to as “COUNTY”, and __the City of Seal Beach__, a (municipal corporation/special district/not-for-profit corporation), hereinafter referred to as “SUBGRANTEE.” WHEREAS, COUNTY, acting through its Sheriff-Coroner Department in its capacity as the lead agency for the Orange County Operational Area, has applied for, received and accepted a grant from the State of California, acting through its California Office of Emergency Services, to enhance county-wide emergency preparedness, hereinafter referred to as “the grant”, as set forth in the grant documents that are attached hereto as Attachments A (FY 15 CA Supplement to the Federal Notice of Funding Opportunity), B (FY 15 Homeland Security Grant Program Notice of Funding Opportunity), and C (FY 15 Homeland Security Grant Assurances) and incorporated herein by reference. WHEREAS, the terms of the grant require that COUNTY use certain grant funds to purchase equipment, technology or services that will be transferred to SUBGRANTEE to be used for grant purposes. NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS MUTUALLY AGREED AS FOLLOWS: 1. COUNTY shall transfer to SUBGRANTEE the equipment, technology or services as specified in Attachment D hereto, which is incorporated herein by reference. If the grant requires COUNTY to transfer to SUBGRANTEE equipment, technology or services that COUNTY has not yet acquired, COUNTY shall transfer said equipment, technology or services to SUBGRANTEE as soon after acquisition by COUNTY as is reasonably practicable. 2. If COUNTY transfers grant funds to SUBGRANTEE, SUBGRANTEE shall use said grant funds only to acquire equipment, technology or services as set forth in Attachment B hereto and/or to perform such other grant functions, if any, for which Attachments A, B and C permit SUBGRANTEE to expend grant funds. SUBGRANTEE shall provide COUNTY with a budget breakdown signed by the authorized agent. 3. Throughout its useful life, SUBGRANTEE shall use any equipment, technology or services acquired with grant funds only for those purposes permitted under the terms of the grant, and shall make it available for mutual aid response. 4. SUBGRANTEE shall exercise due care to preserve and safeguard equipment acquired with grant funds from damage or destruction and shall provide regular maintenance and repairs for said equipment as are necessary, in order to keep said equipment in continually good working order. Such maintenance and servicing shall be the sole responsibility of the SUBGRANTEE, who shall pay for material and labor costs for any maintenance and repair of the said equipment throughout the life of the said equipment. 5. SUBGRANTEE shall assume all continuation costs of said equipment, technologies and/or services to include but not limited to upgrades, licenses and renewals of said equipment, technologies and/or services. 6. If equipment acquired with grant funds becomes obsolete or unusable, SUBGRANTEE shall notify COUNTY of such condition. SUBGRANTEE shall transfer or dispose of grant-funded equipment only in accordance with the instructions of COUNTY. 7. SUBGRANTEE agrees to indemnify, defend and save harmless COUNTY and their elected and appointed officials, officers, agents and employees from any and all claims and losses accruing or resulting to any and all contractors, subcontractors, laborers, and any other person, firm or corporation furnishing or supplying work services, materials or supplies in connection with SUBGRANTEE’s use of grant-funded equipment, technology or services and SUBGRANTEE’s performance of this Agreement, including Attachments A, B and C hereto, and from any and all claims and losses accruing or resulting to any person, firm, or corporation who may be injured or damaged by SUBGRANTEE in SUBGRANTEE’s use of grant-funded equipment, technology or services and SUBGRANTEE’s performance of this Agreement, including Attachments A, B and C hereto. 8. By executing this Agreement, SUBGRANTEE agrees to comply with and be fully bound by all applicable provisions of Attachments A, B and C hereto. SUBGRANTEE shall notify COUNTY immediately upon discovery that it has not abided or no longer will abide by any applicable provision of Attachments A, B and C hereto. 9. SUBGRANTEE and COUNTY shall be subject to examination and audit by the State Auditor General with respect to this Agreement for a period of three years after final payment hereunder. 10. No alteration or variation of the terms of this Agreement shall be valid unless made in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto, and no oral understanding or agreement not incorporated herein shall be binding on any of the parties hereto. 11. SUBGRANTEE may not assign this Agreement in whole or in part without the express written consent of COUNTY. 12. For a period of three years after final payment hereunder or until all claims related to this Agreement are finally settled, whichever is later, SUBGRANTEE shall preserve and maintain all documents, papers and records relevant to the work performed or property or equipment acquired in accordance with this Agreement, including Attachments A, B and C hereto. For the same time period, SUBGRANTEE shall make said documents, papers and records available to COUNTY and the agency from which COUNTY received grant funds or their duly authorized representative(s), for examination, copying, or mechanical reproduction on or off the premises of SUBGRANTEE, upon request during usual working hours. 13. SUBGRANTEE shall provide to COUNTY all records and information requested by COUNTY for inclusion in quarterly reports and such other reports or records as COUNTY may be required to provide to the agency from which COUNTY received grant funds or other persons or agencies. 14. COUNTY may terminate this Agreement and be relieved of the payment of any consideration to SUBGRANTEE if a) SUBGRANTEE fails to perform any of the covenants contained in this Agreement, including Attachments A, B and C hereto, at the time and in the manner herein provided, or b) COUNTY loses funding under the grant. In the event of termination, COUNTY may proceed with the work in any manner deemed proper by COUNTY. 15. SUBGRANTEE and its agents and employees shall act in an independent capacity in the performance of this Agreement, including Attachments A, B and C hereto, and shall not be considered officers, agents or employees of COUNTY or of the agency from which COUNTY received grant funds. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement in the County of Orange, State of California. DATED: __________________, 2019 COUNTY OF ORANGE, a political subdivision of the State of California By ___________________________________ Sheriff-Coroner “COUNTY” APPROVED AS TO FORM: COUNTY COUNSEL By _________________________________ Wendy Phillips DATED: ____________, 2019 DATED: _____________________ SUBGRANTEE By: ______________________________ City Manager, City of Seal Beach ATTEST: By__________________________________ City Clerk DATED: ______________, 2019 Agenda Item: F AGENDA STAFF REPORT DATE:June 24, 2019 TO:Honorable Mayor and City Council THRU:Jill R. Ingram, City Manager FROM:Patrick Gallegos, Assistant City Manager SUBJECT:Datto Cloud Service Support ________________________________________________________________ SUMMARY OF REQUEST: That the City Council adopt Resolution 6926 authorizing the City Manager to enter into a professional services agreement with Synoptek Services for Datto Cloud Service Support. BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS: Datto is a cloud-based backup and disaster recovery platform that is sold exclusively to information technology service providers, like Synoptek (the City’s IT provider) who have standardized backup and disaster recovery on Datto. Datto is an upgrade from the outdated Backup Exec platform which was the City’s tape- based solution. If there was a local disaster the server infrastructure can be recreated in the secure Datto cloud. This could not happen with a tape-based solution. Datto’s cloud platform will also improve business continuity and redundancy and use image-based backup technology to take a complete picture of the servers on the domain. Datto Cloud Service Support will cover the management, warranty, backup service support, and cloud storage at Datto data centers in the United States thereby enhancing server, database and security as the data is encrypted during transmission and at rest at the Datto data centers. The procurement of this type of commodity can be obtained only from one vendor due to the configuration of the City’s servers and cloud engineering support needs thus making it exempt from the bid requirements of Chapter 3.20 of the City’s Municipal Code. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT: There is no environmental impact related to this item. 5 3 1 LEGAL ANALYSIS: The City Attorney has reviewed and approved as to form. FINANCIAL IMPACT: The cost of Datto Service Support for 36 months is $72,851.40. The cost of this service is included in the FY 2019-20 Budget, Account 001-020-44000. STRATEGIC PLAN: This item is not applicable to the Strategic Plan. RECOMMENDATION: That the City Council adopt Resolution 6926 authorizing the City Manager to enter into a professional services agreement with Synoptek Services for Datto Cloud Service Support. SUBMITTED BY: NOTED AND APPROVED: Patrick Gallegos Jill R. Ingram Patrick Gallegos, Assistant City Manager Jill R. Ingram, City Manager ATTACHMENTS: A. Resolution B. Professional Services Agreement RESOLUTION 6926 A RESOLUTION OF THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO ENTER INTO A PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH SYNOPTEK SERVICES FOR DATTO CLOUD SERVICE SUPPORT THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL DOES HEREBY RESOLVE: Section 1. That the City Manager is hereby authorized to execute for and on behalf of the City of Seal Beach the professional services agreement between Synoptek Services and the City of Seal Beach not to exceed the amount of $72,851.40 to acquire backup and disaster platform support services; and, Section 2. The City Council hereby approves the allocation of no more than $72,851.40 in account number 001-020-44000 for the purchase of Datto Cloud Service Support. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED by the Seal Beach City Council at a regular meeting held on the 24th day of June, 2019 by the following vote: AYES: Council Members NOES: Council Members ABSENT: Council Members ABSTAIN: Council Members Thomas Moore, Mayor ATTEST: Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk Resolution 6926 STATE OF CALIFORNIA } COUNTY OF ORANGE } SS CITY OF SEAL BEACH } I, Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk of the City of Seal Beach, do hereby certify that the foregoing resolution is the original copy of Resolution 6926 on file in the office of the City Clerk, passed, approved, and adopted by the City Council at a regular meeting held on the 24th day of June, 2019. Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT Between City of Seal Beach 211 8th Street Seal Beach, CA 90740 & Synoptek Services 19520 Jamboree Rd #110, Irvine, CA 92612 (949) 241-8600 This Professional Service Agreement (“the Agreement”) is made as of December 10, 2018 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Synoptek Servicers (“Consultant”) and the City of Seal Beach (“City”), a California charter city, (collectively, “the Parties”). 2 of 10 RECITALS A. City desires certain professional services. B. Consultant represents that it is qualified and able to provide City with such services. NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the Parties’ performance of the promises, covenants, and conditions stated herein, the Parties hereto agree as follows. AGREEMENT 1.0 Scope of Services 1.1. Consultant shall provide those services (“Services”) set forth in the attached Exhibit A, which is hereby incorporated by this reference. To the extent that there is any conflict between Exhibit A and this Agreement, this Agreement shall control. 1.2. Consultant shall perform all Services under this Agreement in accordance with the standard of care generally exercised by like professionals under similar circumstances and in a manner reasonably satisfactory to City. 1.3. In performing this Agreement, Consultant shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state, and local law. 1.4. Consultant will not be compensated for any work performed not specified in the Scope of Services unless the City authorizes such work in advance and in writing. The City Manger may authorize extra work to fund unforeseen conditions up to the amount approved at the time of award by the City Council. Payment for additional work in excess of this amount requires prior City Council authorization. 2.0 Term This term of this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and shall continue for a term of three years unless previously terminated as provided by this Agreement. 3.0 Consultant’s Compensation City will pay Consultant in accordance with the hourly rates shown on the fee schedule set forth in Exhibit A for Services but in no event will the City pay more than $72,851.40. Any additional work authorized by the City pursuant to Section 3 of 10 1.4 will be compensated in accordance with the fee schedule set forth in Exhibit A. 4.0 Method of Payment 4.1. Consultant shall submit to City monthly invoices for all services rendered pursuant to this Agreement. Such invoices shall be submitted within 15 days of the end of the month during which the services were rendered and shall describe in detail the services rendered during the period, the days worked, number of hours worked, the hourly rates charged, and the services performed for each day in the period. City will pay Consultant within 30 days of receiving Consultant’s invoice. City will not withhold any applicable federal or state payroll and other required taxes, or other authorized deductions from payments made to Consultant. 4.2. Upon 24-hour notice from City, Consultant shall allow City or City’s agents or representatives to inspect at Consultant’s offices during reasonable business hours all records, invoices, time cards, cost control sheets and other records maintained by Consultant in connection with this Agreement. City’s rights under this Section 4.2 shall survive for two ye ars following the termination of this Agreement. 5.0 Termination 5.1. This Agreement may be terminated by City, without cause, or by Consultant based on reasonable cause, upon giving the other party written notice thereof not less than 30 days prior to the date of termination. 5.2. This Agreement may be terminated by City upon 10 days’ notice to Consultant if Consultant fails to provide satisfactory evidence of renewal or replacement of comprehensive general liability insurance as required by this Agreement at least 20 days before the expiration date of the previous policy. 6.0 Party Representatives 6.1. The City Manager is the City’s representative for purposes of this Agreement. 6.2. Stefan Laube is the Consultant’s primary representative for purposes of this Agreement. 7.0 Notices 7.1. All notices permitted or required under this Agreement shall be deemed made when personally delivered or when mailed 48 hours after deposit 4 of 10 in the United States Mail, first class postage prepaid and addressed to the party at the following addresses: To City: City of Seal Beach 211 8th Street Seal Beach, California 90740 Attn: City Manager To Consultant: Synoptek 19520 Jamboree Rd #110 Irvine, CA 92612 Attn: Stefan Laube 7.2. Actual notice shall be deemed adequate notice on the date actual notice occurred, regardless of the method of service. 8.0 Independent Contractor 8.1. Consultant is an independent contractor and not an employee of the City. All services provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be performed by Consultant or under its supervision. Consultant will determine the means, methods, and details of performing the services. Any additional personnel performing services under this Agreement on behalf of Consultant shall also not be employees of City and shall at all times be under Consultant’s exclusi ve direction and control. Consultant shall pay all wages, salaries, and other amounts due such personnel in connection with their performance of services under this Agreement and as required by law. Consultant shall be responsible for all reports and obligations respecting such additional personnel, including, but not limited to: social security taxes, income tax withholding, unemployment insurance, disability insurance, and workers’ compensation insurance. 8.2. Consultant shall indemnify and hold harmless City and its elected officials, officers, employees, servants, designated volunteers, and agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, from any and all liability, damages, claims, costs and expenses of any nature to the extent ari sing from Consultant’s personnel practices. City shall have the right to offset against the amount of any fees due to Consultant under this Agreement any amount due to City from Consultant as a result of Consultant’s failure to promptly pay to City any reimbursement or indemnification arising under this Section. 9.0 Subcontractors No portion of this Agreement shall be subcontracted without the prior written approval of the City. Consultant is fully responsible to City for the performance of any and all subcontractors. 5 of 10 10.0 Assignment Consultant shall not assign or transfer any interest in this Agreement whether by assignment or novation, without the prior written consent of City. Any purported assignment without such consent shall be void and without effect. 11.0 Insurance 11.1. Consultant shall not commence work under this Agreement until it has provided evidence satisfactory to the City that Consultant has secured all insurance required under this Section. Consultant shall furnish City with original certificates of insurance and endorsements effecting coverage required by this Agreement on forms satisfactory to the City. The certificates and endorsements for each insurance policy shall be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf, a nd shall be on forms provided by the City if requested. All certificates and endorsements shall be received and approved by the City before work commences. The City reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time. 11.2. Consultant shall, at its expense, procure and maintain for the duration of the Agreement, insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property that may arise from or in connection with the performance of this Agreement. Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a current A.M. Best’s rating no less than A:VIII, licensed to do business in California, and satisfactory to the City. Coverage shall be at least as broad as the latest version of the following: (1) General Liability: Insurance Services Office Commercial General Liability coverage (occurrence form CG 0001); (2) Automobile Liability: Insurance Services Office Business Auto Coverage form number CA 0001, code 1 (any auto); and, if required by the City, (3) Professional Liability. Consultant shall maintain limits no less than: (1) General Liability: $2,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage and if Commercial General Liability Insurance or other form with a general aggregate limit is used, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this Agreement/location or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit; (2) Automobile Liability: $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage; and (3) Professional Liability: $1,000,000 per claim/aggregate. 11.3. The insurance policies shall contain the following provisions, or Consultant shall provide endorsements on forms supplied or approved by the City to state: (1) coverage shall not be suspended, voided, reduced or canceled except after 30 days prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to the City; (2) any failure to comply with reporting or other provisions of the policies, including breaches of warranties, shall not affect coverage provided to the City, its directors, officials, officers, (3) coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its directors, officials, officers, 6 of 10 employees, agents and volunteers, or if excess, shall stand in an unbroken chain of coverage excess of the Consultant’s scheduled underlying coverage and that any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its directors, officials, officers, employees, agents and volunteers shall be excess of the Consultant’s insurance and shall not be called upon to contribute with it; (4) for general liability insurance, that the City, its directors, officials, officers, employees, agents and volunteers shall be covered as additional insureds with respect to the services or operations performed by or on behalf of the Consultant, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work; and (5) for automobile liability, that the City, its directors, officials, officers, employees, agents and volunteers shall be covered as additional insureds with respect to the ownership, operation, maintenance, use, loading or unloading of any auto owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the Consultant or for which the Consultant is responsible. 11.4. All insurance required by this Section shall contain standard separation of insureds provisions and shall not contain any special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to the City, its directors, officials, officers, employees, agents, and volunteers. 11.5. Any deductibles or self-insured retentions shall be declared to and approved by the City. Consultant guarantees that, at the option of the City, either: (1) the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self -insured retentions as respects the City, its directors, officials, officers, employees, agents, and volunteers; or (2) the Consultant shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigation costs, claims and administrative and defense expenses. 12.0 Indemnification, Hold Harmless, and Duty to Defend Consultant shall defend, indemnify, and hold the City, its officials, officers, employees, volunteers and agents serving as independent contractors in the role of city officials (collectively “Indemnitees”) free and harmless from any and all claims, demands, causes of action, costs, expenses, liability, loss, damage or injury, in law or equity, to property or persons, including wrongful death, in any manner arising out of or incident to any acts or omissions of Consultant, its employees, or its agents in connection with the performance of this Agreement, including without limitation the payment of all consequential damages and attorneys’ fees and other related costs and expenses, except for such loss or damage arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the City. With respect to any and all such aforesaid suits, actions, or other legal proceedings of every kind that may be brought or instituted against Indemnitees, Consultant shall defend Indemnitees, at Consultant’s own cost, expense, and risk, and shall pay and satisfy any judgment, award, or decree that may be rendered against Indemnitees. Consultant shall reimburse City and its directors, officials, officers, employees, agents and/or volunteers, for any and all legal expenses and co sts incurred by each of them in connection therewith or in enforcing the indemnity 7 of 10 herein provided. Consultant’s obligation to indemnify shall not be restricted to insurance proceeds, if any, received by Consultant, the City, its directors, officials, officers, employees, agents or volunteers. All duties of Consultant under this Section shall survive termination of this Agreement. 13.0 Equal Opportunity Consultant affirmatively represents that it is an equal opportunity employer. Consultant shall not discriminate against any subcontractor, employee, or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, national origin, handicap, ancestry, sex, sexual orientation, or age. Such non -discrimination includes, but is not limited to, all activities related to initial employment, upgrading, demotion, transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff, or termination. 14.0 Labor Certification By its signature hereunder, Consultant certifies that it is aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the California Labor Code that require every employer to be insured against liability for Workers’ Compensation or to undertake self -insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and agrees to comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the Services. 15.0 Entire Agreement This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior negotiations, understandings, or agreements. This Agreement may only be modified by a writing signed by both parties. 16.0 Severability The invalidity in whole or in part of any provisions of this Agreement shall not void or affect the validity of the other provisions of this Agreement. 17.0 Governing Law This Agreement shall be governed by and constr ued in accordance with the laws of the State of California. 18.0 No Third Party Rights No third party shall be deemed to have any rights hereunder against either party as a result of this Agreement. 8 of 10 19.0 Waiver No waiver of any default shall constitute a waiver of any other default or breach, whether of the same or other covenant or condition. No waiver, benefit, privilege, or service voluntarily given or performed by a party shall give the other party any contractual rights by custom, estoppel, or otherwise. 20.0 Prohibited Interests; Conflict of Interest 20.1. Consultant covenants that it presently has no interest and shall not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, which may be affected by the Services, or which would conflict in any manner with the performance of the Services. Consultant further covenants that, in performance of this Agreement, no person having any such interest shall be employed by it. Furthermore, Consultant shall avoid the appearance of having any interest, which would conflict in any manner with the performance of the Services. Consultant shall not accept any employment or representation during the term of this Agreement which is or may likely make Consultant “financially interested” (as provided in California Government Code §§1090 and 87100) in any decision made by City on any matter in connection with which Consultant has been retained. 20.2. Consultant further warrants and maintains that it has not employed or retained any person or entity, other than a bona fide employee working exclusively for Consultant, to solicit or obtain this Agreement. Nor has Consultant paid or agreed to pay any person or entity, other than a bona fide employee working exclusively for Consultant, any fee, commission, gift, percentage, or any other consideration contingent upon the execution of this Agreement. Upon any breach or violation of this warranty, City shall have the right, at its sole and absolute discretion, to terminate this Agreement without further liability, or to deduct from any sums payable to Consultant hereunder the full amount or value of any such fee, commission, percentage or gift. 20.3. Consultant warrants and maintains that it has no knowledge that any officer or employee of City has any interest, whether contractual, non - contractual, financial, proprietary, or otherwise, in this transaction or in the business of Consultant, and that if any such interest comes to the knowledge of Consultant at any time during the term of this Agreement, Consultant shall immediately make a complete, written disclosure of such interest to City, even if such interest would not be deemed a prohibited “conflict of interest” under applicable laws as described in this subsection. 21.0 Attorneys’ Fees If either party commences an action against the other party, either legal, administrative or otherwise, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, the prevailing party in such litigation shall be entitled to have and recover from 9 of 10 the losing party all of its attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred in connect ion therewith. 22.0 Exhibits All exhibits referenced in this Agreement are hereby incorporated into the Agreement as if set forth in full herein. In the event of any material discrepancy between the terms of any exhibit so incorporated and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control. 23.0 Corporate Authority The person executing this Agreement on behalf of Consultant warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute this Agreement on behalf of said Party and that by his or her execution, the Consultant is formally bound to the provisions of this Agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto, through their respective authorized representatives have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written. CITY OF SEAL BEACH By: _________________________ Jill R. Ingram, City Manager Attest: By: _________________________ Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk Approved as to Form: By: _________________________ Craig A. Steele, City Attorney CONSULTANT By: _________________________ Name: Stefan Laube Its: Client Technology Officer 10 of 10 Exhibit A Agenda Item: G AGENDA STAFF REPORT DATE:June 24, 2019 TO:Honorable Mayor and City Council THRU:Jill R. Ingram, City Manager FROM:Steve Myrter, P.E. , Director of Public Works SUBJECT:Notice of Completion for 2018 Annual Concrete Repair Program Project CIP ST1802 ________________________________________________________________ SUMMARY OF REQUEST: That the City Council adopt Resolution 6927 1. Accepting the 2018 Annual Concrete Repair Program Project CIP ST1802 by Golden State Constructors, Inc. in the amount of $38,093.50; and, 2. Directing the City Clerk to file a “Notice of Completion” with the Orange County Clerk-Recorder within fifteen (15) days from the date of acceptance and to release retention in 35 days. BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS: On June 25, 2018, the City Council approved the plans and specifications for the 2018 Annual Concrete Repair Program CIP ST1802 and authorized the solicitation for bids. On August 13, 2018, the City Council adopted Resolution 6851, and awarded a contract to Golden State Constructors, Inc. for the Project in the amount of $39,113.00. The Project consisted of repairs identified in the 2012 Update to the Citywide Concrete Inspection Report, which involved repairing of sidewalk, driveways, curb and gutter. During the course of construction, a few locations throughout the City were found to be of lower priority. Those locations were removed from the list and replaced with locations of a higher priority. The Project has been completed to the satisfaction of the City Engineer. The Project was inspected and it meets all standards and requirements within the Project specifications. It is requested that the City Council formally accept the 5 3 3 Project and direct staff to file a Notice of Completion with the Orange County Clerk’s Office. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT: This Project has complied with all the requirements of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) and is categorically exempt under Section 15031 Class 1 of the CEQA Guidelines. LEGAL ANALYSIS: The City Attorney has reviewed the resolution and approved as to form. FINANCIAL IMPACT: The approved FY 2018-2019 Budget allocated $75,000 of Measure M2 Funds. The table below presents the estimated breakdown of the Project cost: Description Amount Construction Project Advertisement $38,093.50 $105.64 Estimated Project Total $38,199.14 The awarded contract amount with Golden State Constructors, Inc. was in the amount of $39,113. The total cost is $38,093.50. Unspent funds will be returned to the original source of funds. STRATEGIC PLAN: This item is not applicable to the Strategic Plan. RECOMMENDATION: That the City Council adopt Resolution 6927: 1. Accepting the 2018 Annual Concrete Repair Program Project CIP ST1802 by Golden State Constructors, Inc. in the amount of $38,093.50; and 5 3 3 2. Directing the City Clerk to file a “Notice of Completion” with the Orange County Clerk-Recorder within fifteen (15) days from the date of acceptance and to release retention in 35 days. SUBMITTED BY: NOTED AND APPROVED: Steve Myrter Jill R. Ingram Steve Myrter, P.E., Director of Public Works Jill R. Ingram, City Manager ATTACHMENTS: A. Resolution 6927 B. Notice of Completion RESOLUTION 6927 A RESOLUTION OF THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL ACCEPTING COMPLETION OF THE 2018 ANNUAL CONCRETE REPAIR PROJECT CIP ST1802 AND DIRECTING THE FILING OF A NOTICE OF COMPLETION FOR THE PROJECT THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL DOES HEREBY RESOLVE: Section 1. The City accepts the completion of the 2018 Annual Concrete Repair Project CIP ST1802 (the “Project”) by Golden State Constructors, Inc. in the amount of $38,093.50 for the work performed. Section 2. The City Clerk is hereby directed to file a “Notice of Completion” for the Project with the Orange County Clerk-Recorder within fifteen (15) days of the date of this resolution and to release retention 35 days after the filing of the Notice of Completion. PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED by the Seal Beach City Council at a regular meeting held on the 24th day of June 2019 by the following vote: AYES: Council Members NOES: Council Members ABSENT: Council Members ABSTAIN: Council Members Thomas Moore, Mayor ATTEST: Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk STATE OF CALIFORNIA } COUNTY OF ORANGE } SS CITY OF SEAL BEACH } I, Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk of the City of Seal Beach, do hereby certify that the foregoing resolution is the original copy of Resolution 6927 on file in the office of the City Clerk, passed, approved, and adopted by the City Council at a regular meeting held on the 24th day of June 2019. Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO CITY OF SEAL BEACH Attn: City Clerk 211 - 8th Street Seal Beach, CA 90740 Space of above this line for Recorder’s use. *** No Recording Fee Pursuant to Government Code Section 6103, 27383 **** NOTICE OF COMPLETION Notice pursuant to Civil Code Section 9204, must be filed within 15 days after completion. Notice is hereby given that: 1. The undersigned is owner or corporate officer of the owner of the interest or estate stated below in the property hereinafter described: 2. The full name of the owner is: City of Seal Beach. 3. The address of the owner is: 211 – 8th Street, Seal Beach, CA 90740. 4. The nature of the interest or estate of the owner is: In Fee. The City of Seal Beach. 5. A work of improvement on the property hereinafter is described as substantially completed on June 24, 2019. The work was 2018 Annual Concrete Repair Program. CIP No. ST1802. 6. The name of the contractor(s), if any, for such improvement was: Golden State Constructors, Inc. The date of the Contract Award was June 25, 2018. 7. The property on which said work of improvement was completed in the City of Seal Beach, County of Orange, State of California, and is described as follows: Various locations in Old Town, Hill and Cove, College Park West Community Districts Date: _______________ _________________________________________ Director of Public Works, P.E., City of Seal Beach Signature of owner or corporate officer of owner named in paragraph 2 or agent. VERIFICATION I, the undersigned, say: the Director of Public Works declarant of the foregoing notice of completion; have read said notice of completion and know the contents thereof; the same is true of my own knowledge. I declare under penalty of perjury the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on _____________________, 2019, at Seal Beach, California. (Date of Signature) _________________________________________ Director of Public Works, City of Seal Beach Agenda Item: H AGENDA STAFF REPORT DATE:June 24, 2019 TO:Honorable Mayor and City Council THRU:Jill R. Ingram, City Manager FROM:Steve Myrter, P.E, Public Works Director SUBJECT:Agreement with Municipal Water District of Orange County for Water Loss Control Shared Services Participation ________________________________________________________________ SUMMARY OF REQUEST: That the City Council adopt Resolution 6928 authorizing the City Manager to execute an Agreement with Municipal Water District of Orange County (MWDOC) for water loss control shared services participation. BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS: The Municipal Water District of Orange (MWDOC) provides wholesale imported water to the City of Seal Beach and 27 other Member Agencies throughout Orange County. Pooling together with the other local water agencies through MWDOC has provided numerous advantages for all of its members. The agencies lobby together for legislation and share in funding common services needed by all of the agencies. Beginning in Fiscal Year 2011-12, MWDOC adopted a new business model in which programs and services provided by MWDOC were split up into two programs called core and choice. Core programs comprise the bulk of the services that MWDOC provides and they are a benefit to all Member Agencies and are funded by all Member Agencies. Some of the benefits include Metropolitan Water District Board Membership, coordination with all MWDOC member agencies on new legislation and required reports and submittals, and lobbying for grant funding. Choice programs typically do not benefit all Member Agencies equally or sometimes even at all. Member Agencies have the option as to whether they wish to participate in certain MWDOC choice programs. Some of these programs have included: 5 3 4 • South Orange Coastal Ocean Desalination Project • Poseidon Huntington Beach Ocean Desalination • MWDOC’s School Program • MWDOC’s Water Use Efficiency Programs Turf Removal Smart Timers High Efficiency Toilets and Zero Water Urinals High Efficiency Clothes Washers The programs are managed and run by MWDOC staff. Each year, MWDOC will develop a budget for these choice programs in collaboration with the Member Agencies and only the Member Agencies that elect to participate will be charged directly for these services. Since Senate Bill 555 (SB555) was passed requiring water agencies to submit an annual distribution system water balance to the Department of Water Resources (DWR), MWDOC has taken a leadership role with preparation of all agencies’ distribution system water balance and auditing by utilizing a third party consulting firm, Water Systems Optimization, Inc. Starting in Fiscal Year 2019-20, MWDOC has made the necessary budgeting and staffing arrangements to bring most of those services in-house and are offering those continued services to member agencies through their choice program structure. The City of Seal Beach has elected to participate in various choice programs since the program’s inception in Fiscal Year 2011-2012. With water loss control services being offered as a choice program, it is in the City’s best interests to participate in this program as well. The purpose of the Water Loss Control Shared Services Participation Agreement (Agreement) is to provide a framework for which MWDOC will provide services to the City of Seal Beach. Every year, Seal Beach will be able to select the tasks that meet our yearly needs and will also be able to choose a low or high level of technical assistance within each task. This approach allows for maximum flexibility to customize the level of technical assistance that the City may need in a given year while fitting those services within our budget. The Agreement will become effective upon execution and shall terminate on June 30, 2024. The Agreement will automatically renew for an additional five years unless amended by either party at any time. The Agreement additionally contains a 30-day termination clause for either party. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT: There is no environmental impact related to this item. 5 3 4 LEGAL ANALYSIS: The City Attorney has reviewed and approved the Water Loss Control Shared Services Participation Agreement as to form. FINANCIAL IMPACT: The City of Seal Beach funds all MWDOC programs through Water Operations Account 017-900-45000. Funding levels are determined annually by MWDOC and reviewed by Participating Agencies. Appropriate funding is then requested during annual budget process. For Fiscal Year 2019/2020, staff is not requesting any funding for this program. Funding from Fiscal Year 2018-19 has been deemed sufficient to cover all costs related to water loss control services for next fiscal year as well. STRATEGIC PLAN: This item is not applicable to the Strategic Plan. RECOMMENDATION: That the City Council adopt Resolution 6928 authorizing the City Manager to execute an Agreement with Municipal Water District of Orange County (MWDOC) for water loss control shared services participation. SUBMITTED BY: NOTED AND APPROVED: Steve Myrter Jill R. Ingram Steve Myrter, P.E, Public Works Director Jill R. Ingram, City Manager ATTACHMENTS: A. Resolution 6928 B. Water Loss Control Shared Services Agreement with MWDOC C. Shared Services Business Plan (Exhibit B) RESOLUTION 6928 A RESOLUTION OF THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO EXECUTE AN AGREEMENT WITH MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT OF ORANCE COUNTY FOR WATER LOSS CONTROL SHARED SERVICES PARTICIPATION THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL DOES HEREBY RESOLVE: Section 1. The City of Seal Beach hereby approves the Water Loss Control Shared Services Participation Agreement between the City of Seal Beach and Municipal Water District of Orange County attached hereto as Exhibit “A” and incorporated herein by this reference as though set forth in full. Section 2. The City Council hereby authorizes the City Manager to execute the Agreement. Section 3. The City Clerk shall certify to the passage and adoption of this resolution. PASSED, APPROVED, and ADOPTED by the Seal Beach City Council at a regular meeting held on the 24th day of June 2019 by the following vote: AYES: Council Members ___________________________ NOES: Council Members ____ ABSENT: Council Members _____ ABSTAIN: Council Members ____ Thomas Moore, Mayor ATTEST: ______ Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk STATE OF CALIFORNIA } COUNTY OF ORANGE } SS CITY OF SEAL BEACH } I, Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk of the City of Seal Beach, do hereby certify that the foregoing resolution is the original copy of Resolution 6928 on file in the office of the City Clerk, passed, approved, and adopted by the City Council at a regular meeting held on 24th day of June 2019. ______ Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk WATER LOSS CONTROL SHARED SERVICES AGREEMENT This Water Loss Control Shared Services Agreement (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of _______________, 2019, by and between the Municipal Water District of Orange County (“MWDOC”) and City of Seal Beach (“Participating Agency”). MWDOC and Participating Agency may be collectively referred to as “Parties” and individually as a “Party.” RECITALS A. MWDOC offers its member agencies (“Member Agencies”) the benefits of certain programs called choice services, which are services that MWDOC makes available to Member Agencies that they may elect to participate in or not (“Choice Services”). B. If Member Agencies elect to receive certain Choice Services, they execute an agreement with MWDOC that sets forth the terms and conditions for such Choice Services. C. Through these agreements MWDOC offers cost sharing and shared services components that allow Member Agencies to obtain economies of scale and save money on such Choice Services. D. With input from its Member Agencies, MWDOC prepared a Water Loss Control Shared Services Business Plan, which proposed five water loss control shared services that would be provided to Member Agencies by MWDOC staff and, as necessary and as determined by MWDOC, third party vendors/contractors (“Contractor or Contractors”). E. Participating Member Agencies may elect which of the shared services, if any, they wish to receive from MWDOC by completing an initial election form with this Agreement. The initial election form is attached as Exhibit A to this Agreement. F. At the end of each year, the Participating Agency may change the shared services that it elects to receive for the following year by completing an annual election addendum to this Agreement. G. Annual election addendums may also be used to tailor the types and amounts of shared services that each participating Member Agency will receive, as well as the costs. H. The Parties desire to enter into this Agreement whereby MWDOC will provide the water loss control shared services that the Participating Agency elects to receive on the terms and conditions described in this Agreement. TERMS 1. Scope of Services. MWDOC will provide to Participating Agency the water loss control services that are identified in the initial election form attached as Exhibit A and, unless otherwise provided in Exhibit A, that are consistent with the description in the Water Loss Control Shared Services Business Plan attached as Exhibit B (“Services”). The actual scheduling of Services shall be done only upon request of the Participating Agency. The Parties agree that MWDOC may provide the Services by utilizing MWDOC staff or Contractors as determined by MWDOC. 2. Term of Agreement. The term of this Agreement shall be from July 1, 2019 to June 30, 2024. The term will automatically renew for another five years unless either of the Parties terminate the Agreement pursuant to Section 6. 3. Annual Election Addendums. Prior to July 1 of each year of the Agreement and consistent with the requirements of this Section, Participating Agency may change the shared services that it elects to receive for the following fiscal year (July 1 – June 30) by completing an annual election addendum, which will replace and become a new Exhibit A to this Agreement (“Election Addendum”). The Election Addendum with the elections for the following fiscal year must be submitted to MWDOC prior to the end of the third quarter of the previous fiscal year. The Election Addendum must be executed by the Parties prior to the start of the next fiscal year for it to take effect. The Election Addendum may contain terms that are different than those in th e initial election form, including adjustments to the types of services and the addition of new shared s ervices as they become available. 4. Pricing and Payment. Participating Agency shall pay MWDOC for the Services performed pursuant to this Agreement in the unit cost amounts for each type of elected shared service as set forth in Exhibit A. The unit cost amounts in Exhibit A may be adjusted each year by MWDOC in MWDOC’s discretion. MWDOC will provide notice to Participating Agency of any changes to the unit cost amounts for the next fiscal year by March 1 of the previous fiscal year, and such adjusted costs shall be reflected in the Election Addendum. With respect to Services that are provided by Contractors who are under contract with MWDOC, MWDOC reserves the right to change the unit cost for such Services if there is a change in unit cost by the Contractor, provided, however, that MWDOC gives the Participating Agency no less than sixty (60) days notice of such change, during which period the Participating Agency may elect to terminate such Services from the Election Addendum . In addition, Participating Agency is not obligated to request any Services and is only required to pay for Services performed by MWDOC at the request of Participating Agency. 5. Billing Procedure and Payment. Within thirty (30) days of receiving the Exhibit A, MWDOC shall invoice Participating Agency for the full unit cost of the Services that have been chosen by the Participating Agency for the upcoming fiscal year. Participating Agency shall pay MWDOC within thirty (30) days of receipt of the invoice. In the event that there is a subsequent change in the scope of the Services that were elected in Exhibit A, MWDOC will provide a revised invoice for such change and in the event that the change results in a credit to the Participating Agency, then the Participating Agency will have the option to apply the credit to the annual invoice for the next fiscal year or to be issued a refund. 6. Termination. Either Party may terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) days written notice to the other. In such an event, the Parties shall be responsible to each other for any obligations that have already been incurred prior to the termination date. 7. Qualifications. MWDOC represents and warrants to Participating Agency that MWDOC and its Contractors have the qualifications, experience, equipment, and licenses, necessary to properly perform the Services in a competent and professional manner. MWDOC will cooperate with each Participating Agency to enforce any warranty or other contractual claims arising out of the failure of a Contractor to perform Services in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 8. Standard of Care. MWDOC’s services will be performed in accordance with generally accepted professional practices and principles and in a manner consistent with the level of care and skill ordinarily exercised to perform the Services. MWDOC will require that all Contractors provide the same level of professional qualification and skill. 9. Accounting. MWDOC shall, for a reasonable time, keep accurate and detailed records of the Services performed and the financial details in connection with such Services, including all accounting books and records related to any payments to Contractors (collectively, the “Records”). Any and all Records must be maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles that are applicable to local government agencies in the State of California and must be sufficiently complete and detailed so as to permit an accurate evaluation of the Services provided by MWDOC under this Agreement. MWDOC shall give Participating Agency, during normal business hours, reasonable access to such Records. 10. Indemnification. MWDOC agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Participating Agency, its Board, members of the Board, employees, and authorized volunteers from any and all claims, demands, causes of action, costs, expenses, liability, loss, damage or injury of any kind, in law or equity, to property or persons, including wrongful death (collectively, “Claims”), in any manner arising out of any negligent acts or willful misconduct of MWDOC, its agents and employees in connection with the provision of Services. MWDOC further agrees that it will cause all Contractors to indemnify and hold harmless Participating Agency from any and all Claims arising out of the negligent acts or willful misconduct of the Contractor, its agents and employees, and Participating Agency agrees that it will look solely to the Contractor for such Claims, provided, however, that MWDOC will act as the agent of the Participating Agency to enforce the terms of the indemnity with Contractor and make any related insurance claims with respect to the insurance coverage provided by Contractor. If MWDOC fails to obtain a contractual indemnity and insurance coverage from a Contractor, then MWDOC will be responsible to indemnify and hold harmless the Participating Agency for any Claims. Participating Agency agrees and acknowledges that MWDOC is not responsible for the maintenance and quality of any of Participating Agency’s facilities, and Participating Agency is responsible for any costs, expenses, liability, loss, damage or injury of any kind, in law or equity, to property or persons, including wrongful death, arising from such. 11. Insurance. MWDOC agrees to procure and maintain, at MWDOC’s expense, insurance in amounts as described in Exhibit C. MWDOC shall require any third party Contractors to carry the same policies and limits of insurance that MWDOC is required to maintain pursuant to this Agreement, unless otherwise approved in writing by Participating Agency. 12. Independent Contractor. MWDOC shall act as an independent contractor in the performance of the Services provided for in this Agreement and shall furnish such Services in MWDOC’s own manner and method, and in no respect shall MWDOC or any of its agents be considered an agent or employee of Participating Agency. No provisions of this Agreement shall be intended to create a partnership or joint venture between MWDOC or any of its agents and Participating Agency, and neither Party shall have the power to bind or obligate the other Party, except as expressly set forth in this Agreement. 13. Notices. All notices permitted or required under this Agreement shall be given to the respective parties at the following address, or at such other address as the respective parties may provide in writing for this purpose. MWDOC: Participating Agency: Robert J. Hunter, General Manager Seal Beach City Clerk Municipal Water District of Orange County City of Seal Beach 18700 Ward St. 211 8th Street P.O. Box 20895 Seal Beach, CA 90740 Fountain Valley, CA 92728 Such notice shall be deemed made when personally delivered or sent via commerical overnight courier and shall be effective upon receipt . Actual notice shall be deemed adequate notice on the date actual notice occurred, regardless of th e method of service. 14. Jurisdiction and Venue. In all matters concerning the validity, interpretation, performance, or effect of this Agreement, the laws of the State of California shall govern and be applicable. The Parties hereby agree and consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of California and that venue of any action brought hereunder shall be in Orange County, California. 15. Counterparts and Facsimile. This Agreement may be executed by the Parties in counterparts, which counterparts shall be construed together and have the same effect as if all the Parties had executed the same instrument. Counterpart signatures may be transmitted by facsimile, email, or other electronic means and have the same force and effect as if they were original signatures. All parties have participated in the drafting of this Agreement. 16. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held illegal, invalid, or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the legality, validity, and enf orceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby. 17. Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof; and the Parties have made no agreements, representations, or warranties, either written or oral, relating to the subject matter hereof that are not set forth herein. Except as provided herein, this Agreement may not be modified or altered without prior written approval from both parties. 18. Authority to Execute. Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party that all necessary action has been taken by such Party to authorize the undersigned to execute this Agreement and to bind it to the performance of its obligations hereunder. 19. Incorporation of Recitals. The Recitals and section titles set forth herein are incorporated herein and are an operative part of this Agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have hereunto affixed their names as of the day and year thereinafter written, which shall be and is t he effective date of This Agreement. MWDOC: By: ___________________________ Robert J. Hunter, General Manager Municipal Water District of Orange County Date: ___________________________ Approved as to Form By: ___________________________ Joseph Byrne, General Counsel Date: ___________________________ Participating Agency: By: ___________________________ Name: Title: Agency: City of Seal Beach Approved as to Form By: ___________________________ Name: ___________________________ Date: ___________________________ EXHIBIT A Municipal Water District of Orange County Water Loss Control Shared Services Initial Election Form Fiscal Year 2019-20 Year 1 Water Loss Control Shared Services Agency: City of Seal Beach Contact Person: Contact E-mail: Contact Phone: Task 1: Water Audit Validation Water audit validation will be conducted at Level 1, according to the methodology established in Water Research Foundation project 4369: Level 1 Water Audit Validation Guidance Manual. Water audit validation aims to identify and appropriately correct for inaccuracies in water audit data and application of methodology. Furthermore, validation also evaluates and communicates the uncertainty inherent in water audit data. To accomplish these goals, MWDOC’s validation shared service will follow the steps published in the Water Research Foundation Level 1 Water Audit Validation Guidance Manual. The process will include:  Review the water audit and supporting documentation.  Review performance indicators for evidence of inaccuracy.  Review audit inputs and data validity grades and confirm correct application of methodology in a Level 1 validation interview. Adjust inputs and data validity grades, if necessary.  Review performance indicators again for evidence of persisting inacc uracy.  Document results. MWDOC’s validation shared service will also employ the California -specific additional guidance developed by the California Water Loss Technical Assistance Program and subsequently taught in the Water Audit Validator (WAV) certific ate course. Validation results will be documented in a format acceptable to the Department of Water Resources. Templates for this format have been published by the California - Nevada section of the American Water Works Association on their WAV Certification webpage. Deliverables include:  Level 1 Validation Summary Notes  Certified Validation Report (signed by validator) ___ Yes ___ No $_____ Water Balance Validation is a Core service provided by MWDOC to its member agencies at no cost. MWDOC member agencies are requested to check the box to the left indicating their choice to have MWDOC validate their annual water balance. The Cities of Anaheim, Fullerton, and Santa Ana may access MWDOC’s Water Audit Validation service for a fee of $991 per validation. Task 2: Meter Accuracy Testing Customer meter accuracy testing enables an agency to measure a retail meter’s performance and, consequently, the throughput that the meter fails to register. By measuring a meter’s inaccuracy, an agency can understand financial loss due to meter inaccuracy and can develop a plan to manage the meter performance within their system. Customer meter tests will be conducted in accordance with the methodology set forth in American Water Works Association manual M6, Water Meters – Selection, Installation, Testing, and Maintenance. The stipulations in manual M6 include:  Specific low, medium, and high flow rates for each meter type and size  Minimum test volume by flow rate and meter size  Generally acceptable accuracy limits for new and repaired meters M6 also enumerates test procedures for laboratory tests and field tests that MWDOC staff and/or contractors will be required to follow. Agencies can choose between two customer meter accuracy testing service providers: McCall’s Meters, Inc. or Westerly Meter Service Company. These meter accuracy testing firms were selected through a Request for Proposal s process conducted by MWDOC. This RFP process utilized a review panel, including member agency staff, who recommended that both meter accuracy service providers be available for agencies to choose from. The review panel concluded that both companies were capable of providing the desired services, had similar proposed costs and, together, could complete the work in a timelier manner. The Meter Accuracy Testing (MAT) Worksheet at the end of this document summarizes the fees for each meter accuracy testing service provider. Note that the fees are slightly different between providers. As a result, each service provider has its own MAT Worksheet. Agencies will need to:  Select the meter accuracy testing company of their choice,  Identify the number and sizes of meters to be tested (green data entry cells), and  Estimate the number of meetings (McCall’s) or hours and mileage (Westerly) for meetings with the selected company. This worksheet should be used to calculate the total cost for meter accuracy testing services for your agency. The cost estimate calculated in the MAT Worksheet should be entered into the shaded cell immediately below. Wa ter Systems Optimization, Inc. (WSO) is available to assist agencies in quantifying the number and sizes of meters to be tested as part of Task 3: Component Analysis of Apparent Losses. Small meter (5/8 – 2 inch) testing will require agencies to pull the meters from the field and deliver them to the selected meter testing company. Meter testing company locations are provided below. Large meters (3 inch and larger) will be tested in -situ. McCall’s Meters, Inc. Westerly Meter Company 1498 Mesa View Street 403 East Carlin Street Hemet, CA. 92543 Compton, CA. 90222 (951) 654-3799 (310) 637-9000 Deliverables include:  Meter accuracy testing results  Warehousing of test results data $346 $ $ MWDOC Administrative Fee = $346 Input the total dollar amount calculated in the MAT Worksheet. Task 2 Total Task 3a: Distribution System Leak Detection Leak detection will be conducted using a comprehensive acoustic survey, meaning that leak detection technicians will sound all available appurtenance s regardless of spacing distances. The following protocols will be adopted for leak detection:  Sounding points: Physical contact and sonic leak sound amplification will occur for each hydrant, available valve, and customer service connection.  Sonic ground listening (hard cover): When normal contact points are not available or cannot be created within a reasonable distance, sonic ground listening devices will be used by making ground contact directly over the pipe at intervals no greater than six (6) feet when ground cover is pavement, concrete, or a similar hard surface. If excessive ambient noise precludes the effectiveness of the ground listening device in an area during daytime hours, then survey will be considered during nighttime hours. Such situations will be pre-approved with retail agency staff before any night surveying is undertaken.  Sonic ground listening (soft cover): When normal ground contact points are not available and ground cover is not a hard surface, probe rods will be used at 10-foot intervals. A sound amplifier will be used on probe rods. Probe rods will be driven into the ground a minimum of six (6) inches directly over the pipe where ground conditions allow.  Verification: All indications of leaks found during initial survey will be verified a second time, after which the leak will be pinpointed with a computer-based leak sound correlator whenever possible. Pinpointing leak locations through interpretation of sound intensity, whether by ear, decibel metering, or comparable methods, will not be used when contact points are available for access with a computer-based leak sound correlator. MWDOC staff will perform distribution system leak detection at a cost of $278 per mile of distribution main surveyed. Deliverables include:  Distribution System Leak Detection Plan  Weekly progress reporting and leak verification $ Task 3a total = ____ miles X $278 Task 3b: Suspected Leak Survey MWDOC staff will perform a suspected leak survey at a cost of $347 per leak investigation. The methodology to detect suspected leaks will employ the same process described in Task 3a. Deliverables include:  Suspected leak consultation  Field leak investigation  Written report and pinpointed leak location $ Task 3b Total = ____ number of suspected leaks X $347 Task 4: Distribution System Pressure Survey The methodology used for pressure surveying depends on the survey goal of: 1) Average zonal and system pressure survey, or 2) Pressure transient survey using high frequency logger. Methodology must be agreed upon with each agency before surveying begins. The methodology to be determined includes:  Logger settings (e.g. sampling and recording frequencies)  Logger deployment locations  Logger deployment durations  Analysis of data after logger retrieval 1) Average Zonal and System Pressure Survey Pressure loggers can be deployed to evaluate the range of pressures in a system or zone, which can then be used to estimate average system or zonal pressure. The survey methodology outlined below provides a template with which to begin planning a pressure survey that evaluates pressure ranges and averages (a “standard survey”). Please note that this methodology serves as a starting point that must be customized to the specific infrastructure being studied. Logger Settings Logger settings for a standard survey must balance data collection and storage frequency with the duration of the desired logging period. Since there is a trade -off between survey length and recording interval, longer pressure surveys must be programmed with a less-frequent recording interval. Because near-instantaneous pressure fluctuations are not the primary focus of a standard survey, pressure loggers can be programmed to sample and record less frequently than in a transient survey. The Global Water PL200-H Hydrant Loggers that MWDOC owns can record more than 81,000 pressure readings. Therefore, for a survey length of one week, a maximum of 8 readings per minute can be recorded without exceeding the logger’s capacity. As a conservative starting point, pressure loggers will be programmed according to the specifications below. If survey requirements dictate a different sampling and recording frequency, it can easily be accommodated by adjusting these settings.  Sampling frequency: 0.5 seconds  Recording frequency: 10.0 seconds Logger Deployment Locations In a standard survey, loggers must be deployed across the full range of elevations in the zone being studied, to the extent possible given hydrant locations and the number of loggers available for the survey. Pressure loggers should be deployed at the following sites, in this order of preference:  As close to the downstream outlets of pressure sources as possible (e.g., after a pressure-reducing valves outlet)  As close to the upstream inlets of pressure-altering infrastructure as possible (e.g., before a pump intake at the bottom of a zone)  Distributed across the zonal elevation profile, as equally spaced across the anticipated HGL as possible given possible hydrant locations Loggers must be installed on standard 2 ½-inch NST (NH) fire hydrant ports. If 2 ½- inch ports are not available, adaptive connectors must be purchased. Loggers must also be locked to hydrants using the provided security equipment. Logger Deployment Durations Loggers should be deployed for at least 24 hours to capture a full diurnal pressure cycle. As a starting point for planning, logger deployment should be planned to capture a full seven days, in case weekend use patterns and alternating -day irrigation schedules affect pressure dynamics. Analysis of Pressure Data Pressure loggers record time series data. Standard time series analyses could be considered, depending on survey goals. Pressure patterns should be assessed first by logging location and then across the full logged zon e. Possible treatments and analyses include: By logging location  Data cleaning to identify unusual values (e.g. outliers, negative pressures)  Minimum, maximum, and average pressures  Diurnal and/or weekly pressure patterns  Pressure regulating infrastructure functionality By zone  Pressure change propagation across a zone  Pressure patterns compared to leak records  Average zonal pressure (the average of each location average, assuming loggers are reasonably distributed across the full elevation and correspondin g pressure profile)  Potential excess and/or inadequate pressure  Hydraulic model verification 2) Pressure Transient Survey A pressure transient survey identifies instantaneous, damaging swings in pressure introduced by infrastructure malfunction, sudden and s ignificant changes in demand, or rapid hydrant operation. Pressure transients move quickly and can only be identified with a high sampling frequency. Logger Settings To identify transients, loggers must sample a data point at least every 0.25 seconds. The Global Water PL200-H Hydrant Loggers that MWDOC owns can sample every 0.1 seconds. As a starting point, pressure loggers used for transient identification will be programmed according to the specifications below.  Sampling frequency: 0.1 seconds  Recording frequency: 5.0 seconds These specifications allow for approximately 4.5 days of recording. Logger Deployment Locations At minimum, loggers should be deployed immediately upstream and downstream of pressure regulating infrastructure suspected of transient production. Loggers may also be deployed at a distance from the downstream outlet of pressure regulating infrastructure to assess the distance of transient propagation. If a leak cluster has been observed, loggers may be deployed near the leak cluster epicenter and encircling the leak cluster to study whether pressure transients are contributing to infrastructure failure. Logger Deployment Durations Loggers must be deployed for a period that captures the full range of pressure regulating infrastructure operation. For example, if a tank is filled once a week, then pressure loggers should be deployed for at least a week. For surveys lasting longer than 4.5 days, the logger recording interval will need to be longer than 5.0 seconds to ensure adequate storage throughout the recording period. Analysis of Pressure Data Pressure data loggers record time series data. Standard time series analyses could be considered, depending on survey goals. Possible treatments and analyses include all the treatments and analyses suggested previously for a standard survey. Additional transient-specific analyses are:  Transient identification using a relative or absolute amplitude threshold o Absolute: transient amplitude o Relative: ratio of transient amplitude to average location p ressure  Temporal transient alignment to study the direction and speed of transient propagation MWDOC staff will perform a distribution system pressure survey at a cost of $4,141 per 8 logger survey. $ Task 4 Total = ____ number of 8 logger surveys X $4,141. Task 5: Distribution System Flushing (NO-DES) Flushing with a Neutral Output Discharge Elimination System (NO-DES) unit will consist of the following steps:  Deploy: Mobilize and set-up NO-DES truck at flushing location, between two fire hydrants.  Connect: Connect a hose from the filtering system’s inlet point to one hydrant; then, connect a second hose from the filtering system’s outlet point to the other hydrant.  Create a loop: Open both fire hydrants, allowing the hoses and filters to be filled. This will create a temporary above-ground loop in the water distribution system.  Circulate: A large pump on the NO-DES unit circulates water through the loop at the desired flushing velocity, scouring the water main to remove debris.  Filter and purify: Contaminants and biofilms are removed by the NO-DES filters. If needed, a small amount of chlorine may be added to increase chlorine residual during the process.  Shut down: When the entire section of water main in the targeted flush zone has been filtered and all turbidity meters are below 1 NTU, shut down the system, close hydrants, and remove hoses. For more detailed information regarding NO-DES Standard Operating Procedures, follow this link: https://www.mwdoc.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/NO-DES-SOP- 2019.pdf Agencies can choose between two Distribution System Flushing service providers: Reliable Water Solutions, LLC. or ValveTek Utility Services, Inc. These service providers were selected through a Request for Proposal Process conducted by MWDOC. This RFP process utilized a review panel, including member agency staff, who recommended that both flushing service providers be available for agencies to choose from. Both contractors are offering identical pricing for flushing services as shown in the worksheet. The Distribution System Flushing (DSF) Worksheet provided at the end of this document summarizes the fees for each flushing service provider. Agencies will ne ed to select the flushing service provider of their choice and identify the number of days of flushing services they need (green data entry cells). This Worksheet should be used to calculate the total cost for distribution flushing services for your agency. The cost estimate calculated in DSF Worksheet should be entered into the shaded cell immediately below. Reliable Water Solutions, LLC. ValveTek Utility Services, Inc. Ohm Kongtang, Managing Director Jeff Favina, President 22421 Barton Road, No. 526 16 Interhaven, Avenue Grand Terrace, CA. 92313 North Plainfield, NJ. 07060 (909) 645-6441 (347) 739-4674 Deliverables will include:  Flush Plan and Schedule  System Flushing  Weekly water quality and progress reporting $1,373 $ $ MWDOC Administrative Fee = $1,373 Flushing Services Total Summary of Shared Services Elections: (transfer total for each Shared Service above to this summary table) Task 1: Water Audit Validation ___Yes ___ No $_____ (3-Cities only) Task 2: Meter Accuracy Testing $ Task 3a: Distribution System Leak Detection $ Task 3b: Suspected Leak Survey Task 4: Distribution System Pressure Survey $ Task 5: Distribution System Flushing (NO-DES) $ Grand Total: $ Date: Date: By: By: General Manager Title: Municipal Water District of Orange County Agency: City of Seal Beach Meter Accuracy Testing (MAT) Worksheet McCall’s Meters, Inc. Rate Quantity Total Small Meter Testing 5/8 - 1 inch Meters 35.00$ -$ 1 1/2 - 2 inch Non-Turbine Meters 50.00$ -$ 1 1/2 - 2 inch Turbine Meters 55.00$ -$ 3 in. Turbine Meters 70.00$ -$ Large Meter Testing (1) 3 inch and Larger Meters 250.00$ -$ Rates for Pick or Delivery of Meters $500 -$ Rates for attending meetings (2)100.00$ -$ Total:-$ (2) McCall's will charge a flat rate of $100 per day for attending meetings. Contact Person:______________________________ Phone & E-mail:______________________________ McCall's Meters, Inc. Meter Accuracy Testing Fee Worksheet Participating Agency:_________________________ (1) McCall's Requires a minimum of 4 meter large tests per day; If less than 4 tests, a portal to portal fee of $125 will be charged. McCall's Meters, Inc. Meter Accuracy Testing (MAT) Worksheet Westerly Meter Service Company Rate Quantity Total Small Meter Testing 5/8 - 1 in.30.00$ -$ 1 1/2 to 2 inch Non-Turbine Meters 65.00$ -$ 1 1/2 to 2 inch Turbine Meters 65.00$ -$ Large Meter Testing 3 to 10 inch 175.00$ -$ Rates for attending meetings (1)125.00$ -$ Mileage 0.54$ -$ Total:-$ (1) Westerly will charge $125 per hour plus mileage. Westerly Meter Service Company Contact Person:______________________________ Phone & E-mail:______________________________ Meter Accuracy Testing Fee Worksheet Participating Agency:_________________________ Westerly Meter Service Company Distribution System Flushing (DSF) Worksheet Participating Agency: Contact Person: Phone & E-mail: Selected Flushing Service Provider:_______ Reliable Water Solutions, LLC. _______ ValveTek Utility Services, Inc. Components of Flushing Service:Rate:Quantity:Total:Notes: Equipment Mobilization:$500 X 1 =$500 One-time fee per agency. Flushing Rate per day:$3,700 X =Based on an 8 hour work day; includes equipment and labor. Filter Bags (each):$15.00 X =Quantity is dependent on volume of materials flushed from the system. Flushing System Disinfection:$1,500 X =One-time fee to disinfect flushing system before flushing is initiated. (Optional) Total: Note: Reliable Water Solutions, LLC. and ValveTek Utility Services, Inc. are offering identical fee structures. Distribution System Flushing Fee Worksheet EXHIBIT B Water Loss Control Shared Services Business Plan Staff Contact: Joseph M. Berg Director of Water Use Efficiency jberg@mwdoc.com (714) 593-5008 2 3 Contents Executive Summary ....................................................................................................................................... 6 Background ............................................................................................................................................... 6 Retail Agency Support ............................................................................................................................... 6 Proposed Services and Pricing .................................................................................................................. 6 Proposed Staffing ...................................................................................................................................... 8 Partnerships .............................................................................................................................................. 9 Contracting ................................................................................................................................................ 9 Water Loss Control Shared Services Opportunity ...................................................................................... 11 Shared Services Introduction .................................................................................................................. 11 Factors Driving MWDOC’s Water Loss Control Shared Services ............................................................. 11 MWDOC’s Current Technical Assistance Program ...................................................................................... 11 Water Loss Control Work Group ............................................................................................................. 12 One-on-One Technical Assistance .......................................................................................................... 12 Development of a Water Loss Control Shared Services Business Plan ................................................... 13 Needs Assessment (Gap Analysis) .............................................................................................................. 14 Annual Water Balance Validation ........................................................................................................... 14 Customer Meter Accuracy Testing .......................................................................................................... 15 Distribution System Leak Detection ........................................................................................................ 16 Distribution System Pressure Surveys .................................................................................................... 18 Distribution System Flushing .................................................................................................................. 18 Summary ................................................................................................................................................. 19 Solution – Shared Water Loss Control Services .......................................................................................... 21 Opportunity No. 1: Water Balance Validation ........................................................................................ 21 Description .......................................................................................................................................... 21 Context ................................................................................................................................................ 21 Methodology ....................................................................................................................................... 22 Equipment Requirements ................................................................................................................... 22 Staff Requirements ............................................................................................................................. 22 Opportunity No. 2: Meter Accuracy Testing ........................................................................................... 23 Description .......................................................................................................................................... 23 4 Context ................................................................................................................................................ 23 Methodology ....................................................................................................................................... 25 Equipment Requirements ................................................................................................................... 25 Staff Requirements ............................................................................................................................. 26 Funding Mechanism ............................................................................................................................ 27 Opportunity No. 3: Distribution System Leak Detection ........................................................................ 27 Description .......................................................................................................................................... 27 Context ................................................................................................................................................ 27 Methodology ....................................................................................................................................... 28 Equipment Requirements ................................................................................................................... 29 Staff Requirements ............................................................................................................................. 30 Funding Mechanism ............................................................................................................................ 30 Opportunity No. 4: Distribution System Pressure Surveys ..................................................................... 30 Description .......................................................................................................................................... 30 Context ................................................................................................................................................ 31 Methodology ....................................................................................................................................... 31 Equipment Requirements ................................................................................................................... 32 Staff Requirements ............................................................................................................................. 32 Funding Mechanism ............................................................................................................................ 33 Opportunity No. 5: Distribution System Flushing .................................................................................. 33 Description .......................................................................................................................................... 33 Context ................................................................................................................................................ 33 Methodology ....................................................................................................................................... 34 Equipment Requirements ................................................................................................................... 34 Staff Requirements ............................................................................................................................. 35 Summary of Solutions ............................................................................................................................. 36 Private Sector and MWDOC Cost Comparisons .......................................................................................... 36 Water Balance Validation ....................................................................................................................... 37 Distribution System Leak Detection ........................................................................................................ 37 Distribution System Pressure Survey ...................................................................................................... 38 Conclusions ............................................................................................................................................. 39 Execution and Implementation ................................................................................................................... 39 Target Market ......................................................................................................................................... 39 5 Core and Choice Funded Shared Services ............................................................................................... 40 In-House Staff and Contractor-Provided Shared Services ...................................................................... 40 Staffing Plan and Organizational Structure ............................................................................................. 41 Staffing Plan ........................................................................................................................................ 41 Organizational Structure ..................................................................................................................... 43 Physical Location ..................................................................................................................................... 43 Equipment and Training .......................................................................................................................... 43 Initial Equipment Needs ...................................................................................................................... 43 Ongoing Equipment or Staff-Related Costs ........................................................................................ 44 Shared Services Pricing ........................................................................................................................... 44 Promotion ............................................................................................................................................... 45 Water Loss Control Shared Services Agreement .................................................................................... 45 Timeline................................................................................................................................................... 46 Technical Advisory Committee ................................................................................................................... 46 Strategic Alliances ....................................................................................................................................... 47 State Agencies and Policy Development ................................................................................................. 47 Water Systems Optimization .................................................................................................................. 47 Private Sector Service Providers ............................................................................................................. 47 Neighboring Agencies ............................................................................................................................. 48 Grant Funding ......................................................................................................................................... 49 Exit Strategy ................................................................................................................................................ 49 Appendix 1: Retail Agency Shared Services Survey .................................................................................... 50 Appendix 2: Shared Services Survey Responses ......................................................................................... 56 Appendix 3: Job Descriptions ...................................................................................................................... 73 Appendix 4: Shared Services Agreement ....................................................... Error! Bookmark not defined. 6 Executive Summary Background In February 2018, the MWDOC Board authorized staff to explore offering water loss control shared services directly from MWDOC to Orange County retail agencies. MWDOC staff have developed this Water Loss Control Shared Services Business Plan for review by both the retail agencies and the Board. MWDOC’s shared services would provide retail agencies flexible and cost effective access to specific water loss control technologies and expertise to improve water loss within their systems under a partnership with MWDOC, the retail agencies, and the Water Loss Control Work Group. Demand for services beyond what MWDOC is able to provide could be supplied by the private sector with MWDOC’s facilitation to reduce costs through an economy of scale. MWDOC could tailor shared services to specifically meet the needs of retail agencies both large and small, with sharing of services and equipment to minimize the potential for stranded assets. Water loss control shared services are particularly timely and appropriate because:  Senate Bill 555 (2015) requires annual validated water loss reporting and the enforcement of water loss targets that will be established in 2020.  Senate Bill 606 and Assembly Bill 1668 require that agencies live within an annual water supply budget that includes distribution system water loss.  MWDOC has facilitated a Water Loss Control Work Group since 2015, and the Work Group has requested the provision of water loss control shared services.  Through grant funding, MWDOC has recently acquired leak detection and pressure surveying equipment, and having water loss control staff would improve the effectiveness of this equipment’s application.  The Water Loss Control Work Group has provided valuable information for MWDOC staff to utilize in providing feedback to the State Water Resources Control Board to help guide compliance requirements. Retail Agency Support To gauge retail agency support for water loss control shared services, MWDOC staff distributed a survey asking for anticipated participation. The survey captured broad support for a variety of water loss control shared services. At least half of MWDOC’s retail agencies reported that they would be “likely” or “highly likely” to access each of the proposed shared services. Proposed Services and Pricing MWDOC staff propose five shared services, initially priced as listed in the Table 1. Each of these costs is between half to two-thirds of the cost of the same service provided by the private sector. 7 Table 1: Initial shared services pricing Shared Service Provider Unit Cost Water audit validation MWDOC staff $840 per validation Customer meter testing Outside vendor $168 administrative fee * Distribution system leak detection MWDOC staff $207 per mile Suspected leak survey MWDOC staff $259 per suspected leak Pressure survey MWDOC staff $3,360 per survey NO-DES flushing Outside vendor $840 administrative fee * * Unit costs for meter testing and system flushing only include administrative costs for MWDOC staff to facilitate contractor-provided shared services. MWDOC staff also propose that shared services be implemented in two phases to ensure that the volume of services and investment are proportional to retail agency demand. The implementation plan is mapped out in Table 2. Depending on demand for the service, MWDOC staff may evaluate the potential for customer meter testing and NO-DES distribution system flushing to be brought in-house. Should staff determine that bringing these services in-house is feasible, a full analysis will be completed and presented to the Board for consideration. Table 2: Five-year shared services implementation plan Shared Service Year I FY 2019-20 Year II FY 2020-21 Year III FY 2021-22 Year IV FY 2022-23 Year V FY 2023-24 Water Audit Validation MWDOC Staff MWDOC Staff MWDOC Staff MWDOC Staff MWDOC Staff Customer Meter Accuracy Testing Outside Vendor Outside Vendor Outside Vendor Outside Vendor - Consider MWDOC Staff Outside Vendor or MWDOC Staff Distribution System Leak Detection MWDOC Staff MWDOC Staff MWDOC Staff MWDOC Staff MWDOC Staff Distribution System Pressure Surveying MWDOC Staff MWDOC Staff MWDOC Staff MWDOC Staff MWDOC Staff Distribution System Flushing RFP Process to Select Vendor Outside Vendor Outside Vendor Outside Vendor - Consider MWDOC Staff Outside Vendor or MWDOC Staff 8 Proposed Staffing To provide these five shared services to meet demand reported by retail agencies in the shared services survey, MWDOC staff propose to hire two additional staff members as defined in Table 3. Staff responsibilities and estimated time allocations are highlighted in the table on the following page. When policy support and overhead are considered, 1.81 to 2.26 full-time equivalent (FTE) employees are supported. Table 3: Proposed water loss control shared services staffing Position and Responsibilities Funding Mechanism Staffing Need (Low) Staffing Need (High) Water Loss Control Programs Supervisor 1.03 1.19 Level 1 water audit validation Core 0.10 0.14 Customer meter accuracy testing Choice 0.09 0.09 Distribution system pressure surveys Choice 0.32 0.44 Distribution system flushing Choice 0.22 0.22 Water loss policy development Core 0.20 0.20 Overhead (holiday, sick & vacation time) Core 0.10 0.10 Leak Detection Technician * 0.78 1.07 Distribution system leak detection Choice 0.68 0.97 Overhead (holiday, sick & vacation) Core 0.10 0.10 Total 1.81 2.26 * excludes suspected leak investigations. The proposed Water Loss Control Program Supervisor and Leak Detection Technician would report to the Director of Water Use Efficiency, as shown in Figure 1. 9 Figure 1: Water loss control shared services organizational structure Partnerships To support MWDOC’s water loss control shared services program, partnerships with subject matter experts, state agencies, and potential funders would be developed, including:  California Department of Water Resources  California State Water Resources Control Board  United States Bureau of Reclamation  Water Systems Optimization, Inc.  Private sector service providers  Neighboring agencies Contracting Agencies choosing to access MWDOC’s water loss control shared services will be required to sign a master shared services agreement and annual shared services election exhibits. This agreement will initially have a ten-year term. Annual exhibits to the shared services agreement will be used to define what shared services will be accessed each year for each agency. Exhibits will allow for annual adjustments to the types of services to be accessed, fees to be charged for services, and the addition of new shared services as they become available. This same agreement and exhibit structure have been used effectively for the last three years for MWDOC’s water loss control technical assistance program. Agencies will be asked to make their annual shared services elections in the third quarter of each fiscal year. This will allow agencies time to budget for the services within their normal budget cycle and will 10 allow MWDOC staff time to schedule and manage workloads in the coming year. Agencies may need to supplement their election of services partway through the year, which can be accommodated by submitting an additional exhibit defining the additional services. Supplemental exhibits will be accepted as staffing and contract services availability permit. 11 Water Loss Control Shared Services Opportunity Shared Services Introduction A shared service is the provision of a service by one part of an organization or group, where that service has previously been provided, by more than one part of the organization or group. The funding and resourcing of the service are shared, and the original supplying department effectively becomes an internal service provider. The key here is the idea of 'sharing' within an organization or group. Shared services are more than just centralization or consolidation of similar activities in one location. Shared services can mean running these service activities like a business and delivering services to internal or external customers at a cost, quality, and timeliness that is competitive with alternatives. The Water Loss Control Shared Services being considered by the Municipal Water District of Orange County would be a joint initiative model for shared services between MWDOC and our agencies to set up and operate shared services. The focus of this Water Loss Control Shared Services Business Plan is for MWDOC to provide shared services to retail water agencies throughout Orange County. Retail agencies would have easy and timely access to shared services to improve water loss within their systems under a shared services partnership with MWDOC. Shared services would be scaled to the needs of both large and small agencies. The sharing of services and equipment will minimize the potential for stranded assets. Demand for services beyond what MWDOC could provide would be facilitated by MWDOC from the private sector. Factors Driving MWDOC’s Water Loss Control Shared Services Water loss requirements for urban water suppliers began in 2014 when the Governor signed Senate Bill 1420. The bill required urban water suppliers to quantify and report on distribution system water loss in urban water management plans, beginning in 2015. Distribution system water loss must be quantified for the most recent 12-month period available, and the water loss report must be based on the water balance methodology endorsed by the American Water Works Association. In 2015, the Governor signed Senate Bill 555, increasing the requirements for annual water loss reporting and establishing a standard for water loss. This bill requires each urban retail water supplier, beginning October 1, 2017, to submit a completed and validated water loss audit report annually to the California Department of Water Resources (DWR). The bill also requires DWR to post all validated water loss audit reports on its website in a manner that allows for public access to water loss audits and performance comparison across water suppliers. The bill further requires the State Water Resources Control Board to adopt rules no later than July 1, 2020 that require urban retail water suppliers to meet performance standards for the volume of water losses. MWDOC’s Current Technical Assistance Program In October 2015, the MWDOC Board authorized staff to begin a water loss control technical assistance program. The program included two components: a standing water loss control work group and one-on- one technical assistance provided by a consultant, Water Systems Optimization, Inc. (WSO). This effort 12 grew out of the legislative requirements of Senate Bill 1420 (2014) and Senate Bill 555 (2015 ) described above. Water Loss Control Work Group The Water Loss Control Work Group (Work Group) component of the MWDOC water loss control technical assistance program includes all retail water agencies in the county and meets every other month. The Work Group provides a forum for knowledge and capacity building among water agency staff on water loss control for retail water agency distribution systems. The every-other-month Work Group meeting agendas typically include:  Regulatory updates  Member agency information sharing o Meter accuracy testing and results o Advanced metering infrastructure o Leak detection o Revenue loss and theft recovery  Guest speakers, including SWRCB staff  Seminar topics  Technical assistance updates  Networking Work Group meetings are well attended by all retail agencies in the county. The average participation at each meeting over the last year was 25 to 30 staff members representing 18 to 25 agencies, and a representative from all agencies has attended at least one meeting during the duration of the program to date. One-on-One Technical Assistance Over the last three years, MWDOC established a comprehensive water loss control technical assistance program for water agencies throughout Orange County. The one-on-one technical assistance links retail water agency staff to a consultant, Water Systems Optimization, Inc. (WSO), specializing in water loss control. The technical assistance includes water balance compilation, component analysis of water loss volumes, distribution system leak detection, and reporting that contains recommendations for further actions to improve an agency’s understanding of water loss control opportunities within their system. This program has evolved over time with the addition of sales and production meter accuracy testing in 2016, water audit validation in 2017, and the establishment of a distribution system leak detection equipment lending library in 2018. With the exception of the equipment lending library, these services are accessed by retail agencies through the “choice” program framework; on an approximately annual basis, agencies choose the services they desire and then pay for access to those services. Since these efforts started in 2015, the level of interest from water agencies throughout Ora nge County for these and other water loss control services has grown. Because of its success, the MWDOC water loss control program model is being replicated by the Bay Area Water Supply & Conservation Agency on behalf of their 24 member agencies. 13 Development of a Water Loss Control Shared Services Business Plan In February 2018 the MWDOC Board authorized staff to explore offering water loss control shared services directly from MWDOC to retail agencies. MWDOC staff have developed this Water Loss Control Shared Services Business Plan for review by both the Orange County retail agencies and the Board. Before any shared services are provided (beyond MWDOC’s current offering), the Business Plan must be approved by the MWDOC Board. Staff are planning to present the draft Business Plan to the Board in late 2018 and will continue to engage with agencies along the way to ensure that shared services planning attends to actual agency needs. In support of this goal, MWDOC staff developed a survey to gauge retail agency interest in shared services and expectations of funding structures. The survey results are the basis of the services and staffing plan presented in this business plan. The water loss control shared services to be explored in this survey and possibly in the business plan include the following:  Annual level 1 water audit validation  Sales water meter accuracy testing (large and small sales meters)  Distribution system leak detection  Distribution system pressure surveys  Distribution system flushing The following are basic tenets of MWDOC’s water loss control shared services:  Offer shared services at a competitive or lower cost than the same services provided by the private sector  Provide quality shared services on par with or better than the same services provided by the private sector  Realize economies of scale for these services by providing services at a regional level that cannot be justified at many local levels  Continue collaboration and shared learning among all agencies throughout this process  Phase implementation of new shared services over time, starting with the services that have the highest level of interest or demand by water agencies  Integrate program administration and data management to share results and customize program offerings to the unique conditions of each member agency The shared services will be offered using MWDOC’s established “core” and “choice” funding framework, with “core” activities funded through the MWDOC general fund and available to all agencies and “choice” activities funded by retail agencies at the level of service of their choosing. These services will be accessed through an extended-term shared services agreement. The agreement would outline the basic roles and responsibilities of MWDOC and the retail agencies. Annually, each agency would complete a shared services participation exhibit. The exhibit would identify which shared services an agency would like to access and at what level of service (e.g., the number of meters to be tested or miles of main to be surveyed for leaks). Agencies will have the choice to opt in or out of shared services annually. 14 Needs Assessment (Gap Analysis) To better understand retail agency needs for water loss control shared services, staff surveyed agencies to see what shared services they would consider accessing if offered by MWDOC.1 The survey asked agencies if they were highly likely, likely, or unlikely to access potential shared services, including:  Annual level 1 water audit validation  Sales water meter accuracy testing (large and small sales meters)  Distribution system leak detection  Distribution system pressure surveys  Distribution system flushing The survey also asked agencies if each of these services should be funded as a core or choice-based activity and gave agencies an opportunity to pose questions and express any specific support for or concern about these services. The survey was released to retail agencies on May 24, 2018 and was scheduled to close on June 7, 2018. Due to conference and vacation schedules, the survey was held open for two additional weeks to allow for broader agency participation. The final tally of survey participants totaled 28, including MWDOC member agencies and the cities of Anaheim, Fullerton and Santa Ana. The results of the survey are provided below. Note that the survey results below regarding how shared services should be funded exclude the cities of Anaheim, Fullerton and Santa Ana, as they are not subject to MWDOC’s core/choice framework and would be charged directly for access to all shared services. The water loss control shared services business plan member agency survey is provided as Appendix 1. Annual Water Balance Validation Survey Question If MWDOC provided annual Water Audit Validation Services, as required by SB 555, would your agency participate? 1 Survey responses from agencies regarding Choice or Core services and Questions or concerns regarding each shared service is provided in Appendix 2. Figure 2: Survey response to water audit validation shared service 15 Figure 2 shows that 71% of agencies responded that they are highly likely to participate, and the remaining 29% of agencies indicated that they are likely to participate, indicating broad support for water audit validation as a shared service. No agencies indicated that they are unlikely to access this shared service. Furthermore, survey results in Figure 3 show 36% of agencies indicating water audit validation should be core-funded and 64% of agencies indicating it should be choice-funded. Because Senate Bill 555 requires all agencies to submit a level 1 validated water audit to the California Department of Water Recourses annually, MWDOC staff recommend that water balance validation be offered as a core MWDOC shared service utilizing in-house staff. Annually, staff will evaluate this core or choice service. When appropriate, it will be shifted to a Choice service. If an agency requests a level 2 or level 3 validation that requires more staff time than a level 1 validation, MWDOC staff recommend that additional time be a choice activity funded by the agency. Customer Meter Accuracy Testing Survey Question If MWDOC provided customer meter testing services for the following purpose, would your agency participate?  Independent verification in response to a customer claim of inaccuracy  Testing for new meters  Statistically-based testing across all meter sizes The survey results suggested broad support for MWDOC to provide customer water meter testing for the trio of purposes, with statistically-based testing across all meter sizes garnering the most support (see below). Figure 3: Survey response to funding water audit validation 16 In terms of funding, survey results showed 7% of agencies indicating it should be core-funded and 93% of agencies indicating it should be choice-funded. The survey then queried agencies about how many meters they would have tested per year on average if MWDOC provided meter accuracy testing. A total of 18 agencies provided an annual count of meters to be tested that collectively ranged from 3,100 meters per year to 4,300 meters per year. There is support for meter accuracy testing among many of MWDOC’s retail agencies. Because of the high capital cost of purchasing and warehousing small meter test equipment, MWDOC staff recommend customer meter testing services be provided as an out-sourced, contracted shared service as is currently being done with McCall’s Meters and Westerly Meter Service Company. MWDOC staff also recommend that meter accuracy testing be funded as a choice activity by agencies choosing to have meters tested. Distribution System Leak Detection Survey Question If MWDOC provided distribution system leak detection services for the following purpose, would your agency participate?  Partial-system or full-system leak detection services for distribution infrastructure (proactive) Figure 4: Survey response to meter accuracy testing shared service Figure 5: Survey response to funding meter accuracy testing 17  Distribution system leak detection to check for a suspected leak (reactive) The survey captured broad support for MWDOC to provide distribution system leak detection shared services, with 21% of the agencies indicating they are highly likely to participate, 32% of the agencies indicating that they are likely to participate and the remaining 46% of agencies indicating they are unlikely to participate. Agencies indicated slightly higher interest for leak detection for suspected leaks in their distribution systems than for partial-system or full-system proactive leak detection. Most agencies (89%) prefer that distribution system leak detection be choice-funded. The survey also asked agencies for the miles of distribution system main they anticipate surveying if MWDOC were to provide the service. Total annual leak detection anticipated by the 15 responding agencies ranged from 510 to 560 miles per year. There is support for distribution system leak detection among many water agencies. Because of the high mileage of distribution main to be surveyed and the fact that the required equipment has already been purchased, MWDOC staff recommend that leak detection be provided as an in-house shared service. MWDOC staff also recommend that distribution system leak detection be funded as a choice activity by agencies choosing to have their systems surveyed. Figure 6: Survey response to leak detection shared service Figure 7: Survey response to funding meter accuracy testing 18 Distribution System Pressure Surveys Survey Question If MWDOC provided distribution system pressure surveys (either system-wide or for a pressure zone), would your agency participate? There is support for MWDOC to provide distribution system pressure survey shared services with 4% of the agencies indicating that they are highly likely to participate, 43% of the agencies indicating that they are likely to participate, and the remaining 53% of agencies indicating they are unlikely to participate. In terms of funding, results showed 7% of agencies indicating pressure surveying should be core-funded and 93% of agencies indicating pressure surveying should be choice-funded. There is support for distribution system pressure surveys among many water agencies. Because of the limited number of surveys and the fact that the required equipment has already been purchased, MWDOC staff recommend that pressure surveys be provided as an in-house shared service. MWDOC staff also recommend that distribution system pressure surveys be funded as a choice activity by agencies choosing to have their systems surveyed. Distribution System Flushing Survey Question If MWDOC provided distribution system flushing shared services, would your agency participate? Figure 8: Survey response to distribution system pressure survey shared service Figure 9: Survey response to funding distribution system pressure survey 19 The survey reported support for MWDOC to provide distribution system flushing shared services, with 14% of the agencies indicating that they are highly likely to participate, 39% of the agencies indicating that they are likely to participate, and the remaining 47% of agencies indicating they are unlikely to participate. In terms of funding, survey results showed 7% of agencies indicated it should be core-funded and 93% of agencies indicated it should be choice-funded. The survey then queried agencies about how many miles of distribution main they would flush per year on average if MWDOC provided distribution system flushing services. A total of 13 agencies indicated they would likely use shared services for flushing a total of 1,900 miles per year. There is support for distribution system flushing among many water agencies. Because of the high capital cost of purchasing and warehousing flushing equipment, MWDOC staff recommend that this service be provide as a contract shared service using a third party. MWDOC staff also recommend that system flushing be funded as a choice activity by agencies choosing to access this service. Summary In summary, the survey captured broad support for a variety of water loss control-related shared services. Most services would be funded through choice elections by participating agencies. It is important to note that participation by all agencies is not necessary to justify offering a particular shared service. Furthermore, MWDOC’s retail agencies would have the opportunity to cost-effectively reduce water loss through the shared services program. To date, most MWDOC retail agencies have compiled three Figure 10: Survey response to distribution system pressure survey shared service Figure 11: Survey response to funding distribution system flushing 20 consecutive water audits to estimate and value distribution system water loss. Three years of water audit results are displayed in Tables 4 and 5 below. Though some agencies’ audits present unrealistic results and not all water loss is recoverable, as a group, the audits capture significant volumes of water loss that could be recovered through proactive intervention. At approximately $1,200 per acre-foot, the current cost of imported water is sufficiently high to justify investments to evaluate and possibly implement systematic and economically viable water loss control programs, beginning with shared services. Table 4: Three years of apparent loss estimation* Year 1 Apparent Loss Year 2 Apparent Loss Year 3 Apparent Loss (AF) (AF) (AF) Total 7,314 7,416 8,056 * Apparent loss are the nonphysical losses that occur when water is successfully delivered to the customer but, for various reasons, is not measured or recorded accurately. Types of apparent loss are meter inaccuracy and billing errors. Table 5: Three years of real loss estimation* Year 1 Real Loss Year 2 Real Loss Year 3 Real Loss (AF) (AF) (AF) Total 20,814 20,362 14,790 * Real losses are the physical losses from the distribution system, most often leakage and tank overflows. 21 Solution – Shared Water Loss Control Services The following provides a description of the methodology to be used to provide each shared service, as well as the equipment and staff necessary for successful shared service execution. Opportunity No. 1: Water Balance Validation Description Level 1 water audit validation is the third-party review of a water audit through an interview and supporting documentation review. Level 1 validation aims to:  Confirm the correct application of general American Water Works Association water audit methodology to a utility’s unique distribution system  Identify errors in water audit compilation and data validity grade selection and correct errors when possible Additional information on the process and outcomes of level 1 water audit validation can be found in Water Research Foundation project 4639A, Level 1 Water Audit Validation Guidance Manual (2017). Context Potential Annual water audit compilation and validation is a best practice for all water utilities. As a result, there is the potential for all MWDOC member agencies and the three cities to annually validate their individual water audits through shared services. Regulatory Requirements Level 1 water audit validation is an annual requirement for all California retail urban water suppliers.2 Senate Bill 555, passed in October of 2015, directed the Department of Water Resources to collect level 1 validated water audits annually and publish a database of level 1 validated water audits online. Level 1 validated water audits are due by October 1 each year, and validation must be performed by a professional who was uninvolved in the compilation of the water audit and holds a level 1 water audit validation certificate issued by the California-Nevada section of the American Water Works Association. Value Beyond Compliance Level 1 water audit validation meets the requirements of Senate Bill 555, but beyond supporting compliance, level 1 water audit validation can improve the accuracy and reliability of a water a udit. By engaging with a qualified level 1 validator to confirm the data sources, analysis, and methods used to compile their water audits, MWDOC’s retail agencies can more confidently use the water audits’ estimates of water loss to build water loss control programs. Furthermore, the level 1 validator may objectively 2 Retail urban water suppliers are defined as systems that supply more than 3,000 acre-feet of potable water a year or serve more than 3,000 service connections. Most MWDOC member agencies qualify as retail urban water suppliers, with the current exception of Serrano Water District and Emerald Bay Community Services District. 22 suggest practices for improved data management and instrument maintenance to support MWDOC retail agencies in employing best practices. Methodology Water audit validation will be conducted at level 1, according to the methodology established in Water Research Foundation project 4369: Level 1 Water Audit Validation Guidance Manual. Water audit validation aims to identify and appropriately correct for inaccuracies in water audit data and application of methodology. Furthermore, validation also evaluates and communicates the uncertainty inherent in water audit data. To accomplish these goals, MWDOC’s validation shared service will follow the steps published in the Water Research Foundation Level 1 Water Audit Validation Guidance Manual. 1. Receive and review the water audit and supporting documentation. 2. Review performance indicators for evidence of inaccuracy. 3. Review audit inputs and data validity grades and confirm correct application of methodology in a level 1 validation interview. Adjust inputs and data validity grades if necessary. 4. Review performance indicators again for evidence of persisting inaccuracy. 5. Document results. MWDOC’s validation shared service will also employ the California-specific additional guidance developed by the California Water Loss Technical Assistance Program and subsequently taught in the Water Audit Validator (WAV) certificate course. Validation results will be documented in a format acceptable to the Department of Water Resources. Templates for this format have been published by the California-Nevada section of the American Water Works Association on their WAV Certification webpage. Equipment Requirements Level 1 water audit validation does not require any specialized equipment. Staff will need:  Computers equipped with Microsoft Office Suite software  Email access  Phone access  Work stations from which to review supporting documentation and conduct level 1 water audit validation Staff Requirements Up to 30 level 1 water audit validations will be conducted annually, in perpetuity. The time needed to accomplish a level 1 water audit validation for a utility depends on the preparation and consistency of the water audit and supporting documentation. At minimum, coordination and scheduling requires an hour, supporting document review requires two hours, the validation interview requires two hours, and validation documentation compilation after the interview requires two hours, for a total of seven hours. For agencies whose supporting documentation and water audits require significant analysis, correction, or revision, the process may take up to ten hours per agency. Therefore, to forecast staff time demands , Table 6 shows an average level 1 validation is assumed to take seven to ten hours or 196 to 290 hours for all agencies. 23 Table 4: Staff time required for annual level 1 water audit validation Annual Validations Time per Validation Total Time per Year 28 to 29 7 - 10 hours 196 to 290 hours (0.10 to 0.14 FTE) The staff member(s) who performs level 1 water audit validation must hold a level 1 water audit validation certificate issued by the California-Nevada section of the American Water Works Association. To earn a certificate, the MWDOC staff member(s) must attend the California-Nevada section’s two-day level 1 water audit validation class and pass the test proctored at the end of the course. Course registration is currently $2,000 per participant. The course is taught at an advanced level and assumes fluency in water audit compilation methodology as a pre-requisite. In summary, to be qualified to level 1 validate water audits, the MWDOC staff that perform level 1 water audit validation must be fluent in water audit compilation methods and pass the level 1 water audit validation certificate test proctored by the California-Nevada section of the American Water Works Association. Opportunity No. 2: Meter Accuracy Testing Description Customer meter accuracy testing enables an agency to measure a retail meter’s performance and consequently the throughput that the meter fails to register. By measuring a meter’s inaccuracy, an agency can understand financial loss due to meter inaccuracy and can develop a plan to manage the meter performance within their system. Small customer meters, typically defined as meters two inches and smaller, are usually sampled from a population for testing. Test results are then extrapolated using statistical methods to represent the accuracy of the entire small customer meter stock. Large customer meters are treated as individual assets. Large customer meters are typically tested on a fixed schedule that an agency determines based on the financial consequences of meter inaccuracy. In such a large customer meter testing program, the meters responsible for generating the most income will be tested most frequently. Context Potential At the most recent count, Table 7 shows MWDOC retail agencies maintain 728,074 small customer meters (5/8 inches to 2 ½ inches) and 8,117 large customer meters (3 inches to 12 inches). It is recommended that most large meters that see significant volumes of throughput be tested on a regular schedule. Small customer meter testing schedules depend on an agency’s meter accuracy statistics, meter age, revenue analysis and other factors described further below. 24 Regulatory Requirements There are no regulations that currently mandate customer meter testing. However, the water loss regulations that will be developed through the Senate Bill 555 process assume that retail water agencies have insight into apparent loss performance, which typically requires customer meter testing. Value Beyond Compliance Customer meter testing equips a utility to manage its customer meter stock. By understanding the accuracy of its customer meters, a water utility will be better positioned to:  Evaluate meter replacement cycles and study the factors affecting meter accuracy for effective meter management  Maintain revenue generation efficiency, particularly for key large meters that register significant consumption  Determine whether a meter technology upgrade could result in increased revenue in order to determine appropriate investment in new metering technology  Verify the performance of newly purchased meters Customer meter test results can also inform the estimate of apparent losses in an agency’s annual water audit. By understanding customer meter performance, a utility is able determine the portion of water loss attributable to apparent loss and, therefore, the portion of water loss attributable to leakage. As a result, customer meter tests enable a utility to more accurately measure and, therefore manage, both apparent loss and real loss. Agency 5/8"3/4"5/8" & 3/4"1"1-1/2"2"2-1/2"3"4"6"8"10"12"Sub Total Brea 3,051 126 8,297 126 813 78 140 200 154 30 2 13,017 Buena Park 14,788 2,461 506 764 149 49 7 4 2 18,730 El Toro WD 2,379 4,871 447 691 1,260 0 0 0 0 0 9,648 EOCWD 10 865 293 30 11 3 0 0 0 0 1,212 Fountain Valley 6,136 9,454 724 256 449 44 42 6 10 2 17,123 Garden Grove 28,635 3,250 847 656 55 115 44 0 0 0 33,602 Golden State WC 32,870 1,090 6,920 685 1,687 395 54 38 7 0 43,746 Huntington Beach 1 40,817 8,443 1,492 2,053 136 83 24 17 4 53,070 Irvine Ranch WD 74,779 11,901 14,594 5,642 8,319 333 216 42 24 8 115,858 La Habra 8,297 368 3,195 327 507 278 11 11 5 0 12,999 La Palma 4,155 24 48 31 78 10 0 1 0 0 4,347 Laguna Beach CWD 0 6,835 1,000 254 159 50 49 28 5 2 8,382 Mesa WD 17,095 2,156 2,164 930 1,163 55 35 16 8 0 23,622 Moulton Niguel WD 36,166 114 11,861 809 3,634 50 60 7 5 1 52,707 Newport Beach 16,751 4 7,251 531 1,442 42 76 32 14 1 2 26,146 Orange 0 27,529 5,922 622 1,969 61 48 16 9 2 36,178 San Clemente 0 0 16,118 354 943 32 20 12 1 17,480 San Juan Capistrano 0 6,768 3,184 568 697 7 20 9 0 0 11,253 Santa Margarita WD 0 41,047 8,098 786 2,117 42 15 2 6 0 52,113 Seal Beach 460 3,789 804 116 199 17 39 21 19 17 2 5,483 Serrano WD 1,734 329 147 6 50 0 0 1 0 0 2,267 South Coast WD 0 8,095 2,846 631 198 270 18 5 0 0 12,063 Trabuco Canyon WD 2,650 873 257 39 132 6 3 2 0 0 3,962 Tustin 0 10,111 2,979 365 594 0 51 60 0 0 14,160 Westminster 15,448 2,398 1,346 322 574 72 123 114 41 5 1 20,444 Yorba Linda WD 28 5,611 17,404 576 1,074 6 4 1 0 0 24,704 MWDOC Total 250,645 171,546 31,667 127,650 17,351 30,941 0 2,251 1,200 655 329 74 7 634,316 Anaheim 39,406 15,841 2,663 3,158 170 197 726 794 469 118 24,136 Fullerton 14806 1 14998 887 1052 112 223 141 229 63 2 32514 Santa Ana 31606 5486 4413 1422 1771 329 156 42 45225 3 Cities Total 46,412 5,487 0 35,252 4,972 5,981 170 638 1,105 977 698 181 2 101,875 Orange County Total 297,057 177,033 31,667 162,902 22,323 36,922 170 2,889 2,305 1,632 1,027 255 9 736,191 Table 7: 2017 orange county retail meter counts by size 25 Methodology Customer meter tests will be conducted in accordance with the methodology set forth in American Water Works Association manual M6, Water Meters – Selection, Installation, Testing, and Maintenance. The stipulations in manual M6 include:  Specific low, medium, and high flow rates for each meter type and size  Minimum test volume by flow rate and meter size  Generally acceptable accuracy limits for new and repaired meters M6 also enumerates test procedures for laboratory tests and field tests that MWDOC staff and/or contractors will be required to follow. Equipment Requirements Comprehensive customer meter testing is capital intensive. Meters two inches and smaller are often removed from service and tested on a test bench. Small meter test benches are typically stationary and housed in permanent facilities. In contrast, meters three inches and larger are tested in situ with mobile testing rigs. As a result, each size group (small or large) requires specific testing equipment. To confirm demand for customer meter testing services and acquire the most suitable equipment to serve retail agencies, customer meter testing will be conducted in two phases: first by local private companies and then by MWDOC staff using MWDOC-owned equipment, if determined to be reasonable after additional feasibility analysis. Phase One: Contracting with Private Companies MWDOC currently contracts with McCall’s Meters (Hemet) and Westerly Meter Service (Compton) to test customer meters. Both companies were selected through a competitive bid with input by members of MWDOC’s water loss control working group and approved by the MWDOC Board of Directors. Over the past three years, ten MWDOC retail agencies have tested a substantial number of customer meters. Eight retail agencies have contracted with McCall’s or Westerly, while the other two agencies have tested customer meters in-house. McCall’s and Westerly have met the needs of the eight retail agencies they have served, but appear to be nearing capacity. Should additional agencies choose to have meters tested, it may be necessary to contract with a third meter testing company. Phase Two: In-House Testing Should more MWDOC retail agencies wish to continue with periodic testing of customer meters, during the second phase of customer meter testing, MWDOC could invest in:  A small customer meter test bench  A portable large customer meter tester  A facility to house testing equipment, including the small customer meter test bench Staff will monitor demand for customer meter testing over the next few years. If demand for meter testing increases, staff will evaluate other options for this shared service including bringing meter testing in - house. 26 Staff Requirements Customer meter testing will be offered in two phases, as explained previously. In phase one, testing will be contracted with outside companies. In phase two, the costs and benefits of bringing customer meter testing in-house will be evaluated to determine whether doing so is attractive and feasible. Phase One: Contracting with Private Companies During the first phase, MWDOC will continue its contract with two local private meter testing companies. Retail agencies can contract a specified number of meter tests from the companies MWDOC has retained (to date, McCall’s Meters and Westerly Meter Service). Each MWDOC retail agency will then individually coordinate testing, including meter delivery and the testing timeline, with the contracted testing provider. MWDOC staff will be involved in ensuring ease of contracting and tracking overall participation and results. MWDOC staff will also warehouse results to build a database and periodically analyze results to track performance and identify any observable trends. During phase one (contracted testing service), it is estimated that MWDOC staff will spend 2 hours per retail agency promoting customer meter testing and processing the funding exhibit and 8 hours facilitating meter testing, obtaining test data, building a test database, and interpreting test results. Therefore, as shown in Table 7, a total of 10 hours of MWDOC staff time per agency has been assumed for phase one or 190 hours for 19 participating agencies. Table 5: Staff time required for phase 1 of customer meter testing Participating Agencies Time per Agency Total Time per Year 19 10 hours 190 hours (0.09 FTE) Phase Two: In-House Testing During the second phase, MWDOC can weigh the costs and benefits of building the capacity to test customer meters in-house. Testing customer meters in-house would allow MWDOC retail agencies to receive tailored service and collaborate with regional peers on customer meter test data analysis and application. Furthermore, as the focus on customer meter testing intensifies over the next five years, demand for customer meter testing expertise is expected to greatly outpace service availability in both Orange County and the greater Los Angeles metropolitan area. MWDOC retail agencies’ compliance with regulatory requirements and ability to manage customer meters would be supported by access to high- quality, convenient customer meter testing. To address MWDOC retail agency needs for customer meter testing in phase 2, MWDOC could hire staff to conduct customer meter testing. Staff could retrieve small customer meters from retail agencies, test customer meters on a test bench, and record and transmit test results. Customer meter testing staff should be able to:  Comfortably lift at least 50 lbs  Possess a driver’s license 27  Easily record data in Microsoft Excel  Accurately attend to details like meter serial numbers and meter test bench conditions  Operate simple mechanical equipment, like a mobile large customer meter testing rig However, developing customer meter testing capacity in-house would require initial capital investment to obtain testing equipment, including a customer meter test bench and/or mobile large customer meter testing rig. MWDOC staff will monitor customer meter testing to determine whether bringing customer meter testing in-house is attractive, in which case a comprehensive analysis will be completed and presented to the Board for consideration. Funding Mechanism Customer meter accuracy testing would be funded by each agency per test. Test prices would align with meter sizes, with tests of larger meter costing more than smaller meter tests. Testing funding would therefore be choice-funded based on the number and sizes of meters an agency elects to test. The acquisition of test equipment could be funded in part or in whole through grant funds. Possible grant funding sources include:  The United States Bureau of Reclamation  The Metropolitan Water District of Southern California  The Department of Water Resources Integrated Water Management Program Opportunity No. 3: Distribution System Leak Detection Description To identify and repair leaks, a utility must conduct distribution system leak detection. Distribution system leak detection can be performed in response to a specific suspected leak or as a proactive measure to discover hidden leaks. A range of technologies can be ha rnessed for leak detection, ranging from established acoustic equipment to experimental satellite monitoring. Most utilities are familiar with acoustic leak detection in which a microphone and amplification device are touched to accessible infrastructure so that a technician can listen for leak noise. Effective leak detection depends on the skill of the leak detection technicians and the applicability of the leak detection technology to infrastructure and local conditions. Acoustic methods are generally cost- effective and successful for utilities who survey infrequently or have never performed proactive leak detection before. However, acoustic leak detection is more effective on metallic pipe than plastic pipe. Utilities with rigorous, frequent proactive leak detection programs may benefit from more advanced interventions, though cost-effectiveness varies and the rates of success of advanced technologies are not agreed upon. Context Potential According to the water audit data validated in 2017, retail water agencies in Orange County maintain more than 10,000 miles of distribution main in their systems. All main pipe is susceptible to leakage, and 28 proactive leak detection may enable distribution system managers to reduce water loss and extend asset life. Regulatory Requirements Retail urban water suppliers will be required to demonstrate water loss improvement and achieve water loss performance objectives by 2027. Senate Bill 555 water loss performance standards will contribute to the water supply budget framework designed pursuant to Executive Order B-37-16. Most MWDOC retail agencies do not currently perform proactive leak detection. Proactive leak detection will support agencies in demonstrating improvement in reducing their leakage volumes. By achieving sustainable, compliant leakage volumes, MWDOC retail agencies will meet the standards of Senate Bill 555 and more easily live within their water budgets. Value Beyond Compliance In addition to complying with water loss targets, proactive leak detection and repair can also reduce a utility’s expenditures. Leak identification and repair avoids continued water lost to leakage, thereby saving on water purchase, treatment, pumping costs, embedded energy, and emissions. Additionally, proactively pursuing leakage can uncover leaks early in their development. Early leak discovery reduces the risk of catastrophic failure and corresponding repair costs that tend to increase with time. Leak detection, whether reactive or proactive, also informs asset management. By engaging with infrastructure through acoustic surveying, leak noise logger deployment, or other leak detection technologies, a utility can confirm the accuracy of recorded infrastructure information. Furthermore, a leak detection survey empowers a utility to map the distribution of leakage, study leak patterns, and more effectively prioritize pipeline replacement. Lastly, proactive leak detection demonstrates stewardship to ratepayers and stakeholders and engenders positive public perception. By showing care for supply-side infrastructure and distribution efficiency, a utility can more confidently request customer conservation during times of supply scarcity and solicit approval for capitally intensive projects. Methodology Leak detection will be conducted using a comprehensive acoustic survey, meaning that leak detection technicians will sound all available appurtenances regardless of spacing distances. The following protocols will be adopted for leak detection:  Sounding points: physical contact and sonic leak sound amplification will occur for each hydrant, available valve, and customer service connection.  Sonic ground listening (hard cover): when normal contact points are not available or cannot be created within a reasonable distance, sonic ground listening devices will be used by making ground contact directly over the pipe at intervals no greater than 6 feet when ground cover is pavement, concrete, or a similar hard surface. If excessive ambient noise precludes the effectiveness of the ground listening device in an area during daytime hours, then survey will be considered during nighttime hours. Such situations will be pre-approved with retail agency staff before any night surveying is undertaken. 29  Sonic ground listening (soft cover): when normal ground contact points are not available and ground cover is not a hard surface, probe rods will be used at 10-foot intervals. A sound amplifier will be used on probe rods. Probe rods will be driven into the ground a minimum of 6 inches directly over the pipe where ground conditions allow.  Verification: all indications of leaks found during initial survey will be verified a second time, after which the leak will be pinpointed with a computer-based leak sound correlator whenever possible. Pinpointing leak locations through interpretation of sound intensity, whether by ear, decibel metering, or comparable methods, will not be used when contact points are available for access with a computer-based leak sound correlator.  Situations requiring valve or appurtenance operation: the survey equipment that will be used typically does not require valve operation during surveying and pinpointing. However, on occasion, services or valves may require operation to eliminate service connection draw noise or to change velocity noise for the purposes of leak verification. If required, any valve or appurtenance operation will need to be performed by retail agency personnel only, not by MWDOC staff.  Procedure for valve or appurtenance operation: on a weekly basis, MWDOC staff will prepare a list of appurtenances that need to be operated by retail agency staff for leak verification or pinpointing. The following week, retail agency staff and MWDOC leak detection specialists will arrange for and operate valves or appurtenances for leak validation.  Correlator equipment: the correlator equipment will prompt the operator to input relevant data when different pipe sizes and/or materials are encountered during a survey segment. Correlators will be capable of correlating up to at least four pipe sizes and types at once in a given span. Equipment Requirements At minimum, each acoustic leak detection technician will require:  A sounding rod  A ground microphone Each crew will need:  A vehicle to access leak detection sites and routes  Safety and traffic control equipment (e.g. cones and reflective, brightly colored clothing) Additional equipment that would allow for more comprehensive and accurate leak detection includes:  Leak noise correlators  Leak noise loggers  Pipe locator MWDOC has already acquired standard leak detection equipment with financial support from the Bureau of Reclamation. The equipment MWDOC purchased is listed in Table 8. MWDOC has not yet purchased a vehicle for leak detection, traffic control equipment, or a pipe locator. 30 Staff Requirements A leak detection technician can typically accomplish 2.5 miles of leak detection per day in a residential setting. In high traffic settings, leak detection is often most successful when two technicians operate in parallel to support one another for safety and accessing infrastructure and confirming leak noise. Two technicians working together can conservatively accomplish 5.0 miles per day, though faster paces may be possible. As shown in Table 9, accomplishing 336 to 486 miles of leak detection survey would require 1,410 to 2,010 hours. Table 9: Staff time required for acoustic leak detection Annual Miles Miles per Day (one person) Total Time per Year 336 to 486 miles 10 miles per week 1,410 to 2,010 hours (0.68 to 0.97 FTE) Funding Mechanism Leak detection would be contracted as a choice service at a per-mile rate. Equipment has already been purchased using MWDOC and Bureau of Reclamation grant funds. Opportunity No. 4: Distribution System Pressure Surveys Description Pressure is necessary to provide high-quality service and react to emergencies, but over-pressurization can result in unnecessary leakage. Managing pressure for optimal service and minimal leakage requires thorough knowledge of the distribution system’s pressure profile, but many utilities only have incomplete or dated pressure data. Typically, pressure data is available only at critical points like pressure -regulating infrastructure and the highest elevation in the distribution system. This form of pressure data, though useful for identifying service failures, does not provide complete insight into pressure dynamics across a system. To remedy this incomplete insight, it is recommended that utilities log pressure at fire hydrants throughout the distribution system. Dispersed pressure logging is particularly useful when high-frequency instruments are deployed, since high-frequency logging can identify pressure transients propagating through the distribution system. Table 8: MWDOC leak detection equipment 31 Context Potential The number of pressure zones in Orange County has not been determined. However, many agencies serve between 3 and 10 pressure zones (if not more), each of which has unique pressure dynamics. Furthermore, all MWDOC retail agencies operate pressure-regulating infrastructure, including pumps and pressure regulating valves. Each piece of pressure-regulating infrastructure has the potential to malfunction, and not all malfunctions are easy to detect without pressure monitoring equipment. Therefore, logging system pressures to determine normal operations and deviations from normal can benefit all retail agencies. Regulatory Requirements Senate Bill 555 mandates periodic improvements to water audit data and water loss management, and Senate Bill 555 and Executive Order B-37-16 both require the achievement of specific performance. Pressure logging supports compliance with both regulations through the acquisition of more specific insight into the factors affecting water loss and water loss remediation strategies. Value Beyond Compliance Beyond enabling MWDOC retail agencies to comply with water audit and water loss regulations, pressure logging allows a utility to more accurately quantify average zonal and system pressures. When a utility refines its average pressure estimate using field data, water loss performance indicators that involve system pressure become more reliable. Additionally, adding pressure data to zonal management plans (for example, district metered area management) can highlight opportunities for pressure reduction or modulation that maintain service, but reduce leak frequencies and flow rates. Targeted pressure reduction not only saves water, but also saves energy consumption and corresponding emissions. Furthermore, by logging pressure at a high frequency (four or more pressure samples per second), a utility can identify pressure transients. Pressure transients, instantaneous and damaging swings in pressure that propagate through a pipe network, can cause infrastructure damage, but are difficult to identify in the absence of high-frequency pressure data. When a utility notices frequent infrastructure failure in a certain area or installs new pressure-regulating infrastructure, high-frequency pressure logging can highlight transients that a utility may be able to eliminate with operational changes. Methodology The methodology used for pressure surveying depends on the survey goal. Methodology must be agreed upon with each agency before surveying begins. The methodology to be determined includes:  Logger settings (e.g. sampling and recording frequencies)  Logger deployment locations  Logger deployment durations  Analysis of data after logger retrieval 32 Equipment Requirements Pressure data is typically collected with loggers attached to fire hydrants. Loggers can be categorized as standard (fewer than one pressure read every 250 milliseconds) or high-frequency (more than one pressure read every 250 milliseconds). Recording pressure in multiple locations simultaneously can allow pressure patterns and transient propagation to be observed, so a set of loggers than include high- frequency instruments provides more useful information than a single rotating logger. As a result, high - frequency loggers are more expensive. Therefore, it is recommended that MWDOC acquires:  4 or more high-frequency pressure loggers  4 or more standard pressure loggers  8 or more lockboxes to prevent pressure logger theft Staff Requirements To conduct a pressure survey, six steps must be accomplished: 1. Choose survey locations based on planning and coordination with agency 2. Deploy loggers 3. Allow the logging period to pass 4. Retrieve loggers 5. Harvest data 6. Analyze data and communicate results Planning and data retrieval and analysis vary in the time required, depending on survey complexity and analytic rigor. Planning and analysis can happen concurrently with logging at the next round of sites to maintain efficiency (see Figure 12). Deploying loggers typically takes one day, assuming that logger locations are close enough that total driving time does not stretch longer than a half a day. Similarly, retrieving loggers also takes a day. Figure 12: Pressure survey phases of work Therefore, Table 10 shows 15 to 21 surveys will be performed. Each survey will require 44 hours for a total of 660 to 924 hours. Table 10: Staff time required for pressure logging and analysis Annual Surveys Time per Survey Total Time per Year 15 to 21 44 hours 660 to 924 hours (0.32 to 0.44 FTE) 33 Funding Mechanism MWDOC has acquired pressure loggers through a Bureau of Reclamation grant and match funds from MWDOC. Additional investment in a vehicle for pressure logger deployment and retrieval will be necessary, and it’s likely that the vehicle would be used for other water loss control services too (for example, large customer meter testing site visits). Pressure surveying would be funded through choice election by agencies who contract this se rvice. The scope of each survey, including the rigor of analysis required, would dictate an appropriate survey budget. Opportunity No. 5: Distribution System Flushing Description Distribution system flushing is sometimes necessary to maintain water quality and exercise system infrastructure. Traditionally, distribution system flushing has been conducted unidirectional by opening a fire hydrant near the area of the system to be flushed and directing hydrant discharge into a storm drain. However, this method of system flushing wastes water treated to potable standards and tends to invite public criticism. To mitigate water waste and poor public perception resulting from system flushing, a utility can flush distribution pipe using a neutral output discharge elimination system (NO-DES). A NO-DES unit connects to two fire hydrants to create a loop. Water is then pumped from one fire hydrant to the other through the NO-DES unit, which filters sediment and biofilm stirred up during flushing to remove these contaminants from the water before the water is reintroduced to the distribution system. If needed, a NO-DES unit can also add disinfectant during the filtration process to further improve water quality. Context Potential According to the water audit data validated in 2017, retail water agencies in Orange County maintain more than 10,000 miles of distribution main in their systems. Regulatory Requirements The Safe Drinking Water Act and California Health and Safety Code require compliance with drinking water quality standards to ensure a reliable and safe drinking water supply. Often, to comply with standards set by the EPA and the state, utilities make regular, planned discharges (flushing) from their distribution system. These discharges are regulated by Section 402 of the Clean Water Act that requires that a discharge of any pollutant or combination of pollutants to surface waters be regulated by a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit. 34 Value Beyond Compliance In addition to complying with federal and state regulations, a NO-DES unit allows a utility to more efficiently use its water. NO-DES decreases the volume of water going to waste during the flushing process, resulting in cost savings for purchasing, treating, and power to distribute or pump the water. Further, hydrant flushing to waste is not perceived favorably by customers. Using a NO-DES unit would decrease public scrutiny, especially during drought periods when the utility is asking customers to use less water. By efficiently maintaining and operating their distribution system, the utility would demonstrate stewardship of this limited resource, gaining positive public perception. Methodology Flushing with a NO-DES unit will consist of the following steps, whether conducted by a third-party contractor (phase one) or in-house staff (potential phase two): 1. Deploy: Mobilize and set-up NO-DES truck at flushing location, between two fire hydrants. 2. Connect: Connect a hose from the filtering system’s inlet point to one hydrant; then, connect a second hose from the filtering system’s outlet point to the other hydrant. 3. Create a loop: Open both fire hydrants, allowing the hoses and filters to be filled. This will create a temporary above-ground loop in the water distribution system. 4. Circulate: A large pump on the NO-DES unit circulates water through the loop at the desired flushing velocity, scouring the water main to remove debris. 5. Filter and purify: Contaminants and biofilms are removed by the NO-DES filters. If needed, a small amount of chlorine may be added to increase chlorine residual during the process. 6. Shut down: When the entire section of water main in the targeted flush zone has been filtered and all turbidity meters are below 1 NTU, shut down the system, close hydrants, and remove hoses. To ensure that this flushing methodology is compliant and reduce the administrative burden on retail agencies, MWDOC would pursue regional flushing permits from the Santa Ana Regional Water Quality Board and the San Diego Regional Water Quality Board. A regional permit has not been pursued and secured before. However, streamlined operation of a standard flushing methodology across the county is attractive for ease of permitting for MWDOC, MWDOC’s retail agencies, and the regional water quality boards. Equipment Requirements NO-DES flushing will initially be offered as a shared service contracted with a third party. Depending on interest and cost viability, MWDOC can consider a second phase in which NO-DES flushing is operated in- house. Phase 1: Contracting with Private Companies For the first phase of NO-DES flushing, MWDOC will contract with a third party. A competitive bid process will allow MWDOC to select the service provider that best meets retail agency needs. 35 Phase 2: Offering NO-DES Flushing In-House Staff will monitor demand for NO-DES flushing over the next few years. If demand for NO-DES flushing increases, staff will evaluate other options for this shared service, including bringing the flushing in-house. If MWDOC determines that offering NO-DES flushing using MWDOC staff and equipment is cost-justified, MWDOC will have to purchase a NO-DES unit. A NO-DES unit (truck or trailer) is required to flush mains between 2” and 12”. For mains larger than 12”, two NO-DES units may be used in parallel. The NO-DES has two separate filter housings that must be replaced regularly. The first filter has an approximate life of 1 to 3 weeks, while the second filter has an approximate life of 3 to 6 weeks, depending on the condition of the distribution system. Staff Requirements Phase One: Contracting with Private Companies In phase one, MWDOC will contract with a third party to accomplish system flushing. MWDOC staff time will be spent in developing and running the bid process, ensuring ease of contracting, and tracking program results. To accomplish these administrative tasks, Table 11 shows a total of 450 hours would be required for 15 agencies at 30 hours per agency. Table 11: Staff time required for phase 1 of distribution system flushing Agencies Participating Time per Agency Total Time per Year 15 30 hours 450 hours (0.22 FTE) Phase Two: Offering NO-DES Flushing In-House Should staff determine that bringing NO-DES Flushing in-house is feasible, a complete analysis will be completed and presented to the Board for consideration. A NO-DES unit requires at least two technicians to operate, but three technicians are typically recommended. A two-person crew would consist of a lead worker and a maintenance worker with the following responsibilities: Lead Worker:  Is responsible for overall NO-DES operation  Plans flushing routes and maps  Calculates flow rates, pressures, and chlorine dosing  Logs data  Retrieves water quality samples Maintenance Worker A:  Operates hose burro  Operates hydrants and valves 36 Maintenance Work B (optional):  Sets up hose ramps to allow traffic to pass over hose, if necessary  Controls traffic Two trained technicians working together can conservatively accomplish approximately 0.75 miles per day, though faster paces may be possible. At each location, it takes approximately 1 hour to deploy the truck and 1 hour to break down the truck, with flush times ranging from 10 minutes to 2 hours. The economics of operating NO-DES flushing in-house, including staffing, will be evaluated at a later date if MWDOC staff and board choose to do so. Summary of Solutions In summary, it is proposed that MWDOC will offer five shared services to its retail agencies:  Level 1 water audit validation (MWDOC staff)  Customer meter testing (third-party contractor for initial phase)  Distribution system leak detection (MWDOC staff)  Distribution system pressure surveying (MWDOC staff)  NO-DES flushing (third-party contractor for initial phase) These services will enable MWDOC retail agencies to comply with new water loss regulations and employ best management practices in ensuring infrastructure longevity and system efficiency. Private Sector and MWDOC Cost Comparisons To evaluate the efficiency of shared services provision, MWDOC staff have surveyed the price points of private-sector service providers for each of the shared services that MWDOC staff recommend be operated in-house by MWDOC staff. These include Level I Water Balance Validation, Distribution System Leak Detection, and Distribution System Pressure Surveys. These services require minimal capital expenditures, of which some have already been purchased including the leak detection equipment and distribution system pressure loggers. MWDOC staff recommends that customer meter accuracy testing and distribution system flushing be contracted externally with the private sector because of the significant expenses to purchase, warehouse, operate, and maintain required equipment. To get started at a minimal level, meter accuracy testing and distribution system flushing equipment combined could cost more than $1.5 million. As such, no cost comparisons between MWDOC and private sector providers for these two services are necessary at this time. However, MWDOC staff will monitor retail agency subscription to these services. When feasible and valuable, MWDOC staff will return to the Board to discuss the costs and benefits of bringing these services in-house. MWDOC’s costs are based on limited administrative time to coordinate and plan shared services and the estimated amount of time necessary to perform the shared service. An overhead factor of 1.693 is multiplied by the hourly rate of staff members performing the work. This factor includes expenses such as employee benefits, insurance, office maintenance, office supplies, telecommunications, computers and computer maintenance, software and software support, staff training, conference expenses, travel, and accommodations. 37 Water Balance Validation MWDOC obtained cost estimates, as shown in Table 12, from five companies to provide the level 1 validation services required by Senate Bill 555. Employees of these companies have been certified by the California-Nevada section of the American Water Works Association to conduct level 1 water audit validations that meet the requirements of Senate Bill 555. The cost range across private sector providers was $2,000 to $3,000 per level 1 validation, summarized in the table below. MWDOC’s cost estimate assumes this service would be performed by the Water Loss Control Programs Supervisor and the complete validation would require a total of 10 hours to complete . The time to complete level 1 validation includes administration, data review, two-hour agency consultation, and reporting. Based on this, MWDOC’s cost estimate is $840 per validation. Table 12: Level 1 water audit validation pricing Company Cost of Service MWDOC $840 Water Systems Optimization, Inc. $2,000 to $2,500 Woodard & Curran $3,000 M.E. Simpson Company, Inc. $2,200 to $2,500 CivilTEC Engineering $3,000 Distribution System Leak Detection Two levels of distribution system leak detection are under consideration: a systematic survey of large portions of the distribution system (up to the entire system) and/or a localized survey for a suspected leak. Leak detection shared services would be structured to allow agencies to access either approach. Cost estimates for distribution system leak surveying were obtained from three companies. To allow for cost comparisons, prices were normalized to a survey mile, with technical approach and leak detection methodology specified. The technical approach involves acoustic listening using ground microphones and sounding rods, while the methodology is to “sound” the distribution system at all possible locations including services, meters, valves, and hydrants. Some companies provided pricing based on pipe material (metallic vs. PVC), while others provided pricing for a standard range of pipe materials. These costs also include documentation, leak validation, and reporting. Costs ranged from $275 to $400 per mile. MWDOC’s cost estimate is $207 per mile. A summary of these price points is provided in Table 13. 38 Table 13: Leak detection pricing Company Cost of Service Notes MWDOC $207 Per mile Irvine Ranch Water District $170 Per mile Water Systems Optimization, Inc. $400 $350 $300 Per mile for miles 1-50 Per mile for miles 51-100 Per mile for miles 101+ Utility Services Associates $280 $203 $305 Per mile for 75% PVC and 25% metallic + $149/day mobilization Per mile for metallic pipe + $149/day for mobilization Per mile for PVC pipe + $149/day for mobilization MatchPoint Water Asset Management, Inc. $275 $1500 Per mile for 75% PVC and 25% metallic Per day (two-person crew, 2 to 5 miles per day) One company, Utility Services Associates (USA), also provided a cost estimate for a suspected leak investigation. A suspected leak investigation is a localized survey for a suspected leak. This investigation will utilize the same technical approach and methodology used in the system survey. Table 14 summarizes the USA and MWDOC cost estimate for a suspected leak investigation. Table 14: Suspected leak investigation pricing Company Cost of Service Notes MWDOC $259 Per investigation plus mileage Utility Services Associates $500 Per investigation plus mileage Distribution System Pressure Survey Cost estimates for a distribution system pressure survey were obtained from one company. The pressure survey includes planning the survey with the retail agency, deploying and retrieving data loggers, and analyzing and reporting results. Table 15 summarizes the private sector and MWDOC cost estimate for a system pressure survey. Table 15: Pressure survey pricing Company Cost of Service Notes MWDOC $3,360 For an 8-logger survey Water Systems Optimization, Inc. $6,600 For an 8-logger survey 39 Conclusions Based on this analysis, MWDOC can provide all three shared services at a lower cost than the private sector and ease the administrative burden for our agencies in securing these services. MWDOC can provide water balance validation and pressure survey shared services at about half the cost of the private sector and leak detection shared services at about two-thirds the cost of the private sector. Should retail agencies request more services than can be provided by MWDOC staff, private sector consultants and contractors will be made available to the agencies when necessary. These consultants and contractors will act as an overflow work force to meet the demands in a timely manner. Execution and Implementation Target Market As shown in Figure 13, the target market for water loss control shared services includes all 32 retail water agencies within Orange County, including all MWDOC member agencies and the cities of Anaheim, Fullerton, and Santa Ana. MWDOC has a well-established working relationship with all 32 retail water agencies. Figure 13: Shared services target market 40 Core and Choice Funded Shared Services MWDOC staff are proposing to implement shared services using a combination of core and choice funding as summarized in Table 6. Core shared services would be provided to all retail agencies and would be funded by MWDOC through the general fund. Choice shared services would be funded by participating retail agencies who choose to access the shared service. Because Senate Bill 555 requires all urban water suppliers to submit validated water audits annually to the California Department of Water Resources by October 1, staff is proposing that water audit validation be a core shared service. However, it should be noted that the time available to complete 30 validations the first year will be compressed to three months from July 1, 2019, when shared services are initiated, to October 1, 2019, when validations are submitted to DWR. As a result, contractor assistance may be needed the first year for validations to be completed on time. It is anticipated that staff at some agencies will pursue Water Audit Validator (WAV) certification through the American Water Works Association, which will enable them to validate the water balance for their agency. However, water audit validation must be performed by a certified validator who is not involved in compiling the water balance. Currently, few agencies have the staff necessary to both compile and validate a water audit. Should enough agencies establish sufficient resources to both complete a water audit and then independently validate it, staff will reevaluate providing validation as a core service. The remaining shared services are not mandated and would therefore be choice funded by agencies choosing to access the shared service. This ensures that agencies only pay for the shared services they choose to access. Table 16: Shared service implementation funding and contracting structure Shared Service Funding Mechanism Water audit validation Core Customer meter testing Choice Leak detection Choice Pressure surveying Choice NO-DES flushing Choice In-House Staff and Contractor-Provided Shared Services Staff propose to use a combination of in-house staff and outside contractors to provide shared services as shown in Table 17. Water audit validation, leak detection and system pressure surveying will be implemented utilizing in-house staff. These shared services do not require significant capital investments for equipment and require minimal office space for staff and equipment storage. Leak detection and pressure surveying equipment has already been purchased using MWDOC and USBR grant funds. This equipment is stored in MWDOC’s on-site storage vault and is secured nightly. 41 Customer Meter Accuracy Testing and Distribution System Flushing services require significant capital investment in equipment and warehousing. As a result, these shared services will be implemented with outside contractors. McCall’s Meters, Inc. and Westerly Meter Service Company have been providing customer meter accuracy testing for the past three years. This arrangement will be continued for another two years before another competitive selection process is completed to maintain adherence to MWDOC’s Administrative Code. In order to provide distribution system flushing services, staff will conduct a Request for Proposals (RFP) process to select a contractor(s). The RFP will clearly define the scope of work desired by retail agencies planning to access this shared service and specify best practices that the contractor(s) must employ. It is anticipated the RFP process, including Board authorization, will be initiated at the beginning of the 2019-20 fiscal year and conclude by fall 2019. During the first 12 to 24 months of shared service implementation, staff will evaluate the feasibility of transitioning contractor-provided services for meter testing and system flushing to in-house provided services. The biggest challenge to overcome in making this transition is the significant capital investment for equipment, alongside with warehouse and utility yard-style facilities to house equipment. Phased implementation will allow for an evolving understanding of retail agency demand for these services without making significant capital expenditures that could be stranded if not utilized. Table 17: Shared service provision in phase one Shared Service Phase One Provider Water audit validation In-house (MWDOC) Customer meter testing Contractor(s) Leak detection In-house (MWDOC) Pressure surveying In-house (MWDOC) NO-DES flushing Contractor(s) Staffing Plan and Organizational Structure Staffing Plan Water loss control shared services will be offered through a combination of in-house staff and contracted services. Shared services implemented with in-house staff will initially be level 1 water audit validation, distribution system leak detection, and distribution system pressure surveying. Due to the significant capital investment needed to purchase and warehouse meter accuracy testing and system flushing equipment, these services will be contracted in the first phase of shared service implementation. If at a later date MWDOC determines that customer meter testing and/or NO-DES system flushing would be appropriate to offer as an in-house service, staff will return to the Board to request authorization. Staff completed an analysis of in-house staff needs to provide water audit validation, distribution system leak detection, and distribution system pressure surveys. Additional time is included to capture the administrative time necessary to facilitate both in-house and contractor-provided shared services. Table 18 shows that 1.81 full-time equivalent (FTE) staff are needed for a “low” level of shared services and 2.26 42 FTE staff are needed for a “high” level of shared services. Using the results of the Shared Services Survey, the “low” level of participation assumes that 100% of agencies designating “highly likely” and 50% of agencies designating “likely” will participate. The “high” level of participation assumes that 100% of “highly likely” and “likely” agencies will participate. This staffing analysis also includes time for the Supervisor to assist the Director of Water Use Efficiency with technical support for water loss control policy development and competitive selection processes necessary for contractor-provided shared services (meter accuracy testing and distribution system flushing). Knowing that the State Water Resources Control Board has a deadline to establish a water loss standard by July of 2020, the amount of time needed for policy support will be significant. Together, these activities are estimated to require an additional 0.20 FTE for the Supervisor position. And finally, this analysis includes 0.10 FTE (per FTE) for holiday, vacation and sick time. Table 18: Proposed water loss control shared services staffing Position and Responsibilities Funding Mechanism Staffing Need (Low) Staffing Need (High) Water Loss Control Programs Supervisor 1.03 1.19 Level 1 water audit validation Core 0.10 0.14 Customer meter accuracy testing Choice 0.09 0.09 Distribution system pressure surveys Choice 0.32 0.44 Distribution system flushing Choice 0.22 0.22 Water loss policy development Core 0.20 0.20 Overhead (holiday, sick & vacation time) Core 0.10 0.10 Leak Detection Technician * 0.78 1.07 Distribution system leak detection Choice 0.68 0.97 Overhead (holiday, sick & vacation) Core 0.10 0.10 Total 1.81 2.26 * excludes suspected leak investigations. Staff is recommending two full-time equivalent employees be hired to provide water loss control shared services – one Water Loss Control Program Supervisor and one Leak Detection Technician. The primary responsibilities of the Water Loss Control Program Supervisor would be overall program supervision and administration, scheduling of services, policy development, water audit validation, pressure surveys, and water loss control work group planning, coordination, and implementation The primary responsibilities of the Leak Detection Technician would be leak detection and assistance with pressure survey equipment deployment and recovery (when available). Draft job descriptions for both positions are provided as Appendix 3. 43 Organizational Structure The proposed Water Loss Control Shared Services will be housed within MWDOC’s Water Use Efficiency Department and would be the responsibility of the Dir ector of Water Use Efficiency as shown in Figure 14. The Water Loss Control Programs Supervisor will report to and be supervised by the Director of Water Use Efficiency and would be located at the vacant work station in the accounting department. The Water Loss Control Programs Supervisor would manage the day-to-day operations of water loss control shared services, including the Leak Detection Technician. The Leak Detection Technician is primarily a field-based employee however, any time spent working in the office would be floating at any open work station. Figure 14: Water Loss Control Shared Services Organizational Structure Physical Location Both staff and water loss control equipment will be located at MWDOC’s current Fountain Valley offices. There is currently one vacant work station in the MWDOC Accounting office area. The Water Loss Control Programs Supervisor will be assigned to this work station. The Leak Detection Technician is primarily a field-based position; therefore, limited office space would be needed, usually on Fridays. Leak detection equipment will continue to be stored in the secure vault location adjacent to the copy room. Equipment and Training Initial Equipment Needs The equipment needs for shared services staff include vehicles, vehicle accessories, and safety equipment. In the past few months, Yorba Linda Water District and Irvine Ranch Water District obtained bids for the 44 purchase of vehicles designed to meet the needs of MWDOC’s field staff. These bids ranged from $29,000 to $29,500 per truck from Chevrolet and Ford, respectively. Vehicle accessories such as cab guards, corner strobes, traffic directors, and tool boxes ranged from $1,700 to $2,000 per vehicle. Therefore, the cost for purchasing two vehicles including accessories is approximately $62,400. Safety equipment for staff includes work gloves, rubber gloves, safety glasses, spray paint, pipe locators, traffic cones, hard hats, and ANSI Class III safety vests. In addition, two computer work stations and one laptop for field work will be needed. The initial cost for this equipment is approximately $10,400, with the pipe locators composing the majority of this expense. Staff training will be required for level 1 water audit validation and general field operations safety. The California-Nevada section of the American Water Works Association administers the Level 1 Water Audit Validation (WAV) certificate program. Trainings are offered a few times each year. In 2018, the training and certification exam fee was $2,000 per individual. In addition, general field staff safety training will also be an important requirement for MWDOC field staff. The cost for safety training is estimated to be $2,000. The total training expense is therefore estimated to be $4,000. Ongoing Equipment or Staff-Related Costs Ongoing costs are anticipated to include cell phone service, auto insurance, boot allowances, uniforms, vehicle fuel, and maintenance. Some of these costs will be incurred monthly while others will be incurred annually. The annual cost for these expenses is approximately $8,600 per year. In summary, initial vehicle, equipment, and safety costs are estimated to be $76,800, and ongoing costs are estimated to be $8,600 per year. Shared Services Pricing In the private sector cost comparison section above, staff estimated the cost for MWDOC to provide each in-house shared service. These fixed unit cost estimates, provided in Table 9, will be charged by MWDOC to agencies accessing shared services. Cost estimates for level 1 water audit validation, distribution system leak detection, and distribution system pressure surveys include both administrative time to facilitate the service and time to perform the service. Cost estimates for customer meter accuracy testing and distribution system flushing only include administrative time for MWDOC staff to facilitate the contractor- provided shared services. These costs will be refined annually based on actual costs incurred. This approach will provide agencies with certainty of costs to be incurred and allow agencies to budget in advance of accessing the shared service. MWDOC will fund remaining costs not covered by participating agencies, and these costs will not be included in the OCWD groundwater customer charge. 45 Table 19: MWDOC shared services pricing Shared Service Unit Cost Water audit validation $840 per validation Customer meter testing $168 administrative fee * Distribution system leak detection $207 per mile Suspected leak survey $259 per suspected leak Pressure survey $3,360 per survey NO-DES flushing $840 administrative fee * * Unit costs for meter testing and system flushing only include administrative costs for MWDOC staff to facilitate contractor-provided shared services. Promotion MWDOC’s Water Loss Control Shared Services will be promoted on an ongoing basis through a combination of core and choice services. Core services will be funded by MWDOC and will be available to all agencies. Choice services will be funded by participating retail agencies and will only be charged to those who elect to use those services at a rate proportional to the service quantity accessed. Agencies will be asked to identify the services they plan to use during the coming fiscal year. This will be conducted in coordination with the annual budgeting process to allow time for MWDOC to plan staffing and scheduling of services and for agencies to budget for the services they plan to access. Annual shared services exhibits added to the master water loss control shared services agreement will formalize each agency’s participation. Should an agency not complete an annual shared services exhibit but decide mid-year to access shared services, they will be considered on a case-by-case basis as shared services resources are available. If shared services resources are not available that year, this agency will be scheduled for services on a first come-first served basis at the beginning of the following year. Water Loss Control Shared Services Agreement Agencies choosing to access MWDOC water loss control shared services will be required to sign a shared services agreement. A draft of this agreement is provided as Appendix 4. This agreement will initially have a five-year term. Annual addendums to the shared services agreement will be used to define what shared services will be accessed each year for each agency. Addendums will allow for annual adjustments to the types of services to be accessed, fees to be charged for services, and the addition o f new shared services as they become available. This same agreement and addendum structures have been used effectively for the last three years for MWDOC’s water loss control technical assistance program. Agencies will be asked to make their annual shared services elections in the third quarter of each fiscal year. This will allow agencies time to budget for the services within their normal budget cycle and will allow MWDOC staff time to schedule and manage workloads in the coming year. Agencies may need to supplement their election of services partway through the year, which can be accommodated by submitting an additional addendum defining the additional services. Supplemental addendums will be accepted as staffing and contract services availability permit. 46 Timeline Should the Board authorize implementation of the Water Loss Control Shared Services Business Plan, staff will initiate a five-year implementation plan as scheduled in Table 20. This process will begin by incorporating costs into the fiscal year 2019-20 (FY19-20) budget. As the new fiscal year draws near, staff will begin the recruitment process for the two new positions, with the goal of having the new staff start in July or August of 2019. This will allow staff to begin offering shared services at the beginning of FY19- 20 with level 1 water audit validation, leak detection, customer meter accuracy testing, and pressure surveys offered first. NO-DES distribution system flushing will require a Request for Proposals process to select contractors to provide the service. MWDOC staff anticipate this process will be complete by the end of the calendar year to allow flushing services to begin in early 2020. Over time, staff will monitor the type and volumes of shared services accessed by each agency. Monitoring will include documentation of actual costs so that the shared services charges to agencies are refined each year. In year-three (or sooner, as possible), staff will evaluate the feasibility of transitioning the meter accuracy testing and system flushing to in-house provided services. Ultimately, if this transition is found to be feasible, Board authorization will be required. Table 20: Five-year shared services implementation plan Shared Service Year I FY 2019-20 Year II FY 2020-21 Year III FY 2021-22 Year IV FY 2022-23 Year V FY 2023-24 Water Audit Validation MWDOC Staff MWDOC Staff MWDOC Staff MWDOC Staff MWDOC Staff Customer Meter Accuracy Testing Outside Vendor Outside Vendor Outside Vendor Outside Vendor - consider MWDOC Staff Outside Vendor or MWDOC Staff Distribution System Leak Detection MWDOC Staff MWDOC Staff MWDOC Staff MWDOC Staff MWDOC Staff Distribution System Pressure Surveying MWDOC Staff MWDOC Staff MWDOC Staff MWDOC Staff MWDOC Staff Distribution System Flushing RFP Process to Select Vendor Outside Vendor Outside Vendor Outside Vendor - consider MWDOC Staff Outside Vendor or MWDOC Staff Technical Advisory Committee The Water Loss Control Work Group (Work Group), comprised of MWDOC and retail water agency staff, has been actively engaged in water loss control activities since 2015. The Work Group meets every other month and has an extensive knowledge of water loss control practices and retail water agency needs. The Work Group has been instrumental in shaping the direction of water loss control, both in Orange County and across California. Moving forward, staff will utilize the Work Group as a technical advisory committee to identify, develop, and recommend water loss control shared services. Recommendations will be presented to the MWDOC Board for consideration. 47 Strategic Alliances MWDOC’s water loss control shared services can foster strategic partnerships with state agencies, neighboring retailers, and private-sector experts. These partnerships could inform state and regional policy, regional collaboration and research, and funding acquisition. State Agencies and Policy Development The California State Water Resources Control Board is currently establishing water loss standards that will meet Senate Bill 555 requirements. The water loss standards will then be folded into the water budget framework under development in accordance with Executive Order B-37-16, “Making Water Conservation a California Way of Life.” State Water Resources Control Board staff have solicited MWDOC’s water loss analysis results to date to inform the standards setting process. However, a lack of data on the relationship between investment in water loss control and the return on that investment is hampering efforts to develop a cost-justified regulatory framework. Therefore, MWDOC is well-positioned to support retail agencies in cost-effective water loss recovery and then use the results of its program to drive the statewide conversation on water loss objectives. Water Systems Optimization Since 2016, Water Systems Optimization (WSO) has provided water loss technical assistance to MWDOC retail agencies. WSO has also supported MWDOC in developing shared services and equipment for its retail agencies, including contracted customer meter testing, a leak detection and pressure monitoring equipment lending library, and the possible future water loss control services described in this business plan. WSO could be kept under contract to support MWDOC’s water loss control shared services implementation by:  Analyzing and tracking key performance indicators and return on investment  Communicating shared services results to other key stakeholders (e.g. the Department of Water Resources and State Water Resources Control Board)  Evaluating the technical merits of expended shared services  Integrating MWDOC’s water loss control shared services with other water loss control analysis and intervention (e.g. water audit compilation, source meter testing)  Providing technical expertise in water loss control best practices Private Sector Service Providers MWDOC can partner with private sector service providers to meet short-term gaps in shared service availability, particularly if demand exceeds MWDOC staff’s initial conservative forecasts. Additionally, private sector service providers can be contracted to provide capitally-intensive services like NO-DES flushing and customer meter testing, as previously described. Su ch partnerships would serve the dual purposes of supporting local private sector service providers while enabling MWDOC agencies to more quickly engage with water loss analysis and reduction. 48 Private sector service providers that MWDOC has worked with on water loss control to date include:  Westerly Meter Testing (Compton)  McCall’s Meter Service (Hemet) Neighboring Agencies The MWDOC work group has facilitated knowledge transfer between Orange County agencies and neighboring agencies like the Metropolitan Water District of Southern California, the San Diego County Water Authority, and the City of Long Beach Water Department. Working relationships with neighboring agencies have allowed MWDOC to access additional data (e.g. customer meter test results) and service and product recommendations (e.g. Advanced Metering Infrastructure service providers). Financial Plan Staff propose that MWDOC fund all initial and ongoing equipment costs using MWDOC’s general fund as a core contribution and that agencies pay for staff time associated with the shared services they acc ess as choice services. Staff also recommend that MWDOC’s core contribution be excluded from the OCWD Groundwater Customer Charge, since OCWD is not a candidate for water loss control shared services. Initial costs (for example, vehicles, equipment, and training) are required to initiate shared services. These costs include $62,400 for vehicles and accessories, $10,400 for office and safety equipment, and $4,000 for staff training. On-going costs of $10,400 per year are anticipated for cell phones, uniforms, footwear allowances, auto insurance, and vehicle fuel. Participating agencies will then fund shared services they access on a per-unit basis, as proposed in Table 21. These unit costs include salary and wages, employee benefits and other overhead costs such as office supplies, computer maintenance, software and support, telecommunication, etc. Table 21: MWDOC shared services pricing Shared Service Unit Cost Water audit validation $840 per validation Customer meter testing $168 administrative fee * Distribution system leak detection $207 per mile Suspected leak survey $259 per suspected leak Pressure survey $3,360 per survey NO-DES flushing $840 administrative fee * * Unit costs for meter testing and system flushing only include administrative costs for MWDOC staff to facilitate contractor-provided shared services. Should the initial retail agency subscriptions for shared services not fully fund the two proposed staff members, MWDOC will fund remaining costs as core activities. During this time, staff will actively promote shared services to minimize the draw of staff time on the general fund. 49 Grant Funding As is done with MWDOC’s Water Use Efficiency Program, every effort will be made to access grant funding to assist with implementation of water loss control shared services. Grant funds could be used for a variety of activities, including the purchase of equipment, funding shared services, and/or conducting water loss related research. Funding opportunities include local, state and federal sources such as Metropolitan Water District of Southern California, California Department of Water Resources, California State Water Resources Control Board, and the US Bureau of Reclamation Field Services or Water Smart opportunities. To date, MWDOC staff have acquired funding for water loss control from the Bureau of Reclamation and the Metropolitan Water District of Southern California for leak detection equipment and leak detection research, respectively. The cohesion and reach of MWDOC’s water loss control offerings to its retail agencies make funding more attractive to funders looking for impact, efficacy, and industry leadership. Exit Strategy If MWDOC embarked on offering shared services as described above and any of these services were no longer desired by retail agencies, staff would implement an exit strategy. The exit strategy will limit losses and will consider the following:  It is more likely that an individual shared service will be discontinued rather than all shared services.  Every effort will be made to transition in-house staff to another agency needing that individual’s expertise.  Shared services equipment will be sold, if appropriate, especially to MWDOC retail agencies.  MWDOC will include a termination clause in professional services agreements between MWDOC and the contract service provider(s). 50 Appendix 1: Retail Agency Shared Services Survey Water Loss Control Shared Services Business Plan Member Agency Survey Survey Background Over the last three years, MWDOC established a comprehensive water loss control technical assistance program for water agencies throughout Orange County. This effort grew out of the legislative requirements of Senate Bill 1420 (2014) and Senate Bill 555 (2015). The program began with technical assistance, provided by Water Systems Optimization, Inc. (WSO), and included water balance compilation, component analysis, distribution system leak detection, and reporting that contains recommendations for further actions to improve an agency’s understanding of water loss control opportunities within their system. This program has evolved over time with the addition of sales and production meter accuracy testing in 2016, water audit validation in 2017, and the establishment of a distribution system leak detection equipment lending library in 2018. With the exception of the equipment lending library, these services are accessed by member agencies through the “Choice” program framework; on an annual basis, agencies choose the services they desire and then pay for access to those services. During this same time, MWDOC also facilitated bi-monthly Water Loss Control Work Group meetings, open to all agencies, with the intent of furthering collaboration and understanding of broader water loss control opportunities. Since these efforts started in 2015, the level of interest from water agencies throughout Orange County for these and other water loss control services has grown. As a result, in February 2018 the MWDOC Board authorized staff to explore offering Water Loss Control Shared Services directly from MWDOC to member agencies. MWDOC staff will be developing a Water Loss Control Shared Services Business Plan (Business Plan) for review by both the member agencies and the Board. Before any shared services are provided (beyond our current offering), the Business Plan must be approved by the MWDOC Board. Staff is planning to present the draft Business Plan to the Board later this year and will continue to engage with agencies along the way. The purpose of this survey is to help MWDOC staff understand what shared services member agencies are interested in and how they should be funded. The results of this survey will be used to establish preliminary participation assumptions that will be used in developing the Business Plan, though responses to the survey are not binding. The potential water loss control shared services to be explored in this survey and possibly in the Business Plan include the following:  Annual Water Balance Validation  Water Meter Accuracy Testing (large and small sales meters) 51  Distribution System Leak Detection  Distribution System Pressure Surveys  Distribution System Flushing The shared services could be offered using our well established “Core” and “Choice” funding framework, with “Core” activities available to all agencies funded through the MWDOC general fund and “Choice” activities funded by member agencies at the level of service of their choosing. These services could be accessed through an extended term Shared Services Agreement. The Agreement would outline the basic roles and responsibilities of MWDOC and the member agencies. Annually, each agency would complete a Shared Services Participation Exhibit. This Exhibit would identify which shared services they would like to access and at what level of service (e.g., the number of meters to be tested or miles of main to be surveyed for leaks). Agencies will have the choice to opt in or out of shared services annually/periodically. The following are basic tenets of MWDOC’s Water Loss Control Shared Services:  Offer shared services at a competitive or lower cost than the same services provided by the private sector  Provide quality shared services on par with or better than the same services provided by the private sector  Realize economies of scale for these services by providing services at a regional level that cannot be justified at many local levels  Continue collaboration and shared learning among all agencies throughout this process  Phase implementation of new shared services over time, starting with the services that have the highest level of interest or demand by water agencies  Integrate program administration and data management to share results and customize program offerings to the unique conditions of each member agency As you are completing the survey, keep in mind that we do not have answers to all the questions that may come to mind at this time. We believe you will want to know the cost of these services prior to committing to such a program. The Business Plan will have estimated costs, but we do not have the costs outlined at this time. It is important that we fully understand all concerns you may have; therefore, we have provided space in the survey for you to ask questions or to express concerns. Please use these sections of the survey to bring this information to our attention. Participating in this survey is completely voluntary. However, we strongly encourage all agencies to participate in order to provide us the clearest understanding of your collective views. Additionally, taking the survey does not commit your agency to any shared service. 52 The following provides a brief description of each shared service we are exploring within the Business Plan, along with specific questions for each shared service. Water Audit Validation Shared Service Senate Bill 555 (2015) requires urban water suppliers to conduct an annual water loss audit in accordance with the method adopted by the American Water Works Association Water Audit and Loss Control Program Manual M36 using the Free Water Audit Software. The Bill also requires those audits to be independently validated by a company or individual that did not contribute to compiling the audit. Furthermore, the validator must hold a Level 1 Water Audit Validator certificate issued by the California- Nevada section of the American Water Works Association. MWDOC could provide annual Level 1 Water Audit Validation services by a certified validator for water suppliers throughout Orange County. 1. If MWDOC provided annual Water Audit Validation services, as required by SB 555, would your agency participate? a. Highly Likely b. Likely c. Unlikely 2. Should annual Water Audit Validation be a Core or Choice funded activity? a. Core b. Choice c. Please share why you prefer this as a Core or Choice activity. 3. Please share any questions or concerns you may have regarding proposed annual Water Audit Validation shared services: Sales Meter Accuracy Testing Shared Service Sales meter accuracy testing can assess the accuracy of an agency’s customer meters in order to distinguish between apparent loss and real loss in the annual water audit. Sales meter testing can also be harnessed to refine customer meter replacement schedules and confirm the performance of newly purchased meters. Large customer meter tests, particularly on high-consumption accounts, can verify accurate revenue generation on key accounts. Furthermore, some customer meter testing may be required in the future if Assembly Bill 3206 passes, though the details of such required testing have not yet solidified. 1. If MWDOC provided statistically-based Water Meter Accuracy Testing services across all customer meter sizes, would your agency access these services? a. Highly Likely b. Likely c. Unlikely 53 2. If MWDOC provided Water Meter Accuracy Testing services for new meters, would your agency access these services? a. Highly Likely b. Likely c. Unlikely 3. If MWDOC provided independent verification of meter accuracy in response to a customer claim of inaccuracy, would your agency access these services? a. Highly Likely b. Likely c. Unlikely 4. If MWDOC provided meter accuracy testing services, how many meters do you anticipate testing per year, on average? 5. Should Meter Accuracy Testing be a Core or Choice funded activity? a. Core b. Choice c. Please share why you prefer this as a Core or Choice activity. 6. Please share any questions or concerns you may have regarding proposed meter accuracy testing shared services: Distribution System Leak Detection Shared Service Acoustic leak detection identifies unsurfaced leaks using listening equipment and leak correlations. By proactively finding and repairing unsurfaced leaks, an agency can reduce real loss, avoid catastrophic infrastructure failure, minimize contaminant potential, and extend asset life. Additionally, proactive leak detection will be recognized by state regulatory agencies as a form of water loss management improvement required by Senate Bill 555. Lastly, all agencies will be required to meet water loss standards that will be published in July 2020, so proactive leak detection may be necessary to maintain compliance with impending water loss regulation. 1. If MWDOC provided partial- or full-system leak detection services for distribution infrastructure, would your agency participate? a. Highly Likely b. Likely c. Unlikely 2. If MWDOC provided partial- or full-system leak detection services, how many miles of distribution main do you anticipate surveying per year, on average? 54 3. If MWDOC provided distribution system leak detection services to check for a suspected leak, would your agency participate? a. Highly Likely b. Likely c. Unlikely 4. Should distribution system leak detection be a Core or Choice funded activity? a. Core b. Choice c. Please share why you prefer this as a Core or Choice activity. 5. Please share any questions or concerns you may have regarding proposed distribution system leak detection shared services: Distribution System Pressure Survey Shared Service Distribution system pressures can be logged for a variety of reasons: transient identification and mitigation, district metered area design, data collection that informs pressure optimization, and water audit pressure estimation, to name a few. Pressures are recorded at fire hydrants using high-frequency loggers that log data over a period of days to weeks and can identify pressure transients (also known as water hammers or pressure surges). 1. If MWDOC provided distribution system pressure surveys (system-wide or pressure zone), would your agency participate? a. Highly Likely b. Likely c. Unlikely 2. Should distribution system pressure surveys be a Core or Choice funded activity? a. Core b. Choice c. Please share why you prefer this as a Core or Choice activity. 3. Please share any questions or concerns you may have regarding proposed distribution system pressure survey shared services: Distribution System Flushing Shared Service Distribution system flushing is required to maintain water quality within the distribution system. System flushing is generally accomplished by attaching a diffuser to a fire hydrant and flushing water out of the system to convey sediment that impacts water quality. A new method of system flushing has emerged using a No-DES flushing vehicle. This vehicle not only flushes the distribution system effectively, but flush water 55 is filtered and recovered back into the distribution system, resulting in saved water and avoiding negative public perception by flushing into the street. To learn more about this system, go to: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=k3KHPq6vmzk The City of Huntington Beach recently purchase a No-DES Truck that went operational on May 1st, and the City of La Habra contracted to have their system flushed in 2017 using this technology. 1. If MWDOC provided distribution system flushing services, would your agency participate? a. Highly Likely b. Likely c. Unlikely 2. If MWDOC provided distribution system flushing services, how many miles of distribution main do you anticipate flushing per year, on average? 3. Should distribution system flushing be a Core or Choice funded activity? a. Core b. Choice c. Please share why you prefer this as a Core or Choice activity. 4. Please share any questions or concerns you may have regarding proposed distribution system flushing shared services: 56 Appendix 2: Shared Services Survey Responses Water Audit Validation Shared Service If MWDOC provided annual Water Audit Validation Services, as required by SB 555, would your agency participate? Should annual Water Audit Validation be a Core or Choice funded activity? Please share why you prefer this as a Core or Choice activity. Please share any questions or concerns you may have regarding proposed annual Water Audit Validation Shared Services. City of Anaheim Likely Choice The Core and Choice funding do not apply to Anaheim. Anaheim funding will be per Master Agreement between MWDOC and Anaheim. None. City of Brea Highly Likely Core requirement of the state none City of Buena Park Highly Likely Choice Agency should have the choice to use this service. none City of Fountain Valley Highly Likely Core It should be a Core activity since it is required of all agencies and cost sharing through MWDOC is the most beneficial method to all agencies. none City of Fullerton Highly Likely Choice We would most likely participate, but if something were to change, either internally here or at the state level, we would like the chance to opt out. Would this be done by a MWDOC employee or a third party like WSO? City of Garden Grove Likely Choice It just makes sense. None City of Huntington Beach Highly Likely Choice If an agency does not wish to participate, they should not be forced to subsidize other agencies who are. none at this time City of La Habra Highly Likely Choice I like the freedom of choice and am willing to pay for those services that are utilized. I understand that not all agencies have the capacity to perform these additional responsibilities without additional personnel or impacting current responsibilities. I don't have any questions. I appreciate the shared services and view them as a highly qualified extension of our workforce! City of La Palma Highly Likely Choice Though some agencies may choose to have an agency representative get certified to perform in-house validation, La Palma given its staffing level would continue to enlist the aid of MWDOC and WSO for the compilation of its water loss audit and ultimate validation. None at this time. City of Newport Beach Highly Likely Choice I think member agencies should have the opportunity to opt in or out of the service depending on if they have someone in-house to provide these services for them. The cost of the program should not be put on those agencies opting out of the service. No concerns City of Orange Highly Likely Choice We would like to have the flexibility of selecting the activities that fit our specific needs. Cost City of San Clemente Highly Likely Core At least for this coming year it seems almost all agencies would benefit from validation services and thus the cost I hope to see an economy of scale in the pricing of validation services through a 57 could be shared across all of MWDOC. However, in future years, as agencies invest in getting their staff validated, it might be better served as a Choice activity. MWDOC staff or contracted validator - along with streamlined contracting, it will help justify the cost compared to us getting an individual contractor on board at the City to do this for us. City of San Juan Capistrano Likely Choice A central common auditor would streamline the process. The auditor needs to stick to the strict criteria of the audit requirements, and not make an extended project out of it. City of Santa Ana Highly Likely Choice It seems the best fit for Santa Ana - MWDOC relationship. This year we are using WSO to perform and validate our FY 2017/18 audit. We anticipate using consultant services to fill this need moving forward. City of Seal Beach Highly Likely Core Since every agency/district must perform this activity, it seems natural to include this work as a part of MWDOC's services to all agencies/districts NA City of Tustin Likely Choice Allows for equitable cost sharing and allows agencies to opt out of services they do not wish to use. none City of Westminster Highly Likely Core Westminster has minimal staff. With only one analyst to fill out the water audit, there is no second person readily available in-house to validate. We would be required to become validators which is a large burden for a small agency. Westminster would absolutely use this service and all aspects of the shared service are of interest to Westminster. East Orange County W.D. Highly Likely Choice Better opportunities for cost control and efficiency I don't understand the scope of the water audit services and how or if the size of the agency affects the cost/level of effort. El Toro W.D. Highly Likely Choice Individual agencies are making choices whether or not to participate in the service. The cost should not be shared by agencies not choosing to benefit from the service. How much time would MWDOC need to complete the validation? When would the Water Audit need to be submitted to MWDOC to provide enough time to complete the validation such that the agencies can meet the Water Audit submittal deadline? Irvine Ranch W.D. Highly Likely Core There is currently a limited number of certified and experienced data validators. Inclusion of this as either a core or choice option should be reviewed annually as the pool and pricing for data validators grows. Laguna Beach County W.D. Likely Choice Some agencies may choose to handle this audit differently. With the wide variation in complexity, it may be difficult to determine the work involved. Mesa W. D. Highly Likely Choice Some agencies may have an in-house certified validator. Oh, I think this is a great idea. With MWDOC providing the validation, OC agencies will have consistency in data validation scores and our 58 relative scores will reflect relative data validity. Moulton Niguel W.D. Likely Core The annual water audit validation is now a state-wide requirement. Service must be offered at competitive or lower cost than found elsewhere. Santa Margarita W.D. Likely Choice While SMWD is pursuing certification for validation, we would prefer having a 3rd party validation. That being said, some other agencies might prefer to have the option to validate themselves or have another vendor perform the function. Only concern is that SMWD anticipates doing more in- depth validations periodically on our own. Serrano W.D. Likely Choice I think that you are more likely to get the program support from agencies if it is Choice. no concerns South Coast W.D. Highly Likely Core State mandated. WSO has clarified all concerns to date. Trabuco Canyon W.D. Highly Likely Core Required by regulations None Yorba Linda W.D. Highly Likely Core Core, because of the difficulty becoming a certified validator. If shared services for Audit Validation take away a lot of money from other potential services, we may want to opt-out of this particular item. 59 Sales Meter Accuracy Testing Shared Service If MWDOC provided statistically- based Water Meter Accuracy Testing Services across all customer meter sizes, would your agency access these services? If MWDOC provided Water Meter Accuracy Testing Services for new meters, would your agency access these services? If MWDOC provided independent verification of meter accuracy in response to a customer claim of inaccuracy, would your agency access these services? If MWDOC provided Meter Accuracy Testing Services, how many meters do you anticipate testing per year, on average? Should Meter Accuracy Testing be a Core or Choice funded activity? Please share why you prefer this as a Core or Choice activity. Please share any questions or concerns you may have regarding proposed Meter Accuracy Testing Shared Services. City of Anaheim Likely Likely Likely 300 - 400 Choice The Core and Choice funding do not apply to Anaheim. Anaheim funding will be per Master Agreement between MWDOC and Anaheim. None. City of Brea Unlikely Unlikely Unlikely 0 Choice we do in house none City of Buena Park Unlikely Unlikely Unlikely Unsure Choice Agencies should choose none City of Fountain Valley Likely Unlikely Likely 350 Choice It should be a Choice activity because only select agencies would participate in this. none City of Fullerton Likely Unlikely Likely Cost dependant Choice We have our own meter testing bench for smaller meters and meter testing truck for larger meters. The only reason we don't use them as much as we could is because we don't have the staff. N/A City of Garden Grove Likely Likely Likely 500 to 1000 Choice It just makes sense. None City of Huntington Beach Unlikely Unlikely Unlikely 0 Choice If an agency does not wish to participate, they should not be forced to subsidize those who do. None at this time City of La Habra Highly Likely Highly Likely Highly Likely 100 Choice I don't have staff or equipment to conduct testing whereas other agencies might, so I think it reasonable that this activity is No problems. I've participated in the past and benefitted from a scale of economy rate. 60 offered as a choice rather than a core function. Happy with the results. City of La Palma Highly Likely Likely Likely 25 to 50 Choice Some agencies may already perform this service in- house and may not find this necessary as a Core MWDOC activity. Given its staffing level La Palma would not perform this service in-house but would benefit from the economies of scale for this annual testing service. None at this time. City of Newport Beach Likely Likely Likely 200 Choice Same answer as before. some agencies may have their own agreements in place for this service. No concerns. City of Orange Likely Likely Likely Around 200 Choice Our annual budget may not allow us to participate in all activities. None at this time. City of San Clemente Unlikely Unlikely Unlikely 0 Choice Choice, because many agencies already have meter testing programs that they may prefer to maintain rather than going through MWDOC with a new contractor/process. Our agency has a long-standing individual contract with a meter testing company and it meets our needs entirely while giving us direct access to testing professionals for efficient and quick services.....so we would not be terribly interested in the choice program for this item. City of San Juan Capistrano Likely Likely Unlikely 100 Choice To have a choice. None. City of Santa Ana Likely Unlikely Unlikely 100 Choice It seems the best fit for Santa Ana - MWDOC relationship. We are currently more likely to utilize meter testing services to focus on our large meter inventory rather than trying to establish a statistical 61 baseline for the City. City of Seal Beach Highly Likely Highly Likely Unlikely 50 Core Again, if all agencies must perform this activity per state law, why not consolidate these services in one area (MWDOC) at a lower cost than doing agency by agency NA City of Tustin Likely Unlikely Unlikely 100 Choice same as last ? none City of Westminster Highly Likely Likely Unlikely 200 Core Economy of scale. We believe all agencies will eventually be required to do this, and a core function will lower cost on a county-wide scale. This could be a function that is rolled out eventually. If this starts as a choice function, and moves to core, we would wait to add on as this is not currently urgent. East Orange County W.D. Likely Likely Likely 25-40 Choice Better opportunities for cost control I think MWDOC should contract out for this service and not hire this type of specialized service in-house El Toro W.D. Unlikely Unlikely Likely Minimal. Meter testing in responsed to customer claims of inaccuracy are expected to be very infrequent. Choice Individual agencies are making choices whether or not to participate in the service. The cost should not be shared by agencies not choosing to benefit from the service. None Irvine Ranch W.D. Unlikely Unlikely Unlikely 0 Choice IRWD conducts its own meter testing. This is a good service for agencies that do not otherwise have a means to test meters. The costs should be covered by the agencies that use the service not all MWDOC member agencies Laguna Beach County W.D. Unlikely Unlikely Unlikely None Choice Since, we would not use this service we would prefer it be choice. None Mesa Water District Highly Likely Highly Likely Highly Likely 300 Choice Some agencies have in house meter test benches. No concerns. This is a great idea. 62 Moulton Niguel W.D. Unlikely Unlikely Unlikely 0 Choice Moulton Niguel has its own meter test bench and trained technicians. N/A Santa Margarita W.D. Highly Likely Unlikely Unlikely Unknown Choice Some agencies won't be interested and/or have their own test benches. The statistically- based portion of the water meter accuracy testing is what's interesting to me. Based off the data validity grades provided in the AWWA spreadsheet, having the testing be statistically- validated will be incredibly helpful. One of the requirements that SMWD would have is that we want to perform in-line testing so that customers are not inconvenienced. Serrano W.D. Highly Likely Unlikely Highly Likely 30 Choice Same reason as abpove None South Coast W.D. Highly Likely Unlikely Likely 50 meters Choice So it is an option. None at this time. Trabuco Canyon W.D. Highly Likely Unlikely Likely 45 Choice Some agencies have their own test benches and would not utilize the service None Yorba Linda W.D. Highly Likely Likely Highly Likely 500 to 1,000 Choice Choice, so agencies can op-out. The same concern as the one listed in response to item number five. 63 Distribution System Leak Detection Shared Service If MWDOC provided partial- or full- system Leak Detection Services for distribution infrastructure, would your agency participate? If MWDOC provided Distribution System Leak Detection Services to check for a suspected leak, would your agency participate? If MWDOC provided partial or full system Leak Detection Services, how many miles of distribution main do you anticipate surveying per year, on average? Should Distribution System Leak Detection be a Core or Choice funded activity? Please share why you prefer this as a Core or Choice activity. Please share any questions or concerns you may have regarding proposed Distribution System Leak Detection Shared Services. City of Anaheim Likely Likely 50 Choice The Core and Choice funding do not apply to Anaheim. Anaheim funding will be per Master Agreement between MWDOC and Anaheim. None. City of Brea Likely Likely 100 Choice unsure if we would need the service offered none City of Buena Park Likely Likely 3-5 Choice Agencies should choose none City of Fountain Valley Likely Likely 20 Choice It should be a Choice activity because only select agencies would participate in this. none City of Fullerton Unlikely Unlikely 0 Choice At the moment, we have to many main breaks to take care of before we really start leak detection. Come back to us with this question in 5-10 years. Hopefully we'll have gotten some of the main breaks under control by then. City of Garden Grove Likely Likely At least 1 mile Core Because we have aged distribution system. None City of Huntington Beach Unlikely Unlikely 0 Choice If an agency does not wish to participate, they should not be forced to subsidize those who do. None at this time City of La Habra Likely Unlikely 50 Choice Same reasons as previous two services. Good service. Large scale of inspections completed in a short period of time. City of La Palma Highly Likely Highly Likely 2 to 5 Choice La Palma would certainly benefit from the economies of scale for such services but unsure None at this time. 64 of this as a Core MWDOC function. City of Newport Beach Unlikely Unlikely 0 Choice Same as before No concerns City of Orange Unlikely Unlikely Not sure Choice Up to now, the cost per mile of leak detection seems pretty high. Hopefully with higher participation rate from agencies, the cost would be somewhat more affordable. While the leak detection result is definitely useful to water agencies, the restrained budget may prevent us from completely repair all the found leaks. City of San Clemente Unlikely Unlikely 50 Choice Our agency has somewhat distinctive leak detection needs that are better served by our own leak detection program. Paying for a core program that has somewhat different primary objectives (i.e. water loss control versus slope protection and risk management) may be helpful but may also be redundant for some agencies in our situatiob. Choice programs give agencies the opportunity to opt in/out depending on their own individual cost/benefit analysis and current spending and resources. Concerns include cost/cost- effectiveness, response time (would still need to rely on own staff for time- sensitive leak detection tasks), how comprehensive the service is and what type of leak detection methods are involved, and the reliability of the work - performed by MWDOC staff? contractor? with what training? City of San Juan Capistrano Likely Likely 10 Choice The need for the service is not clearly defined in San Juan. The methodology of the leak detection is unspecified. We have found acoustic testing lacking in clear benefits; and prefer correlative leak detection methods. City of Santa Ana Unlikely Unlikely 0 Choice It seems the best fit for Santa Ana - MWDOC relationship. We are currently pursuing an AMI project and anticipate incorporating leak detection capabilities into the future AMI system. 65 City of Seal Beach Highly Likely Highly Likely 10 Core Same as previous answers. Since all agencies would have to perform these services, why not consolidate into one agency (MWDOC) performing this services for all agencies at a probably lower cost than performing these services alone NA City of Tustin Likely Likely 10 Choice same as other ? none City of Westminster Unlikely Likely 20 Choice Our system is currently tight. Not a needed function at this point. Westminster is not entirely convinced of the technology. Having some interaction with new technology may help. East Orange County W.D. Highly Likely Highley Likely 0-40 Choice Better opportunity for cost control Contract for this service/provide cost savings through combined purchasing power - this is evolving technology and effectiveness can be highly variable depending upon pipe type and operator skill El Toro W.D. Unlikely Unlikely 0 Choice Individual agencies are making choices whether or not to participate in the service. The cost should not be shared by agencies not choosing to benefit from the service. None Irvine Ranch W.D. Unlikely Unlikely 0 Choice IRWD implements its own leak detection program. This is a good service for agencies that do not otherwise have leak detection programs. The costs should be covered by the agencies that use the service not all MWDOC member agencies Laguna Beach County W.D. Unlikely Unlikely None Choice We would not utilize this service. None 66 Mesa Water District Likely Likely To meet SB 555 requirement Choice Some agencies may already have an effective in house leak detection program. Also, I think we would only do leak detection if it is required by SB 555. I think its a good choice option. Moulton Niguel W.D. Unlikely Unlikely 0 Choice Moulton Niguel will perform this activity in-house. N/A Santa Margarita W.D. Unlikely Unlikely 0 Choice SMWD wouldn't want to participate in this for several years. Our component analysis shows that it would not be cost- effective to perform leak detection for quite some time. Serrano W.D. Highly Likely Highly Likely 5 Choice More likely support None South Coast W.D. Highly Likely Highly Likely 180 miles Choice It should be an option. None at this time. Trabuco Canyon W.D. Unlikely Likely Unknown Choice Not all agencies would need this service Expensive and may not be funded Yorba Linda W.D. Highly Likely Highly Likely TBD Core Core, because YLWD desires to complete leak detection within the entire District within approximately 18- months. The same concern as the one listed in response to item number five. 67 Distribution System Pressure Surveys If MWDOC provided Distribution System Pressure Surveys (system- wide or pressure zone), would your agency participate? Should Distribution system Pressure Surveys be a Core or Choice funded activity? Please share why you prefer this as a Core or Choice activity. Please share any questions or concerns you may have regarding proposed Distribution System Pressure Survey Shared Services. City of Anaheim Likely Choice The Core and Choice funding do not apply to Anaheim. Anaheim funding will be per Master Agreement between MWDOC and Anaheim. None. City of Brea Unlikely Choice we manage internally none City of Buena Park Unlikely Choice Agencies should choose none City of Fountain Valley Likely Choice This should be a Choice activity because only select agencies would participate in this. none City of Fullerton Unlikely Choice I'm not sure what this is. Is this like Surge Detection? If yes, then we would like to participate in it. N/A City of Garden Grove Likely Core Because we have aged distribution system. None City of Huntington Beach Unlikely Choice If an agency does not wish to participate, they should not be forced to subsidize those who do. None at this time City of La Habra Likely Choice For the same reasons as noted with previous activities. I don't know enough on this topic and the scope of the services. We are deploying battery-powered loggers in our system that provide real-time data to a cloud based server. City of La Palma Likely Choice La Palma would certainly benefit from the economies of scale for such services but unsure of this as a Core MWDOC function. None at this time. City of Newport Beach Unlikely Choice Same as before. No concerns City of Orange Likely Choice Flexibility None City of San Clemente Unlikely Choice Similar to our opinion on other shared services, the unique challenges (topography) of our agency's service area means we would prefer to be able to opt out of a shared services that works for many agencies, but does not add as much value for us. We already monitor pressure at many turnouts and pump stations throughout our hilly service area so we might be better off using the potential cost of this shared service to work with a consultant to refine our pressure management through modeling. Cost, and possible redundancy with what we already manage and monitor. City of San Juan Capistrano Unlikely Choice We do not see an immediate value in this in that we know what our pressures are, and cannot lower None. 68 them without loosing service in the higher elevations of any particular pressure zone. City of Santa Ana Unlikely Choice It seems the best fit for Santa Ana - MWDOC relationship. City is considering AMI systems which may be able to incorporate pressure monitoring/survey. City of Seal Beach Highly Likely Core same answers as before. If it is a new requirement of the state as a part of the water loss control audit, then perform it for all agencies as a part of the Core program. My City has only one pressure zone, so I am not completely sure how this service will affect/help my city. However, if it is a core program, then we will be a part of it. City of Tustin Unlikely Choice same as other ? none City of Westminster Unlikely Choice Not needed at this point in time. Westminster does not believe it has pressure problems. East Orange County W.D. Unlikely Choice Better cost control opportunity We do this in-house El Toro W.D. Unlikely Choice Individual agencies are making choices whether or not to participate in the service. The cost should not be shared by agencies not choosing to benefit from the service. None Irvine Ranch W.D. Unlikely Choice IRWD currently monitors system pressure. The costs should be covered by the agencies that use the service not all MWDOC member agencies Laguna Beach County W.D. Unlikely Choice This would not be helpful for our system. None. Mesa Water District Likely Choice Some agencies have established pressure monitoring. It would need to be done to a standard that we could the pressure data to calibrate our hydraulic model, and maybe even provide the data to developers for fire sprinkler calcs. Moulton Niguel W.D. Likely Choice Ability to opt in or out is desired. Does this shared service only provide the equipment, or would technical support also be included? What would be the frequency of testing? What would be the next steps if and when transients are identified? Santa Margarita W.D. Likely Choice Some utilities may not want to participate. This is an intriguing option that SMWD would be interested in. We don't have the available bandwidth to go install the loggers, collect the loggers, and combine the data. In addition, we have too many pressure zones to get an accurate picture with our available pressure loggers. Serrano W.D. Likely Choice More likely support None South Coast W.D. Likely Choice Like options. None. 69 Trabuco Canyon W.D. Likely Choice Not needed by all Agencies This is a valuable service if it can be funded by the Agency. Yorba Linda W.D. Unlikely Choice Choice, because we only occasionally need to monitor pressures and we have an in-house monitoring program. The same concern as the one listed in response to item number five. 70 Distribution System Flushing Shared Services If MWDOC provided Distribution System Flushing Services, would your agency participate? If MWDOC provided Distribution System Flushing Services, how many miles of distribution main do you anticipate flushing per year, on average? Should Distribution System Flushing Services be a Core or Choice funded activity? Please share why you prefer this as a Core or Choice activity. Please share any questions or concerns you may have regarding proposed Distribution System Flushing Shared Services. City of Anaheim Likely 20 Choice The Core and Choice funding do not apply to Anaheim. Anaheim funding will be per Master Agreement between MWDOC and Anaheim. None. City of Brea Likely 30 Choice we have a loop system none City of Buena Park Likely Unknown Choice Agencies should choose none City of Fountain Valley Likely 202 Choice It should be a Choice activity because only select agencies would participate in this. none City of Fullerton Unlikely 0 Choice Our maintenance crews currently perform their own hydrant flushing program. N/A City of Garden Grove Unlikely Don't know Choice It just makes sense. None City of Huntington Beach Unlikely 0 Choice If an agency does not wish to participate, they should not be forced to subsidize those who do. None at this time City of La Habra Highly Likely 25 Choice Prefer as a choice activity considering current staffing levels and the time constraints for this type of work. Great idea! I would like to get on a regular cycle of flushing and outsourcing this type of work is a viable way to get it done. City of La Palma Highly Likely 42 dead ends and approximately 10 miles of mains to begin with Choice La Palma would certainly benefit from the economies of scale for such services but unsure of this as a Core MWDOC function. Nome at this time. City of Newport Beach Unlikely 0 Choice Same as before No concerns City of Orange Likely Unsure Choice Flexibility Will it be uni- directional flushing? City of San Clemente Unlikely 100 Choice the level of service may not be enough to cover our entire system at the rate at Cost, level of service, training to use the equipment (assuming we 71 which we need to flush, so this activity would best serve us as a supplement to traditional flushing that we could opt in to on an annual basis, but be able to opt out of in years when coordinating between two types of flushing activities is too cumbersome and/or costly. would provide the operator?). We also have 303 dead ends in addition to all of our hydrants that we already invest a lot of time and money into managing with traditional flushing, so using this service would require some operational adjustments in staffing, scheduling, etc. City of San Juan Capistrano Likely 50 Choice We have a contract flushing program in place. None. City of Santa Ana Likely Not yet determined Choice It seems the best fit for Santa Ana - MWDOC relationship. None. City of Seal Beach Likely 10 Core Same answers as before Seal Beach provides only about 1 mile of flushing every couple of years (not counting dead ends we flush City of Tustin Likely 1 Choice we would only use this service as needed. none City of Westminster Likely 63 Core It's a needed function that we haven't done because of the drought. If we could incorporate the NO- DES truck, we'd be interested. This also depends on drought conditions. East Orange County W.D. Highly Likely 20 Choice Better opportunity for cost control Do this via contract service or assist with grant purchase opportunity - don't hire in-house El Toro W.D. Unlikely 0 Choice Individual agencies are making choices whether or not to participate in the service. The cost should not be shared by agencies not choosing to benefit from the service. None Irvine Ranch W.D. Unlikely 0 Choice IRWD implements its own programs. The costs should be covered by the agencies that use the service not all MWDOC member agencies Laguna Beach County W.D. Unlikely None Choice We would not utilize this service. None Mesa Water District Likely 10? Choice Cost No-Dez may be cost prohibitive 72 compared to traditional flushing. Moulton Niguel W.D. Unlikely 0 Choice Ability to opt in or out is desired. It is our understanding that this type of flushing is mainly used to remove sediment, which our distribution system does not typically have to deal with. Our system does not have large particulates, turbidity, or residual problems. When our system requires flushing, we don't want to put the water back into the system. Santa Margarita W.D. Unlikely 0 Choice Choice given that this has been significantly more expensive than just flushing traditionally. Unless the cost was significantly lower than what we've seen, SMWD would probably not be interested. Serrano W.D. Unlikely 0 Choice Likely support none South Coast W.D. Unlikely N/A Choice Should be an option. None. Trabuco Canyon W.D. Unlikely Unknown Choice TCWD internal staff would perform this I believe there is more value to the Agency to perform this service themselves. Yorba Linda W.D. Highly Likely Approx. 75-miles. Choice Choice, so other agencies can participate or opt- out. The same concern as the one listed in response to item number five. 73 Appendix 3: Job Descriptions MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT OF ORANGE COUNTY JOB TITLE: WATER LOSS CONTROL PROGRAMS SUPERVISOR DEPARTMENT: WATER USE EFFICIENCY SUPERVISOR: DIRECTOR OF WUE STATUS: NON-EXEMPT SALARY GRADE: TBD Position Summary: Under general supervision, the Water Loss Control Programs Supervisor is responsible for overseeing implementation of Water Loss Control Services including Water Audit Validation, Distribution System Leak Detection, Distribution System Pressure Surveys, and Distribution System Flushing. These services will be provided by the District to its retail water agencies throughout Orange County. Duties and Responsibilities (Essential Functions):  Supervise the overall implementation of Water Loss Control Services Program including supervision and evaluation of subordinate staff, consultants and other service providers.  Schedule and coordinate shared services with up to 32 retail water agencies.  Conduct Water Balance Validations for up to 32 retail water agencies in accordance with SB 555 requirements.  Present progress, findings, and available services at bi-monthly District water loss control work group meetings.  Ensure compliance with all District policies.  Conduct performance management review of employees.  Provide reports or updates on implementation and impact of services to management, accounting and retail agency staff.  Prepare Request for Proposals and make recommendations to management and the Board for contract services as needed to perform shared services.  Ensure that proper use and maintenance of District vehicles are adhered to while performing job duties and any District related duties. Qualifications (Knowledge, Skills and Abilities): Knowledge of: Water loss control strategies and implementation plans, including:  water audit compilation and validation methodology  pressure management  proactive leak detection  customer meter accuracy testing and management 74  distribution system flushing  progress tracking mechanisms  water loss and conservation regulations in California Ability to:  Effectively communicate both orally and in writing.  Operate in a Microsoft Office Suite software environment, with specific proficiency in Microsoft Excel.  Communicate effectively with all levels including management, office/field employees, member agencies and retail customers, and outside contractors/vendors.  Represent the District in a professional manner when dealing with member agencies and retail customers, outside contractors and agency officials.  Advise and provide interpretation to others on how to apply policies, procedures and standards to specific situations.  Establish and maintain effective working relationships with all those encountered in the course of work.  Use good personal judgement and discretion in performing all job functions.  Exercise independent judgement when making decisions involving specific job functions, shutdowns and most efficient utilization of staff and equipment in absence of Supervisor.  Calculate water formulas and interpret application tables and charts; knowledge of algebra and basic statistics.  Practice safe work methods in the course of work. Education and Experience: Graduation from high school or G.E.D. equivalent. An Associate degree in water and/or wastewater treatment environmental studies, mechanical or electrical engineering is preferred. Five (5) years of increasingly responsible experience in the operation, maintenance, and repair of operation of underground water utilities. The qualification guidelines generally describe the knowledge and ability required to enter the job in order to successfully perform the assigned duties. Any combination of education, experience and training that would provide the required knowledge, skills and abilities will be considered. Other Requirements: 1) Possess and maintain or ability to acquire a valid Cal-Nev American Water Works Association Water Audit Validator Certification, 2) possess and maintain a California State Water Resources Control Board Grade 2 Water Distribution Certificate, or the ability to obtain within one year of hire date and 3) possess and maintain a valid California driver’s license 75 All District employees are Disaster Service Workers by CA state law and are expected to participate in emergency response initiatives. This could include contributing to the emergency planning process, participating in disaster exercises and training, as well as potentially responding to support actual emergency events. Working Conditions and Physical Activities: Environment: The employee works in a shop and field environment where the noise level is typically moderate. The employee works in outdoor weather conditions; extreme heat or cold; wet humid conditions; precarious places; on uneven or slippery surfaces; near moving mechanical parts; near moving equipment; and near heavy traffic. The employee is occasionally exposed to loud or prolonged noise and equipment with heavy vibrations. The employee may be exposed to environmental factors. Physical Demands: While performing the duties of this job, the employee is regularly required to walk and stand; talk and hear; use hands to finger, handle, feel or operate objects, tools or controls; balance on ladders or stairs; stoop, kneel, bend at the waist, crouch or crawl; and smell. The employee will be required to lift up to 50 pounds and may be required to lift up to 100 pounds with assistance. The employee must walk frequently. Visual ability (which may be corrected) to read handheld meter reading device screens, small print, including good peripheral vision and depth perception. Specific vision abilities required by this job include close vision, distance vision, and peripheral. MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT OF ORANGE COUNTY JOB TITLE: WATER LOSS CONTROL PROGRAMS TECHNICIAN – LEAK DETECTION DEPARTMENT: WATER USE EFFICIENCY SUPERVISOR: WATER LOSS CONTROL PROGRAMS SUPERVISOR STATUS: NON-EXEMPT SALARY GRADE: TBD Position Summary: Under direct supervision, provide Distribution System Leak Detection services to up to 32 retail water agencies throughout Orange County. Assists the Water Loss Control Programs Supervisor in day-to-day operations of meter accuracy testing activities. Candidate will also periodically participate in distribution system pressure surveys of retail systems. Operate a District vehicle and utilize and operate required machinery essential to perform the job. Duties and Responsibilities (Essential Functions): The duties listed below are intended only as illustrations of the various types of work that may be performed. The omission of specific statements of duties does not exclude them from the position if the work is similar, related or a logical assignment to this class. 76  Ability to walk frequently during the course of the work day locating underground water leaks using a variety of tools, including but not limited to acoustic leak sounding rods, ground microphones, and leak correlators.  Determine the source of leak and who is responsible for repair (retail agency or other agency.)  Document suspected leaks and confirmed leaks thoroughly, according to District documentation standards and using District documentation forms.  Drive, operate and maintain equipment, tools, and vehicles.  Routinely required to work in the roadway and provide traffic control, according to District safety standards.  Read and interpret blueprints, maps, atlases, and specifications.  Deploy and recover distribution system pressure loggers on retail water agency distribution systems throughout Orange County.  Develop and maintain positive working relationships with District and member agency staff and members of the public.  Ability to communicate effectively with retail water agency staff and all individuals who the position interacts with while representing the District.  Provide equipment and maintenance support to member agency/retail staff.  Comply with applicable retail agency procedures.  Ensure job site is left safe and clean.  Responsible for keeping accurate journals and work assignments.  Comply with safety work-related practices and attend relevant safety training. Qualifications:  High school graduation or equivalent.  1-3 years of experience in water maintenance work or related field.  Familiarity with hand and power tools.  Familiarity with Windows based computerized environment and Preventive Maintenance database programs is highly desirable.  Knowledgeable in the maintenance and operation of water distributions systems. Knowledge of:  Methods and procedures used in pulling and repairing large water meters and other equipment.  Traffic control practices and requirements.  Safety policies, procedures and safe work practices applicable to assignment including OSHA regulations.  Principles and practices of sound business communication; correct English usage, including spelling, grammar and punctuation.  Records management, recordkeeping, filing and basic purchasing practices and procedures. 77  Use and operation of computers, and preventive maintenance database programs. Ability to:  Effectively communicate both orally and in writing, with all levels of staff, including retail water agency staff, customers, office/field employees, management and vendors.  Represent the District in a professional manner when dealing with retail water agency staff, customers, outside contractors and agency officials.  Advise and provide interpretation to others on how to apply policies, procedures and standards to specific situations.  Calculate water formulas and interpret applicable tables and chart; knowledge of algebra.  Establish and maintain effective working relationships with all those encountered in the course of work.  Use good personal judgement and discretion in performing all job functions.  Exercise independent judgment when making decisions involving specific job functions, shutdowns and most efficient utilization of staff and equipment in absence of Supervisor.  Fully and accurately document suspected and confirmed leaks, including location and degree of certainty.  Practice safe work methods in the course of work. Education and Experience: Graduation from high school or GED equivalent and 1-3 years of experience reading meters and testing or replacing/repairing or calibrating meters (5/8” through 36”) in either the field or shop settings. Other Requirements: 1) Possess and maintain or ability to acquire a valid Cal-Nev American Water Works Association Water Audit Validator Certification, 2) possess and maintain a California State Water Resources Control Board Grade 2 Water Distribution Certificate, or the ability to obtain within one year of hire date and 3) possess and maintain a valid California driver’s license and automobile insurance under the terms of the District’s Vehicle Insurance Policy. All District employees are Disaster Service Workers by CA state law and are expected to participate in emergency response initiatives. This could include contributing to the emergency planning process, participating in disaster exercises and training, as well as potentially responding to support actual emergency events. Working Conditions and Physical Activities: Environment: The employee works in a shop and field environment where the noise level is typically moderate. The employee works in outdoor weather conditions; extreme heat or cold; wet humid conditions; precarious places; on uneven or slippery surfaces; near moving mechanical parts; near 78 moving equipment; and near heavy traffic. The employee is occasionally exposed to loud or prolonged noise and equipment with heavy vibrations. The employee may be exposed to environmental factors. Physical Demands: While performing the duties of this job, the employee is regularly required to walk and stand; talk and hear; use hands to finger, handle, feel or operate objects, tools or controls; balance on ladders or stairs; stoop, kneel, bend at the waist, crouch or crawl; and smell. The employee may be required to lift up to 50 pounds; and may be required to lift up to 100 pounds with assistance. The employee must walk frequently. Visual ability (which may be corrected) to read handheld meter reading device screens, small print, including good peripheral vision and depth perception. Specific vision abilities required by this job include close vision, distance vision, and peripheral. EXHIBIT C Insurance Requirements MWDOC shall obtain prior to commencing work and maintain in force and effect throughout the term of this AGREEMENT, all insurance set forth below. MWDOC insurance is provided through the Association of California Water Agencies Joint Powers Insurance Authority and such other insurers as MWDOC may determine fr om time to time. A. Workers’ Compensation Insurance MWDOC will keep workers’ compensation insurance for its employees in effect during all work covered by this AGREEMENT in accordance with applicable law. MWDOC will provide an ACORD certificate of insurance or other certificate of insurance satisfactory to PARTICIPATING AGENCY, evidencing such coverage. B. Liability and Other Insurance MWDOC will maintain during the term of this AGREEMENT general liability coverage of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage; automobile liability (owned, scheduled, non-owned or hired) of at least $1,000,000 for bodily injury and property damage each accident limit; workers’ compensation (statutory limits) and employer’s liability ($1,000,000) (if applicable); requiring 30 days (10 days for non payment of premium) notice of cancellation to PARTICIPATING AGENCY. MWDOC’s insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects PARTICIPATING AGENCY, its directors, officers, agents, employees, attorneys, and authorized volunteers for all liability arising out of the activities performed by or on behalf of the PARTICIPATING AGENCY. Any insurance pool coverage, or self-insurance maintained by PARTICIPATING AGENCY, and its directors, officers, agents, employees, attorneys, or authorized volunteers shall be excess of MWDOC’s insurance and shall not contribute to it. C. Contractor Insurance Coverage. In the event that the MWDOC employs Contractors as part of the work covered by the AGREEMENT, it shall be the MWDOC’s responsibility to require and confirm that each Contractor meets the minimum insurance requirements specified herein. All Contractor insurance shall be placed with a carrier with an A.M. Best rating of no les s than A: VII, or equivalent. Contractor will provide a certificate of insurance to MWDOC which names MWDOC and all PARTICIPATING AGENCIES as additional insureds. D. Expiration of Coverage If any of the required coverages expire during the term of th e AGREEMENT, MWDOC and its Contractors, as applicable, shall deliver the renewal certificate(s) including the general liability additional insured endorsement to DISTRICT at least ten (10) days prior to the expiration date. Agenda Item: I AGENDA STAFF REPORT DATE:June 24, 2019 TO:Honorable Mayor and City Council THRU:Jill R. Ingram, City Manager FROM:Patrick Gallegos, Assistant City Manager SUBJECT:Extension of Agreement for Interim Police Chief ________________________________________________________________ SUMMARY OF REQUEST: That the City Council adopt Resolution 6931 approving Amendment No. 1 to the agreement with Joe Miller to perform the services of Interim Chief of Police. BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS: On March 12, 2017, Commander Joe Miller was appointed by the City Manager to Interim Chief of Police (“Chief”). Chief Joe Miller has been with the Seal Beach Police Department (“Department”) for over 30 years. In that time, he has held a variety of assignments during his career, including: Motor Officer, Motor Supervisor, SWAT Officer, Field Training Officer, Explorer Advisor, Press Information Officer, Investigations Sergeant, Commander, Police Officer Association President, and Police Management Association President. Chief Miller has also supervised the Traffic Bureau, the ACTION team, Bicycle and Beach Patrol, and played a significant role in the creation of the West County Major Crimes Task Force. During his tenure as Interim Chief, he has gained the confidence and respect of the City Council, City Manager, executive management team, Police Department, City Departments, and the community. He has provided leadership and oversight of the Police Department for over two years and has vastly improved operations by establishing goals and objectives for the Department consistent with Council priorities. Originally, it was intended that the process of appointing a Permanent Chief and Chief Miller’s temporary appointment could be concluded in the first half of calendar year 2019. That anticipated timeline proved to be an error, and the interim appointment should have been dated through calendar 2019, although the City Manager intends to appoint a permanent Chief of Police before the end of the year. This Amendment No. 1 (“Amendment”) will correct the Agreement to allow service to continue briefly in the upcoming fiscal year. While the recruitment process for a permanent Police Chief has been initiated, the City desires to continue the 5 4 0 specialized services of Chief Miller to serve as Interim Chief of Police on a temporary, interim basis for continuity and to allow him to complete certain assigned tasks. Chief Miller possesses the specialized skills necessary to serve as Interim Police Chief as the result of his long and distinguished career in law enforcement. Chief Miller will continue to perform the functions and duties of the Chief of Police that include planning, directing, managing and overseeing the activities and operations of the Police Department, as well as providing highly responsible and complex administrative support to the City Manager. Per the existing Agreement, the City will continue to pay Chief Miller an hourly rate of $103.17, which is not changing. He will not receive overtime compensation. This Amendment will expire on the earliest of the following dates: December 31, 2019, or upon the date upon which Chief Miller has worked 960 hours in the 2019- 2020 fiscal year, or upon the hiring of a permanent Chief of Police. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT: There is no environmental impact related to this item. LEGAL ANALYSIS: No legal analysis is required for this item. FINANCIAL IMPACT: There is no financial impact for this item. STRATEGIC PLAN: This item is not applicable to the Strategic Plan. RECOMMENDATION: That the City Council adopt Resolution 6931 approving the First Amendment to the Agreement with Joe Miller to continue to perform the services of Interim Chief of Police for a limited additional time. SUBMITTED BY: NOTED AND APPROVED: Patrick Gallegos Jill R. Ingram Patrick Gallegos, Assistant City Manager Jill R. Ingram, City Manager 5 4 0 ATTACHMENTS: A. Resolution 6931 B. Amendment No. 1 RESOLUTION 6931 A RESOLUTION OF THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL APPROVING THE FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT WITH JOE MILLER FOR INTERIM CHIEF OF POLICE SERVICES WHEREAS, the City currently has a vacancy in the office of the permanent Chief of Police; and WHEREAS, the City is conducting a recruitment process for the permanent appointment of a Police Chief and desires to continue to secure the specialized services of a suitably qualified person to serve as Interim Chief of Police on a temporary, interim basis while the City seeks to permanently fill the position; and WHEREAS, the Interim Chief of Police appointment is a temporary, provisional appointment to a position of a limited duration and one requiring specialized skills, pending appointment of a successor permanent Chief of Police; and WHEREAS, Joe Miller possesses the specialized skills necessary to serve as Interim Chief of Police as the result of his long and distinguished career in law enforcement, including 30 years of service in the City’s Police Department and his current appointment as Interim Chief of Police; and WHEREAS, Joe Miller is a retired person under definitions of the California Public Employees’ Retirement System (PERS) and desires to retain his retirement status and benefits; and WHEREAS, all of the requisite conditions exist under PERS for Joe Miller to continue to serve as a retiree in the Interim Chief of Police position, and PERS staff informed Mr. Miller that he may continue to serve; and WHEREAS, Joe Miller’s employment will not exceed 960 hours in any fiscal year; and WHEREAS, the City and Joe Miller wish to amend the existing Employment Agreement for the position of Interim Chief of Police to correct an error in the end date of the Agreement; and WHEREAS, Joe Miller’s employment as Interim Chief of Police will end upon the sooner of reaching 960 hours in a fiscal year, appointment of a successor Chief of Police pursuant to the active recruitment undertaken by the City, termination of the Employment Agreement by the jointly-acting City Manager and City Council, or December 31, 2019. NOW, THEREFORE, THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL DOES HEREBY RESOLVE: Section 1. The City Council hereby approves the First Amendment to the Employment Agreement Between City of Seal Beach and Joe Miller, attached hereto as Exhibit A. Section 2. The City Council hereby authorizes the City Manager to execute this Agreement. PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED by the Seal Beach City Council at a regular meeting held on the 24th day of June, 2019 by the following vote: AYES: Council Members: _______________________________________ NOES: Council Members: _______________________________________ ABSENT: Council Members: _______________________________________ ABSTAIN: Council Members: _______________________________________ Thomas Moore, Mayor ATTEST: Gloria Harper, City Clerk STATE OF CALIFORNIA } COUNTY OF ORANGE } SS CITY OF SEAL BEACH } I, Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk of the City of Seal Beach, do hereby certify that the foregoing resolution is the original copy of Resolution 6931 on file in the office of the City Clerk, passed, approved, and adopted by the City Council at a regular meeting held on the 24th day of June, 2019. Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk .pdf - 1 - FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT BETWEEN CITY OF SEAL BEACH AND JOE MILLER This First Amendment (“Amendment”) to the Employment Agreement by and between the City of Seal Beach, a California municipal corporation, (“City”) and Joe Miller, an individual (“Employee”) (“Agreement”) shall be effective as of July 1, 2019, . R E C I T A L S A. City currently has a vacancy in the permanent office of Police Chief. B. City has been in the process of conducting a recruitment for the permanent appointment of a Police Chief and desires to continue to secure the specialized services of a suitably qualified person to continue to serve as Interim Police Chief on a temporary, interim basis while City seeks to permanently fill the position of Police Chief. C. The Interim Police Chief appointment is an appointment to a position of a limited duration and one requiring specialized skills. It was a temporary, provisional appointment, pending recruitment, selection and appointment of a successor Police Chief or earlier termination as determined by the City Manager and City Council acting jointly. City intends to fill the permanent Police Chief position as soon as practicable in the 2019- 2020 fiscal year, and prior to the end of calendar year 2019. D. Employee has been assigned several important managerial tasks within the Police Department, which tasks were not able to be completed prior to June 30, 2019 in the temporary appointment. E. City and Employee mistakenly limited the term of the first Employment Agreement to June 30, 2019 and it is apparent that the permanent position cannot be filled and the assigned tasks cannot be completed in that time. The parties intend to amend the Agreement to correct the date of the end of the term. F. City desires to have Employee serve as Interim Police Chief temporarily for a limited term in the upcoming fiscal year and Employee desires to accept employment as Interim Police Chief in order to complete the recruitment of a permanent chief and assigned tasks. NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions herein contained, City and Employee agree to amend the Agreement as follows: 1. TERM. Unless sooner terminated, as provided in this Agreement, the term of this Agreement shall be from January 1, 2018 (“Effective Date”) to the earlier of the date on which a duly appointed person assumes the office of Police Chief, December 31, 2019, or the .pdf - 2 - date on which this Agreement is terminated earlier by the City Manager and City Council acting jointly, at which point this Agreement shall terminate without further action by the parties. Employee shall be appointed only once to this vacant position and shall not be eligible for reappointment or for an extension of the specified term as amended herein. 2. REMAINING TERMS IN EFFECT. No other provision of the Agreement is affected by this Amendment, which is merely a correction of the term end date and all other provisions remain in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed and executed personally or on its behalf by its duly authorized representative. EMPLOYEE __________________________ JOE MILLER CITY CITY OF SEAL BEACH, A California Municipal Corporation By:_______________________ JILL R. INGRAM, City Manager City of Seal Beach, California ATTEST: __________________________(Seal) GLORIA D. HARPER, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: __________________________ CRAIG A. STEELE City Attorney Agenda Item: J AGENDA STAFF REPORT DATE:June 24, 2019 TO:Honorable Mayor and City Council THRU:Jill R. Ingram, City Manager FROM:Victoria L. Beatley, Director of Finance/City Treasurer SUBJECT:Adopt the Operating Budget and 5-Year Capital Improvement Program (CIP); Approve the CIP Budget for FY 2019-2020; Set the Appropriations Limit for Fiscal Year 2019-2020; and Authorize Appropriations by Fund ________________________________________________________________ SUMMARY OF REQUEST: That the City Council hold a public hearing and adopt: Resolution 6929 adopting the Fiscal Year 2019-2020 Operating Budget and 5-Year Capital Improvement Program; approving the Capital Improvement Program budget for Fiscal Year 2019-2020; setting the Appropriations Limit for Fiscal Year 2019-2020 and authorizing appropriations by fund. BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS: The City Council held three budget workshops on May 29th, June 5th, and June 10th to review and solicit public input on the Proposed Budget and 5-Year Capital Improvement Program for Fiscal Year 2019-2020. The City Charter requires that the City Council hold this public hearing prior to the adoption of the budget. At the end of the budget study sessions, the estimated surplus was $1,416,200 after adjustments. The proposed budget was prepared based on City Council goals, and state and federal mandates, with consideration given to preserving core services that the City provides to the businesses, residents, and visitors of Seal Beach. The proposed budget was made available on the City’s website, copies of the proposed budget were made available to the public for purchase at the City Clerk’s office; and copies were distributed to the libraries for interested parties to review. Notice of the public hearing was published, as required by the City’s Charter, in the Sun Newspaper. 5 3 2 In addition, per Ordinance No. 1643 Section 4.50.125 of the City Municipal Code requires that the rate of Utility Users Tax (UUT) be reviewed annually. Based on the Fiscal Year 2019-2020 revenue projections, UUT is the third largest revenue source to the General Fund providing $4.2 million of General Fund revenue. The UUT funds several capital improvement projects needed in the City; such as street improvements, storm drains, and beach and pier projects. Without the City’s UUT, it would be impossible to continue the aggressive capital improvement program established by the City and maintain the City’s core services at the current levels. The current Utility Users’ Tax rate is 10% on electric, gas, and telecommunications and 9% on pre-paid wireless services. The attached resolution approving the City’s Operating Budget and 5-Year Capital Improvement Program: 1. Adopts the Proposed Operating Budget and 5-Year Capital Improvement Program; and, 2. Approves the Capital Improvement Program budget for Fiscal Year 2019-2020; and, 3. Re-appropriates all encumbrances from Fiscal Year 2018-2019 for continued use in Fiscal Year 2019-2020; and, 4. Authorizes the City Manager to make appropriation transfers within functions and programs as long as such transfers do not increase the adopted annual budget appropriations; and, 5. Establishes the Appropriations Limit for Fiscal Year 2019-2020 required under Article XIIIB of the State Constitution; and, 6. Authorizes the City Manager to delegate purchasing authority to Department Heads. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT: There is no environmental impact related to this item. LEGAL ANALYSIS: There is no legal analysis is required for this item. FINANCIAL IMPACT: For Fiscal Year 2019-2020, the General Fund estimated revenues are projected to be $35,686,400 compared to operating appropriations and transfers out of $37,635,200 resulting in an estimated fund balance decrease of $1,948,800. Included in the appropriations of $37,635,200 is $3,365,000 for Capital Improvement projects. As a result of the changes made at the June 10th workshop and a small reduction in the final contract amount for Orange County Fire Authority, General Fund revenues exceed operating expenditures and operating transfers by $1,416,200. 5 3 2 STRATEGIC PLAN: This item is not applicable to the Strategic Plan. RECOMMENDATION: That the City Council hold a public hearing and adopt: Resolution 6929 adopting the Fiscal Year 2019-2020 Operating Budget and 5-Year Capital Improvement Program; approving the Capital Improvement Program budget for Fiscal Year 2019-2020; setting the Appropriations Limit for Fiscal Year 2019-2020 and authorizing appropriations by fund. SUBMITTED BY: NOTED AND APPROVED: Victoria L. Beatley Jill R. Ingram Victoria L. Beatley, Director of Finance/City Treasurer Jill R. Ingram, City Manager ATTACHMENTS: A. Resolution 6929 RESOLUTION NUMBER 6929 A RESOLUTION OF THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL ADOPTING THE FISCAL YEAR 2019-2020 OPERATING BUDGET AND 5-YEAR CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM, APPROVING THE CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM BUDGET FOR FISCAL YEAR 2019-2020, SETTING THE APPROPRIATION LIMIT FOR FISCAL YEAR 2019-2020, AND AUTHORIZING APPROPRIATIONS BY FUND RECITALS a. On May 29, 2019, June 05, 2019, and June 10, 2019, the City Council conducted budget workshops to provide an opportunity to the public to comment on the proposed budget for Fiscal Year 2019-2020, the 5-Year Capital Improvement Program, and the Capital Improvement Program Budget for Fiscal Year 2019-2020. b. Pursuant to Seal Beach City Charter Article X, the City Council held a duly noticed public hearing on June 24, 2019 to consider adopting the budget for Fiscal Year 2019-2020 and the 5-Year Capital Improvement Program. Copies of the proposed budget have been available for inspection by the public in the City Clerk’s Office and on the City’s website at least 10 days prior to the public hearing. c. On November 6, 1979, the voters of California added Article XIII B to the State Constitution placing various limitations on the appropriations of the State and local governments. Article XIII B provides that the appropriations limit for the Fiscal Year 2019-2020 shall not exceed the appropriations limit for the prior year adjusted for the change in the cost of living and the change in population. The proposed appropriations limit of $31,209,347 does not exceed the appropriations limit for Fiscal Year 2019-2020 adjusted for the change in the cost of living and the change in population. d. At the duly noticed workshops and the public hearing held on June 24, 2019, the City Council provided an opportunity for the public to comment on the proposed budget for Fiscal Year 2019-2020, the 5-Year Capital Improvement Program for the period FY 2019/2020 – FY 2023/2024, the Capital Improvement Program Budget for Fiscal Year 2018-2019, and the appropriations limit. NOW THEREFORE, THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL DOES HEREBY RESOLVE: Resolution 6929 SECTION 1. That certain document entitled “City of Seal Beach Fiscal Year 2019-2020 Operating Budget", a copy of which is on file in the office of the City Clerk and on the City’s website, which may hereafter be amended by the Council, is hereby approved as the operating budget for the City of Seal Beach for the Fiscal Year 2019-2020, beginning July 1, 2019 and ending June 30, 2020. The following list shows the appropriations by each fund: FY 2019-2020 Gen eral Fu n d 37,635,200$ Street Lig htin g 206,400 Special Proj ects 513,100 Waste Man agemen t Act 407,500 Suppl emental Law En forcemen t Gran t 121,200 Deten tion Facil ity 20,000 Asset Forfeiture - State 2,700 Air Qu ality Imp rovement 31,200 Asset Forfeiture - Fed eral 262,300 Water Op erations 5,416,500 Water Cap ital 3,075,500 Pen sion Obl igation Bon d 3,000 Fire Station Bond 491,200 Veh icl e Rep lacement 356,800 Tidelan d s Fund 2,988,700 SB1 Prog ram 550,000 Gas Tax 646,800 Measu re M2 1,588,000 Sewer Op erations 1,504,800 Sewer Cap ital 2,611,500 Capital Proj ects 7,094,700 Seal Beach Cabl e 114,500 Community Devel opment Block Grant 180,000 Pol ice Gran ts 232,300 City Wid e Gran ts 925,000 CFD Lan d scap e 126,200 CFD Heron Poin te 299,200 CFD Pacific Gateway 518,800 CFD Heron Poin te Admin 19,100 CFD Pacific Gateway Admin 121,700 Retiremen t Fund - Deb t Service 65,200 Retiremen t Ob lig ation Fun d 1,116,500 Ap p rop riation s 69,262,300 Appropriations by Fund Resolution 6929 SECTION 2. Appropriations in the amount not to exceed $69,262,300 are authorized for the purpose of carrying on the business of the City. The City Manager is hereby authorized to make appropriation transfers within and between functions and programs, in accordance with Fiscal Policy, as long as such transfers do not increase the adopted annual budget appropriations. SECTION 3. All encumbrances from FY 2018-2019 are re-appropriated for continued use in FY 2019-2020. SECTION 4. The City Council hereby adopts the 5-Year Capital Improvement Program for the City of Seal Beach, and approves the Capital Improvement Program Budget for the fiscal year commencing July 1, 2019 and ending June 30, 2020. All capital project appropriation balances from FY 2018-2019 shall be carried forward for use in FY 2019-2020. SECTION 5. Per the City’s Municipal Code Section 3.20, Purchasing System, Section 3.20.005, the City Council hereby authorizes the City Manager to delegate spending authority to Department Heads. Other than the Director of Public Works and the Director of Finance/City Treasurer this authority shall not exceed $15,000. For the Director of Public Works the limit is established per the City’s Charter Section 1010. For the Director of Finance/City Treasurer, other than for Finance Department expenditures which is set at $15,000, there is additional authority to authorize purchases for the other Department Heads up to the City Manager’s established signing authority. SECTION 6. The City Council hereby establishes an appropriations limit of $31,209,347 for fiscal year 2019-2020, in full compliance with Article XIIIB of the State Constitution. PASSED, APPROVED, AND ADOPTED by the Seal Beach City Council at a regular meeting held on 24th day of June 2019 by the following vote: AYES: Council Members: NOES: Council Members: ABSENT: Council Members: ABSTAIN: Council Members: Thomas Moore, Mayor Resolution 6929 ATTEST: Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk STATE OF CALIFORNIA } COUNTY OF ORANGE } SS CITY OF SEAL BEACH } I, Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk of the City of Seal Beach, do hereby certify that the foregoing resolution is the original copy of Resolution Number 6929 on file in the office of the City Clerk, passed, approved, and adopted by the Seal Beach City Council at a regular meeting held on 24th day of June 2019. Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk Agenda Item: K AGENDA STAFF REPORT DATE:June 24, 2019 TO:Honorable Mayor and City Council THRU:Jill R. Ingram, City Manager FROM:Victoria L. Beatley, Director of Finance/City Treasurer SUBJECT:Adopt the Amended and Restated FY 2019-2020 Cost Recovery Schedule ________________________________________________________________ SUMMARY OF REQUEST: That the City Council hold a public hearing and adopt Resolution 6930 establishing new fees and charges for goods, services, and facilities provided by the City and amending and restating the FY 2019-2020 Cost Recovery Schedule. BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS: The amended and restated Cost Recovery Schedule adopts new fees and further incorporates into the Resolution as follows: (1) adjustments to and clarification of fees previously approved by the City (e.g., such as discounted Special Event fees for 501 (c)(3) entities as noted in City Council Resolution No. 5898); and (2) fees mandated by the State, which the City collects on behalf of the State. A red-lined version of the Cost Recovery Schedule incorporating all of the above revisions is attached as Exhibit B. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT: There is no environmental impact related to this item. LEGAL ANALYSIS: No legal analysis is required for this item. FINANCIAL IMPACT: The financial impact from these changes is unknown at this time. Virtually all of these fees are recorded in the Charges for Services revenue section in the Budget. 5 3 7 STRATEGIC PLAN: One of the City Council’s current Six-Month Strategic Planning Goals is to update the City’s Cost Allocation Plan. Once the Cost Allocation Plan is complete all of the City fees and charges will be more thoroughly evaluated, as the costs to provide the services will be updated. RECOMMENDATION: That the City Council hold a public hearing and adopt Resolution 6930 establishing new fees and charges for goods, services, and facilities provided by the City and amending and restating the FY 2019-2020 Cost Recovery Schedule. SUBMITTED BY: NOTED AND APPROVED: Victoria L. Beatley Jill R. Ingram Victoria L. Beatley, Director of Finance/City Treasurer Jill R. Ingram, City Manager Prepared by: ATTACHMENTS: A. FY 2019 - 2020 Cost Recovery Schedule/Resolution 6930 B. FY 2019 - 2020 Cost Recovery Schedule (Redline) CITY OF SEAL BEACH California 2019 - 2020 COST RECOVERY SCHEDULE (June 24, 2019) Available on-line – www.sealbeachca.gov Page 2 of 44 TABLE OF CONTENTS 2019/2020 COST RECOVERY - SCHEDULE SECTION 1. ADMINISTRATIVE ................................................................6 A. Documents B. Returned Items C. Infraction/Administrative Penalties SECTION 2. BUILDING .............................................................................8 A. Duplication B. Permit Issuance C. Building Permits D. Construction Excise Tax E. Environmental Reserve Tax F. Non-Subdivision Park & Recreation G. Recycling and Diversion of Construction and Demolition Waste Program SECTION 3. PLANNING ..........................................................................17 A. Filing B. Environmental Program Costs/Deposits C. Transportation Facilities & Programs Development D. Transportation Facilities & Programs Development Application E. Main Street Specific Plan Zone In-lieu Parking SECTION 4. POLICE ...............................................................................20 A. Alarm System Application B. Animal Control C. Beach Parking Services D. Citation Sign-off E. Repo Sign Off F. Fingerprint Cards G. Parking Stickers H. Oversize Vehicle Parking I. Passport J. Photographs K Traffic Collision Reports L. Vehicle Storage M. Parking Violations N. Parking Violation Cite Sign-off/Cite Correction Page 3 of 44 O. Firearm Safe Keeping Storage P. Booking Q. Day Witness R. Detention Center Services SECTION 5. PUBLIC WORKS ................................................................25 A. Plot Copies B. Subdivision Plan Check Tentative Map C. Final Filing Map D. Plan Check and Review E. General Construction Permits F. Sewer Utility Services G. Water Utility Services H. Transportation Permits I. Call Outs J. Miscellaneous SECTION 6. RECREATION .....................................................................31 A. Community Center Facilities B. Facility Rentals – Senior Center & Fire Station 48 Community Room C. Swimming Pool Costs D. Recreation Program Costs E. Costs for Use of Municipal Athletic Facilities F. Edison Community Garden Costs G. Tennis Center Costs/Rates H. Special Activity Request Application Costs I. Special Event Reserved Parking SECTION 7. FILMING AND PHOTOGRAPHY ........................................36 A. Commercial Still Photography B. Motion Picture Including Video C. Use of City Property D. Use of City Personnel E. Use of City Equipment and Vehicles F. Use of City Parking Lots SECTION 8. UTILITY BILLING ................................................................37 SECTION 9. UNSPECIFIED COSTS .......................................................38 SECTION 10. FINGERPRINTING ..............................................................38 SECTION 11. BUSINESS LICENSE TAX AND PERMITS ........................39 SECTION 12. LIFEGUARD ........................................................................42 Page 4 of 44 SECTION 13. STATEMENT OF RESOLUTION ........................................42 SECTION 14. EFFECTIVE DATE ..............................................................42 Page 5 of 44 RESOLUTION 6930 A RESOLUTION OF THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL ESTABLISHING A COST RECOVERY SCHEDULE FOR GOODS, SERVICES AND FACILITIES PROVIDED BY THE CITY OF SEAL BEACH AND AMENDING AND RESTATING THE CITY’S COMPREHENSIVE COST RECOVERY SCHEDULE RECITALS 1. The Seal Beach City Council is empowered to impose reasonable charges for municipal services. 2. Periodically, the City Council determines that charges should cover the costs reasonably borne or a substantial portion of the actual costs of the goods and services provided by the City. 3. In 2012, the City Council established certain charges using the recommendations stated in the 2012 Full Cost Allocation Plan and Cost of Services Study provided by Matrix Consulting Group; and restated other previously established charges, and taxes. 4. Since 2012, the City Council has adopted resolutions establishing or adjusting certain charges after finding that charges for such municipal services do not cover the actual costs incurred by the City, and would like to direct the City Clerk to incorporate such changes into Section 1 of this resolution. 5. The State of California requires cities to charge state-established rates, and charges, which are paid to the State. The City Council hereby directs the City Clerk to incorporate such State-imposed rates and charges into Section 1 of this resolution, and every year hereafter. 6. Additional study and analysis has determined that certain Costs rates and charges do not cover the actual costs incurred by the City. After conducting a duly noticed public hearing on June 24, 2019 and satisfying all applicable provisions of California Government Code Sections 66016 and 66018, the City Council hereby finds that such rates and charges do not cover the actual costs incurred by the City. Based upon the foregoing, the City Council hereby establishes, adjusts, and increases the rates and charges. The City Council hereby finds that, where applicable, the rates and charges will not exceed the reasonable cost to the City of providing the service to which such costs apply, and directs the City Clerk to incorporate the rates and charges into Section 1 of this resolution. Page 6 of 44 7. The adoption of this Resolution determines costs for the purpose of meeting the operating expenses of City departments and is therefore exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act. NOW, THEREFORE, THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL ESTABLISHES AND RESTATES THE CITY’S RATES AND CHARGES FOR MUNICIPAL SERVICES, AS FOLLOWS: Page 7 of 44 SECTION 1. ADMINISTRATIVE A. Documents The following charges are established to reimburse the City for costs relative to filling public requests for copies of non-confidential records, codes, brochures, booklets, and patent materials not marked for general distribution. Most documents listed are available on the City’s website: www.sealbeachca.gov 1. Copy Charge a. 8 ½ x 11 .....................................................................$0.25 per page b. 8 ½ x 14 and 11 x 17..................................................$0.50 per page c. Color copies ...............................................................$0.50 per page 2. Preparation of Electronic Media...............................................$8 per USB 3. Preparation of Custom Reports Actual Hourly Cost 4. Municipal Code (City Charter and Titles 1-12) Actual Cost (provided by vendor) 5. Master Plans, Budget, Reports, etc. ........................................Actual Cost 6. Economic Interest Disclosure and Campaign Statements (GC §81008).... ...................................................................................$0.10 per page 7. Candidates Filing Fee (non-refundable) EC §10228............................$25 a. Notice of Intent to Circulate Petition (refundable) ….EC§9202(b) .$200 8. Certified Copy of City Documents/Records............................................$8 9. Residency Verification............................................................................$8 10. Credit Card Processing (per transaction)................................ up to $3.50 POSTAGE: All mail requests shall have the cost of postage added to the charges set forth. B. Returned Items Any person issuing a bank draft, note, check, or electronic form of payment that is returned by a financial institution due to insufficient funds, a closed account, or is otherwise dishonored, shall be charged the sum of $25 for processing each such financial instrument. Any subsequent returned item(s) by the same payer will be charged $35. Said amount shall be included in the total sum of all bills and charges, otherwise due and owing to the City. Payment for any returned item must be received in the form of cash or Cashier’s Check. C. Infraction/Administrative Penalties 1. Infraction Penalty – in a 12 month time period a. First Offense...............................................................................$500 b. Second Offense..........................................................................$750 c. Third Offense...........................................................................$1,000 2. Administrative Penalty – in a 12 month time period a. First Offense...............................................................................$100 b. Second Offense..........................................................................$200 c. Third Offense..............................................................................$500 Page 8 of 44 3. Administrative Hearing Deposit.......................................................$1,500 # # # # # # Page 9 of 44 SECTION 2. BUILDING A. Duplication – Approved Plans 1. Sheets up to 8 ½” x 11”......................................................$0.25 per page 2. Sheets larger than 8 ½” x 11” and 11 x 17.........................$0.50 per page 3. Large Format Sheet (24 x 36) a. First sheet...........................................................................................$5 b. Additional sheets................................................................$2 per sheet c. Color sheets........................................................................$8 per sheet B. Permit Issuance .........................................................................................$45 C. Building Permits 1. Project valuations determined by most recent published International Code Council (ICC) Building Valuation Table or by Contractors signed contract, at the discretion of the Building Official. Building Permit fees based on valuation shall be collected according to the following schedule: TABLE A Total Valuation Cost $500 or less 10% of the permit valuation $500.01 to $2,000 $92.15 for the first $500 plus $3.40 for each additional $100 or fraction hereof, up to and including $2,000 $2,000.01 to $25,000 $146.46 for the first $2,000 plus $16.17 for each additional $1,000 or fraction hereof, up to and including $25,000 $25,000.01 to $50,000 $518.17 for the first $25,000 plus $11.26 for each additional $1,000 or fraction thereof, up to and including $50,000 $50,000.01 to $100,000 $799.61 for the first $50,000 plus $7.80 for each additional $1,000 or fraction thereof, up to and including $100,000 $100,000.01 to $500,000 $1,189.83 for the first $100,000 plus $6.24 for each additional $1,000 or fraction thereof, up to and including $500,000 $500,000.01 to $1,000,000 $3,687.17 for the first $500,000 plus $5.30 for each additional $1,000 or fraction thereof, up to and including $1,000,000 $1,000,000.01 and up $6,332.84 for the first $1,000,000 plus $4.07 for each additional $1,000 or fraction thereof .2. Geographic Information System (GIS) Update - Surcharge of $.0015 x value of building levied with building permit. 3. General Plan Revision Deposit – Surcharge of 0.20% of construction valuation. 4. Technical Training deposit – Surcharge of $1.50 on all permits. 5. Automation Deposit – Surcharge of $10 on all permits with valuation of more than $10,000. Page 10 of 44 6. Plan Archival Deposit (Records Management) – Surcharge of 2.0% of building permit. 7. Building Standards Administration Permit Valuation .............................................................................Charge a) $1 - $25,000.99 ..............................................................................$1 b) $25,001 - $50,000.99 .....................................................................$2 c) $50,001 – 75,000.99 ......................................................................$3 d) $75,001 - $100,000.99 ...................................................................$4 e) Every $25,000 or fraction thereof above $100,000.................Add $1 8. Strong Motion Instrumentation Program a) Residential, 1-3 stories.......................................Valuation x 0.00013 b) Commercial & Residential over 3 stories ...........Valuation x 0.00028 9. Miscellaneous Valuation a. Pool 1) Swimming Pool ...........................$3,121.30 + $14.04 per sq. ft. + $572.05 for heater 2) Spa..............................................$1,456.13 + $12.01 per sq. ft. + $572.05 for heater b. Patio 1) Open................................................................$11.71 per sq. ft. 2) Screened.........................................................$23.41 per sq. ft. c. Fences & Block Walls..........................................$23.41 per linear ft. d. Signs 1) Free Standing..............$35.12 per sq. ft. (each face) + $312.03 2) Wall Signs .......................................................$23.41 per sq. ft. e. Roofing 1) Composition & Gravel ...................................$105.35 per sq. ft. 2) Composition Shingles....................................$105.35 per sq. ft. 3) Wood Shingles..............................................$152.16 per sq. ft. 4) Wood Shakes................................................$215.88 per sq. ft. 5) Clay Tile ........................................................$280.91 per sq. ft. 10. Plan Check a. Valuation exceeds $1,000 and a plan is required .............................. ..................................................................65% of the building permit b. Mechanical, Electrical, or Plumbing when a plan or other data is required to be submitted for such work ............................................. .........................65% of the total permit (excluding initial permit cost) c. Expedited Plan Check........................................................................ ..............................................Additional 50% of standard plan check d. Plan check for State accessibility code compliance: Additional 5.0% of the building permit cost. e. Plan check for State energy code compliance: Additional 5.0% of the building permit cost. EXCEPTION: The expedited plan check charge shall be waived by the Building Official in the case of reconstruction due to a disaster-related occurrence. Page 11 of 44 11. Miscellaneous a. Swimming Pool.....................................Table A, Based on Valuation b. Spa ......................................................Table A, Based on Valuation c. Patio .....................................................Table A, Based on Valuation d. Fences and Block Walls .......................Table A, Based on Valuation e. Sign ......................................................Table A, Based on Valuation f. Roofing ................................................Table A, Based on Valuation g. Sandblasting..............................$0.06 per sq. ft. of wall face surface h. Tent – Up to 1,000 sq. ft.........................................................$42.31 Each additional 1,000 sq. ft. or fraction thereof.......................$14.21 I. Renewal of Expired Permits – ½ the total amount for a new permit for such work, provided no changes have been made or will be made in the original plans and specifications for such work; and provided that such suspension or abandonment has not exceeded one full year, in which case a full charge shall be required. j. Temporary Certificate of Occupancy.......................................$70.52 k. Demolition Permit - Table A, Contract price for demolition work l. Moving Permit - Table A, Valuation based on contract price (Special investigative Cost required) m. Contractor Business License .....................................................$219 n. Deputy Inspector Contractor Business License ..........................$66 (Note: each Business License is subject to an additional State-mandated charge of $4 which must be collected by the City.) o. Building permits for the following items are issued based on a flat permit charge of $28.21plus the issuance fee when the permit is obtained by a State licensed contractor, licensed to do the type of work: 1) Water Heater Replacements (same location) 2) Retrofit Windows 3) Sola-Tube Installations 12. Special Services a. Charged for a special inspection by a City Building Inspector Affected Floor Area 0-2,500 sq. ft. .............................................................................$212 2,501-5,000 sq. ft. ......................................................................$425 5,001-7,500 sq. ft. ......................................................................$641 7,501-10,000 sq. ft. ....................................................................$854 Each additional 10,000 sq. ft. or fraction thereof........................$222 b. Non-Business Hour Inspections – requested by a permittee ............. .....................$100 per hour plus all other charges (minimum 1 hour) c. Excessive Inspections – for inspections determined by the Building Official to be excessive and beyond at least 1 re-inspection of an item of work caused by faulty workmanship or work not ready for inspection at time of request.................$100 per hour per inspection (minimum 1 hour) Page 12 of 44 d. Additional Plan Check Review by changes, additions, or revisions to approved plans ...........................$110 per hour (minimum 1 hour) e. Inspection for any change of occupancy classification, use type (as indicated in California Building Code) or certification of compliance with Building Codes and ordinances not otherwise provided for above ..................................................................$112 per inspection f. Inspections for which no charge is specifically indicated ................... .....................................................$56 per ½ hour (minimum ½ hour) g. Plan review of soils and geotechnical reports (in-house)...........$443 i. Third Party Geotechnical review......Actual Cost + Admin Charge h. Building Code Appeal......................$1,530 deposit + Admin Charge 13. Electrical Code a. Electrical Services 1) Each service switch 300 volts or less.......................$0.02/amp. 2) Each service switch 301 to 600 volts .......................$0.05/amp. 3) Each service switch over 600 volts ..........................$0.09/amp. b. Electrical Systems in new structures or building additions – the following charges shall apply to electrical systems contained within or on any new structure, including new additions to existing structures 1) $0.0069 per sq. ft. a) Warehouse – that part which is over 5,000 sq. ft. b) Storage garages where no repair work is done c) Aircraft hangers where no repair work is done 2) $0.016 per sq. ft. a) Residential accessory buildings attached or detached such as garages, carports, sheds, etc. b) Garages and carports for motels, hotels, and commercial parking c) Warehouses up to and including 5,000 sq. ft. d) All other occupancies not listed area that is over 5,000 sq. ft. 3) $0.031 per sq. ft. – for all other occupancies not listed up to and including 5,000 sq. ft. 4) $0.0032 per sq. ft. – for temporary wiring during construction c. Temporary Service 1) Temporary for construction service, including poles or pedestals.....................................................................$19 each 2) Approval for temporary use of permanent service equipment prior to completion of structure or final inspection.......$19 each 3) Additional supporting poles ...........................................$6 each 4) Service for decorative lighting, seasonal sales lot, etc.$10 each d. Miscellaneous 1) Area lighting standards up to and including 10 on a site............ .......................................................................................$6 each Over 10 on a site......................................................$2.79 each Page 13 of 44 2) Private residential swimming pools, including supply wiring, lights, motors, and bonding .........................................$38 each 3) Commercial swimming pools................................................$74 4) Inspection for reinstallation of idle meter (removed by utility company)................................................................$14.21 each 5) Residential Photo Voltaic Installation…………………….no charge 6) Commercial Photo Voltaic Installation: Up to 50 kW.....................................................................$1,106 51kW to 250 kW...........$1,106 plus $7.59 for each kW over 50 251 kW and higher .....$2,657 plus $5.42 for each kW over 250 e. Illuminated Signs – New, Relocated, or Altered Up to and including 5 sq. ft. ...............................................$14.21 Over 5 sq. ft. and not over 25 sq. ft. ..................................$17.00 Over 25 sq. ft. and not over 50 sq. ft..................................$22.86 Over 50 sq. ft. and not over 100 sq. ft................................$31.22 Over 100 sq. ft. and not over 200 sq. ft..............................$34.01 Over 200 sq. ft. and not over 300 sq. ft..............................$42.65 Over 300 sq. ft. ....................................................$0.15 per sq. ft. f. Overhead Line Construction – poles and anchors ...........$5.42 each g. Alternate Cost Schedule 1) Alterations, additions, and new construction where no structural work is being done or where it is impractical to use a sq. ft. schedule; convert to units as follows .......$4.25 each unit 2) For each 5 outlets or fraction thereof where current is used or controlled..........................................................charged – 1 unit 3) For each 5 lighting fixtures or fraction thereof where current is used or controlled.............................................charged – 1 unit 4) For multi-assembly (festoon type plug mold etc.) – each 20 ft. or fraction thereof ..............................................................1 unit 5) Switches ............................................................$4.25 each unit 6) Subpanel............................................................$4.25 each unit 7) Feeder ..............................................................$4.25 each unit 8) Bathroom Exhaust Fan......................................$4.25 each unit h. Power Apparatus For equipment rated in horsepower (HP), kilowatts (kW), or kilovolt- amperes (KVA), the charge for each motor, transformer, and/or appliance shall be: 0 to 1 unit...................................................................................$4.30 Over 1 unit and not over 10 units ..............................................$9.48 Over 10 units and not over 50 units .......................................$18.44 Over 50 units and not over 100 units .....................................$37.97 Over 100 units.........................................................................$56.42 NOTE: For equipment or appliances having more than one motor or heater, the sum of the combined ratings may be used to compute the charget. These charges include all switches, circuit breakers, contractors, relays, and other directly related control equipment. Page 14 of 44 i. Other Inspections and Charges 1) Inspections outside of normal business hours......Section 2.C.9 2) Re-inspection........................................................Section 2.C.9 3) Additional Plan Check Review..............................Section 2.C.9 4) Miscellaneous apparatus, conduits, and conductors for electrical apparatus, conduits, and conductors for which a permit is required, but for which no charge is herein set forth.... ........................................................................................$13.83 14. Plumbing Code a. Miscellaneous Services 1) Plumbing fixture or trap or set of fixtures on one trap (including water, drainage piping, and back flow protection)....$7.59 each 2) Building sewer and trailer park sewer.....................$16.27 each 3) Rainwater system – per drain (inside building).........$7.59 each 4) Cesspool (where permitted) ...................................$28.21 each 5) Private sewage disposal system ............................$44.48 each 6) Water heater and/or vent..........................................$7.59 each 7) Gas piping system of 1 to 5 outlets ..........................$5.42 each 8) Additional gas piping system per outlet....................$1.38 each 9) Industrial waste pre-treatment interceptor, including its trap and vent, except kitchen type grease interceptors functioning as fixture traps..........................................................$7.59 each 10) Water piping and/or water treating equipment – installation, alteration, or repair ...................................................$7.59 each 11) Main Water Line .....................................................$84.02 each 12) Drain, vent, or piping (new) ......................................$7.59 each 13) Drainage, vent repair, or alteration of piping ............$7.59 each 14) Lawn sprinkler system or any one meter including back flow protection devices.....................................................$7.59 each 15) Atmospheric type not included in Item 12 a) 1 to 5 ................................................................$7.59 each b) 6 or more..........................................................$1.08 each 16) Back flow protective devices other than atmospheric type vacuum breakers a) 2 inch diameter or less .....................................$7.59 each b) Over 2 inch diameter......................................$16.27 each 17) Gray water system..................................................$44.48 each 18) Reclaimed water system initial installation and testing .............. ..........................................................................$33.63 per hour 19) Reclaimed water system annual cross-connection testing (excluding initial test) ........................................$33.63 per hour b. Other Inspections 1) Outside of normal business hours......................Section 2.C.13 2) Re-inspection......................................................Section 2.C.13 3) Additional plan review.........................................Section 2.C.13 Page 15 of 44 c. Sewer connection permit................................................up to $28.21 15. Mechanical Code Costs a. Miscellaneous Services 1) Forced air or gravity-type furnace or burner, including ducts and vents attached to such appliance – each installation or relocation: To and including 100,000 BTU/H....................................$14.77 Over 100,000 BTU/H.......................................................$18.12 2) Floor furnace, including wall heater, or floor-mounted unit heater – each installation or relocation............................$14.77 3) Suspended heater, recessed wall heater or floor mounted unit heater – each installation, relocation, or replacement.....$14.77 4) Appliance vent installed and not included in an appliance permit – each installation, relocation, or replacement.......$7.25 5) Heating appliance, refrigeration unit, cooling unit, absorption unit – each repair, alteration, or addition to and including 100,000 BTU/H................................................................$13.66 6) Boiler or compressor to and including 3 horsepower, or absorption system to and including 100,000 BTU/H – each installation or relocation...................................................$14.77 7) Boiler or compressor over 3 horsepower to and including 15 horsepower or each absorption system over 100,000 BTU/H and including 500,000 BTU/H – each installation or relocation ........................................................................................$27.04 8) Boiler or compressor over 15 horsepower to and including 30 horsepower or each absorption system over 500,000 BTU/H to and including 1,000,000 BTU/H – each installation or relocation.........................................................................$37.07 9) Boiler or compressor over 30 horsepower to and including 50 horsepower or each absorption over 1,000,000 BTU/H to and including 1,750,000 BTU/H – each installation or relocation...... ........................................................................................$55.19 10) Boiler or refrigerator compressor over 50 horsepower or each absorption system over 1,750,000 BTU/H – each installation or relocation.....................................................................$92.27 11) Air-handling unit to and including 10,000 cubic feet per minute, including ducts attached thereto............................ $10.59 each NOTE: This charge shall not apply to an air-handling unit that is a portion of a factory assembled appliance, cooling unit, evaporative cooler, or absorption unit for which a permit is required elsewhere in this Resolution. 12) Registers ................................................................$10.59 each 13) Air handling unit over 10,000 CFM.........................$18.01 each 14) Evaporative cooler other than portable type...........$10.59 each 15) Ventilation system which is not a portion of any heating or air conditioning system authorized by a permit ...........$10.59 each Page 16 of 44 16) Ventilation fan connected to a single duct................$7.25 each 17) Installation or relocation of each domestic type incinerator........ ................................................................................$18.12 each 18) Installation of each hood that is served by mechanical exhaust, including ducts for such hood ..................$10.59 each 19) Installation or relocation of each commercial or industrial type incinerator...............................................................$74.16 each 20) Appliance or piece of equipment regulated by the California Mechanical Code, but not classified in other appliance categories or for which no other charge is listed in this Code.... ................................................................................$10.59 each 21) Duct extensions, other than those attached.............$5.54 each 22) Permits for fuel-gas piping shall be as follows when Chapter 12 of the California Plumbing Code is applicable a) Gas piping system of 1 to 4 outlets ..................$6.13 each b) Gas-piping system of 5 or more outlets ............................. ..................................$6.13 each plus $1 per outlet over 4 b. Other Inspections 1) After normal hour inspection.................................Section 2.C.9 2) Re-inspection........................................................Section 2.C.9 3) Additional Plan Reviews.......................................Section 2.C.9 16. Refunds If construction has not commenced, a refund of 80% of the permit will be returned when permits are cancelled at the request of the permitee. No permit fees will be refunded for any permit that has expired. No refund will be made of the plan check fees when the plan check service has been performed. A refund of 80% of the plan check fee will be returned if the plan check service has not been performed. D. Construction Excise Tax 1. Rates a. Residential Units – Type Single Family................................................................................$75 Duplex .................................................................................$65 each Apartment............................................................................$55 each Bachelor ..............................................................................$50 each Mobile Home Space ............................................................$45 each b. Commercial ...............................................................$0.01 per sq. ft. c. Industrial....................................................................$0.01 per sq. ft. 2. Delinquency Charge 25% of tax plus interest (at prime lending rate per month) E. Environmental Reserve Tax – For new residential living unit construction 1. Conforming unit – first 3 floors...........................................$1.51 per sq. ft. 2. Non-conforming unit – first 3 floors....................................$3.51 per sq. ft. 3. Delinquency Charge 25% of tax plus interest (at prime lending rate per month) Page 17 of 44 F. Non-Subdivision Park and Recreation 1. Single Family Dwelling – A charge of $10,000 is imposed upon the construction and occupancy of each single-family dwelling, which results in a net increase to the City’s housing stock. Said fee is imposed to offset impacts to the City’s existing park and recreation facilities caused by the additional single-family dwelling. 2. Other Residential uses – A charge of $5,000 is imposed upon the construction and occupancy of each residential dwelling unit, other than a single-family dwelling, which results in a net increase in the City’s housing stock. Said fee is imposed to offset impacts to the City’s existing park and recreation facilities caused by the additional dwelling unit. G. Recycling and Diversion of Construction and Demolition Waste Program (Waste Management Plan) 1. Administrative charge ...............................$0.05 sq. ft. of Covered Project 2. Deposit...........................................................$1 sq. ft. of Covered Project 3. Residential re-roofs: a. Residential re-roof permits (only) deposit...................................$500 b. Residential re-roof permits ...........................................................$45 # # # # # # Page 18 of 44 SECTION 3. PLANNING The following charges are charged to individuals submitting the described requests to the Community Development Department. Payment in full is required before issuance of necessary Grading, Building, Plumbing, Electrical, Mechanical, or any other appropriate permit. A. Filing Fees 1. Conditional Use Permit ......................................................................$1,550 2. Variance.............................................................................................$1,550 3. Zone Change .....................................................................................$3,500 4. Zone Code Amendment.....................................................................$3,500 5. General Plan Amendment..................................................................$3,500 6. Planned Unit Development ................................................................$3,082 7. Minor Use Permit ..................................................................................$578 8. Historic Preservation Designation.........................................................$578 9. Minor Site Plan Review.........................................................................$310 10.Major Site Plan Review......................................................................$1,240 11.Radius Map Processing a. .500’ Radius ...............................................................................$221 b. .300’ Radius ...............................................................................$111 c. .100’ Radius .................................................................................$56 12.Massage Establishment Operator Background Check .........................$589 a. Background Check Renewal (Biennial)......................................$288 13.Concept Approval (Coastal)..................................................................$288 14.Specific Plan ....................................................................................$11,200 15.Appeal - Non-Public Hearing Matters....................................$1,600 deposit 16.Appeal - Public Hearing .....................................................................$1,155 17.Pre-Application Conference ..................................................................$231 18.Property Profile .....................................................................................$145 19.Planning Commission Interpretation .....................................................$517 20.Sober Living Investigation Cost.............................................................$577 21.Temporary Banner Permit.......................................................................$50 a. plus $5 if a second banner is used during same period 22.Tentative/Final Parcel Map ................................................................$1,550 23.Tentative/Final Tract Map ..................................................................$2,309 24.Special Events: (Other than City sponsored/co-sponsored events) 1 event per 90 day period Resident $180 Non-Resident $340 a. Note: In compliance with City Council Resolution Number 5898, resident homeowner associations or resident neighborhood associations who provide proof of 501 (c)(3) shall pay 25% of the above referenced charge. 25.Sign Application ......................................................................................$77 Page 19 of 44 26.Planned Sign Program.......................................................................$1,550 27.Development Agreement (New or Revision) .......................$30,000 deposit 28.Maps (Zoning, General Plan Land Use)...............................$8.00 per sheet B. Environmental Fees/Deposits 1. Minor Environmental Assessment (Categorical Exemption) ...................... ....................................................................................$1,100 deposit 2. Major Environmental Assessment (Initial Study) ................$1,800 deposit 3. Negative Declaration...........................................................$2,000 deposit 4. Environmental Impact Report ...........................................$30,000 deposit C. Transportation Facilities and Programs Development (Traffic Impact Fees) 1. Shopping Center (up to 175,000 sq. ft.) ..................................................... ....................................................$12.24 per sq. ft. of gross leasable area 2. Shopping Center (over 175,000 sq. ft.) ...................................................... ......................................................$3.79 per sq. ft. of gross leasable area 3. General Office Building.................$4.15 per sq. ft. of gross leasable area 4. Quality Restaurant...............................$9.40 per sq. ft. of gross floor area 5. Hotel..................................................................$866.95 per room or suite 6. Single Family Detached Housing ....................$1,462.81 per dwelling unit 7. Multi Family Attached Housing (Apartment).......$959.95 per dwelling unit 8. Multi Family Attached Housing (Condominium) .$788.72 per dwelling unit 9. City Park.......................................................................$4,789.53 per acre 10. Other Land Use Types...........$1,588.76 per PM peak hour trip generated D. Transportation Facilities and Programs Development Application Fee 1. Shopping Center (up to 175,000 sq. ft.) ..................................................... ......................................................$1.82 per sq. ft. of gross leasable area 2. Shopping Center (over 175,000 sq. ft.) ...................................................... ......................................................$0.55 per sq. ft. of gross leasable area 3. General Office Building.................$0.59 per sq. ft. of gross leasable area 4. Quality Restaurant...............................$1.40 per sq. ft. of gross floor area 5. Hotel..................................................................$122.40 per room or suite 6. Single Family Detached Housing .......................$218.20 per dwelling unit 7. Multi Family Attached Housing (Apartment).......$143.06 per dwelling unit 8. Multi Family Attached Housing (Condominium) .$119.45 per dwelling unit 9. City Park..........................................................................$711.37 per acre 10. Other Land Use Types..............$216.78 per PM peak hour trip generated Page 20 of 44 E. Main Street Specific Plan Zone In-lieu Parking Fees The following per space in-lieu parking fee is hereby established for uses on commercially zoned parcels located within the Main Street Specific Plan Zone. 1. $3,500 feet per deficient space for all such uses established on or after September 1, 1996. Such fee shall be calculated by multiplying the number of parking spaces required, for the use that is not provided either on-site or within 300 feet of the parcel on which the use is situated, by $3,500. 2. An annual fee of $100 per deficient space for all such uses established prior to September 1, 1996 which are currently operating under an existing land-use entitlement wherein, as a condition of approval, the applicant agreed to participate in the City’s in-lieu parking program, except for those uses governed by Section 3 hereinafter. Such annual fee shall be calculated by multiplying the number of parking spaces required, for the use that is not provided either on-site or within 300 feet of the parcel on which the use is situated, by $100. 3. For all such uses established prior to September 1, 1996 pursuant to a development agreement wherein the applicant agreed to participate in the City’s in-lieu parking program, the fee per deficient space shall be specified in the applicable development agreement for the subject property. # # # # # # Page 21 of 44 SECTION 4. POLICE A. Alarm System Application The following will be charged for alarm system applications (July 1st - June 30th): 1. Indirect Alarm – Business Permit .........................................................$43 2. Indirect Alarm – Resident Permit..........................................................$33 3. False Alarm – penalties will be assessed in the event of the following: 1st and 2nd false alarms calls.....................................................No Charge 3rd false alarm call ..............................................................................$124 4th false alarm call...............................................................................$182 5th false alarm call...............................................................................$289 6 or more false alarm calls.........................................................$405 each (This program is coordinated through a third-party administrator) B. Animal Control 1. Animal licenses pursuant to Municipal Code § 7.05.040.A. a. Dog.......................................................unaltered $103; altered $31 b. Senior Citizen Discount (65 or older) 48% (rounded to nearest dollar) 2. Impound of small animals (cats, dogs, etc.): Seal Beach Animal Care Center a. Impound ......................................................................................$33 b. Daily Care and Feed .......................................................$11 per day 3. Quarantine of small animals a. Impound ......................................................................................$62 b. Daily Care and Feed .......................................................$16 per day 4. Quarantine on owner's property........................................$33 per incident 5. Veterinary Services a. Rabies Vaccination ..........................................................Actual Cost b. Relative Value unit...........................................................Actual Cost c. Other procedures (x-ray, lab, etc.)...................................Actual Cost d. Medical or surgical care...................................................Actual Cost e. Euthanasia (request by owner) .........................$31 plus Actual Cost 6. Dog Park a. Non-resident use – annual – altered dog ....................................$21 b. Non-resident use – annual – unaltered dog .................................$41 c. Failure to lock gate.......................................................................$62 d. Exceeding 3 dog limit in park – per additional dog.......................$33 e. Attack/bite or attempt on any person or dog ................................$41 f. Vicious animal by definition..........................................................$62 g. A quarantined animal ...................................................................$91 h. Failure to remove feces................................................................$41 7. Non-domestic Animal a. Permit...........................................................................................$62 C. Beach Parking Services (pay and display of pay by plate) 1. Beach parking lots daily rates Page 22 of 44 a. Automobiles/motorcycles (under 20 ft.)........................................$18 c. Rates for automobiles/motorcycles parking after 6:00 p.m.. ..........$4 d. Automobiles/motorcycles two hour maximum before 6:00 p.m......$4 2. Annual parking passes, for day use only, entitles the holder to daily parking in any beach lot and valid 12 months from date of purchase a. Seal Beach residents ................................................................ $117 b. Non-residents............................................................................ $180 c. Resident senior citizen with annual gross income less than $35,000 annual beach pass ...................................................................... $70 d. Non-resident senior citizen with annual gross income less than $35,000 annual beach pass .......................................................$108 Senior citizens age 65 must provide proof of annual income. 3. Disabled parking - any disabled person displaying special identification license plates issued under California Vehicle Code Section 5007 or a distinguishing placard issued under California Vehicle Code Section 22511.55 or 22511.59 shall be allowed to park in the 1st, 8th, and 10th Street ocean-front Municipal Parking Lots without being required to pay parking fees. The vehicles must be parked in the marked Handicapped Parking stalls (unless all stalls are full at the time of entry into the lot). The disabled parking exemption is only for vehicles under 20 ft. in length and does not cover trailers, campers, and/or fifth wheelers attached to the vehicle. If more than one (1) parking space is used the regular daily beach user charge must be paid for the 2nd space used. 4. Miscellaneous Rate Information: a. The City Manager is authorized to charge amounts less than the rates specified, for certain days or certain times of day, if he or she determines that a lower rate is appropriate. b. Beach rates may fluctuate seasonally and may vary with times of the day. In no event shall the rates exceed $33.00 per vehicle per space. c. Use and fees for beach parking for special events are subject to arrangements through Community Services. d. Electric Vehicle charging station ................................. 3.44 per hour D Metered City Municipal Lots (pay and display or pay by plate).$1 per hour E. Citation Sign-off .......................................................................$21 per sign-off F. Repo Sign-off ...........................................................................$21 per sign-off Page 23 of 44 G. Fingerprint Cards 1. FBI .....................................................................................................$15 2. State of California.................................................................................$32 H. Parking Permits The following rates are charged for annual parking permits: 1. Resident ...............................................................................................$20 2. Guest (limit 2 per residence) ................................................................$30 3. Business (Merchant).............................................................................$50 4. Contractor.............................................................................................$60 5. Replacement Sticker/Permit...................................................................$5 6. Replacement Windshield Sticker..........................................................$10 7. Oil Platform Worker/Sub-Contractor (Overnight Parking) .$300 per month NOTE: Resident Permits are issued each year (November 1st through October 31st) and are not prorated. Merchant Permits are issued each fiscal year (July 1st to June 30th) and not prorated. I. Passport (Clearance Letter) A $45.00 fee will be charged for the preparation of a letter attesting to an individual’s lack of criminal contact with the Seal Beach Police Department that will be used to obtain a passport. J. Photographs 1. Digital reprints or digitally scanned photos...........................................$47 2. Digital audio file reproduction...............................................................$47 3. Video file reproduction......................................................................... $47 4. Reprints of 35 mm photos ....................................................................$47 K. Traffic Collision Reports The following fees will be charged for copies of all investigative reports performed on traffic collisions: 1. Non-resident.........................................................................................$52 2. Resident ...............................................................................................$22 3. Miscellaneous Police Reports (Resident).............................................$22 L. Vehicle Storage (No checks accepted) 1. Signed vehicle storage release form ...................................$120 per copy 2. Signed vehicle impound release and administrative overhead associated with a 30 day impound.........................................................$220 per copy Page 24 of 44 M. Parking Violations Section Violation Cost 21113 (A) CVC SCHL/PUB PROP-FAIL OBEY RSTRCT $52 21211 (A) CVC PARKED IN BIKE LANE $52 22500.1 CVC FIRE LANE $52 22500 (A) CVC PARKED IN INTERSECTION $52 22500 (B) CVC PARKED ON CROSSWALK $52 22500 (E) CVC BLOCKING DRIVEWAY $52 22500 (F) CVC PARKED ON/ACROSS SIDEWALK $52 22500 (H) CVC DOUBLE PARKING $52 22500 (I) CVC PRKD IN BUS STOP/LOADING ZONE $336 22500 (K) CVC PKG PROHIB-STATE HIWAY BRIDGE $52 22502 (A) CVC PARALLEL AND/OR WITHIN 18" $52 22505 (B) CVC NO PARKING - STATE HIGHWAY $52 22507.8(A) CVC HANDICAPPED PARKING ONLY $336 22507.8 (B-C)CVC OBSTRUCTION OF DISABLED SPACE $336 22507.8 (C) CVC OBSTRUCTION OF DISABLED SPACE $336 22514 CVC FIRE HYDRANT $82 22515 (A) CVC UNAT VEH W/ENGINE RUNNING $52 22522 CVC PARKING - ACCESS RAMP $336 22523 CVC ABANDONED VEHICLE $124 26708 (A) CVC OBSTRUCTED VIEW THRU WNDSHLD $52 26710 CVC DEFECTIVE WINDSHIELD $42 27155 CVC GAS CP RQ/$10 PRF OF CO $52 27465 (B) CVC UNSAFE TIRES-$10 W/PRF 21 DAYS $42 4000 (A) CVC EXP REG/$10 W/PRF CORR $82 4462.5 CVC PRESENTING FALSE REGISTRATION $82 4462 (B) CVC DISPLAY FALSE REGISTRATION $124 4464 CVC ALTERED LICENSE PLATE $82 5200 CVC MSG PLT-$10 W/PRF CORR $52 5201 (E) CVC PLT COV/$10 W/PRF CORR $52 5204 (A) CVC MISSING TAB-CORR AND PYMT REQ $52 8.15.010 (C) SBMC FAILURE TO OBEY PSTD SIGNS $52 8.15.010 SBMC NO PARKING CERTAIN AREAS $52 8.15.010 (D & F) SBMC PKD OVER WHITE LINE-TRAFF HAZ $52 8.15.020 SBMC FAIL TO PARK IN MARKED STALL $52 8.15.025 SBMC 72 HOUR PARKING $52 8.10.105 SBMC PKG/DRIVING ON PRIVATE PROP $52 8.15.055 SBMC SHORT TERM PARKING ZONES $52 8.15.065 SBMC CITY PROPERTY $52 8.15.070 SBMC CURB MARKINGS $52 8.15.080 SBMC PKD IN OR OBSTRUCTING ALLEY $52 8.15.085 SBMC PRKNG OF OVERSIZED VEH $52 Page 25 of 44 Section Violation Cost 8.15.090 SBMC ILLEGAL COMM VEH PKG $82 8.15.100 SBMC SURFSIDE COLONY FIRE HYDRANT $52 8.15.105 SBMC PARKING METER ZONES $52 8.15.115 SBMC DIAG PKG/FRT WHEEL XCS OF 6" $52 8.20.010 (b)SBMC PARKED WITHOUT PAYING $52 8.20.010 (c)SBMC PERMIT MUST BE DISP PROPERLY $52 8.20.015(A) SBMC NO PKG MARINA W/O PERMIT $52 8.20.015(B) SBMC NO CMPR/REC VEH/BOAT MARINA $52 N. Late Payment Penalty – per citation .........................................................$28 O. Court Fees per Citation ..............................................................................$12 P. Parking Violation Cite Sign-off/Cite Correction ....................$21 per sign-off Q. Firearm Storage (Annual).......................................................................$125 R. Booking Fee ..............................................................................................$375 S. Blood Collection Cost Recovery ..................................................Actual Cost T. Day Witness Fee Deposit (Subpoena Fee) 1. Peace Officer......................................................................................$275 2. City Employees...................................................................................$275 U. Detention Center Services 1. Pay-to-stay (per day)..........................................................................$135 2. Pay-to-stay – work release (per day)..................................................$155 3. Pay-to-stay Weekend.........................................................................$185 V Jail Application Fee (Non-refundable)...................................................$155 W Evidence Collection Cost Recovery ...$30 plus Actual Cost # # # # # # SECTION 5. PUBLIC WORKS A. Plot Copies 1. Black & White (24” x 36”)......................................................$15 per sheet 2. Color (24” x 36”) ...................................................................$25 per sheet B. General Permits 1. Temporary Street/Sidewalk Closure Permit Page 26 of 44 a. Metered Space............................................................$15/day/space b. Street Obstruction (up to 45 days) ...............................................$55 2. Banner Permit .........................................................................................$50 3. Non-Standard Improvement Agreement ...............................................$250 4. Street Tree Removal Permit..................................................................$150 5. Oversized Vehicle Transportation Permit................................................$35 NOTE: Banner Permit fee does not include installation. Applicant must hire a licensed contractor to install the banner upon issuance of the permit and signing of the agreement. C. Plan Check & Permits The following items noted in this section are subject to the following fees in addition to the plan check/permit review fees Permit Application Fee.....................................................................................$100 Plan Archival Fee ................................................................2% of total permit cost Administration Fee .............................................................20% of total permit cost NOTE: Administration Fee is for the overhead management of contract plan check/permit review. NOTE: All minimum deposits must be paid at the time of submittal of applications. The deposits shall cover the actual cost including, but not limited to review, plan check, administration, coordination and construction administration, inspection, and engineering by City, private consulting firms, and/or outside contractors. Additional deposits will be collected if initial deposits are insufficient to cover actual costs. Any excess deposits over minimum amount will be returned to the applicant once the project is complete. Grading/Drainage Plan Check 1. Single-Family Residential Unit...............................$1,500 minimum deposit 2. Multi-Family Residential Unit .................................$2,000 minimum deposit 3. Commercial/Industrial - I (<3,000 SF)....................$3,000 minimum deposit 4. Commercial/Industrial – II (>3,000 SF)..................$5,000 minimum deposit NOTE: Minimum deposit to cover cost of reviewing plans, hydrology, and hydraulics for construction of noted development. Additional deposits are required for applicant changes, revisions, additions to the plans, or if more than minimum deposit shall be established by the City Engineer based upon size and scope of project. WQMP Plan Check 1. Single-Family Residential Unit...............................$1,500 minimum deposit 2. Multi-Family Residential Unit .................................$2,000 minimum deposit 3. Commercial/Industrial - I (<3,000 SF)....................$3,000 minimum deposit 4. Commercial/Industrial- II (>3,000 SF)...................$5,000 minimum deposit NOTE: Plan checks will be billed on time and material basis. A minimum deposit will be collected from the applicant in advance of any work performed and shall be established by City Engineer based upon size and scope of project. Page 27 of 44 Subdivision Plan Check 1. Lot Line Adjustment ...............................................$1,000 minimum deposit 2. Record of Survey ...................................................$1,000 minimum deposit 3. Parcel Map.............................................................$2,500 minimum deposit 4. Tract Map...............................................................$6,000 minimum deposit 5. City Map Filing Fee ...............................................................................$185 6. Certificate of Compliance......................................................................$270 NOTE:If a revised map is substituted for an approved or conditionally approved map, the deposit shall be increased for processing the revised maps. Following staff review, the City may require an additional cash deposit estimated by the City Engineer or Director of Community Development to sufficiently cover the actual cost of any private consulting firm used by the City in the technical review of the tentative map submittals or in preparation of the EIR. The deposit shall cover all actual costs for plan check, construction engineering, management, and inspection for all required public improvements by City and/or private consulting firms. All deposits must be paid before the City Council approves the final map. All actual costs must be paid before acceptance of the public improvement and release of the subdivision bonds. Encroachment Permits Review 1. Encroachment Permit - Type A ....................................................$150 each (no plan check) 2.Encroachment Permit - Type B.................................$500 minimum deposit (plan check required) NOTE: Minimum deposit to cover costs for only sidewalk, curb and gutter, driveway approach, dirt excavations in parkways, and street cuts. Encroachment Permit Type A valuation of all work performed shall not exceed $5,000 as determined by the City Engineer. A cash deposit will be collected as determined by the City Engineer for the approximate value of the work as guaranty that the work is performed properly. Utility Company Permit Review ........................................$1,000 minimum deposit NOTE: Plan checks will be billed on time and material basis. Unless otherwise arranged, a minimum deposit will be collected from the applicant in advance of any work performed and shall be established by City Engineer based upon size and scope of project. Traffic Control Plan Review .............................................................$150 per sheet NOTE: Traffic Control Plan review fee assumes two interactions (original submittal + one recheck). Additional fee, as determined by the City Engineer will be required for additional reviews. NOTE: Applicants will need to hire their own traffic control contractor to supply and place barricades as well as post for no parking for street closures. City barricades may be used only upon written permission from the Public Works Department in specific instances. There will also be replacement charge for each non-returned or damaged barricade (actual cost). For any street Page 28 of 44 closure at a signalized intersection or that directly affects traffic on an arterial roadway, a traffic plan review will be required. C. Inspections 1. Water Quality/Pollution Prevention Inspection..........$200 minimum deposit 3. Grading Permit Inspection (SFR)...........................$350 minimum deposit 4. Grading Permit Inspection (MFR)...........................$500 minimum deposit 5. Grading Permit Inspection (C/I Type I)................$1,000 minimum deposit 6. Grading Permit Inspection (C/I Type II)...............$3,000 minimum deposit 7. Encroachment Permit Inspection (Type A).............$300 minimum deposit 8. Encroachment Permit Inspection (Type B).............$500 minimum deposit 9. Utility Company Permit Inspection......................................TBD on Scope NOTE: Inspections will be billed on time and material basis + 20% Administrative Fee for contract overhead management. Unless otherwise arranged, a minimum deposit will be collected from the applicant in advance of any work performed and shall be established by City Engineer based upon size and scope of project. Minimum deposits for inspection types not listed above will be determined by the City Engineer based upon the size and scope of service required. F. Sewer Utility Services Inspection for sewer work for new developments............................................... .......................................$ 476 minimum to cover time and materials NOTE: For other than one single family residence, inspection will be billed on a time and material basis. A minimum deposit will be collected from the developer in advance of any work performed and shall be established by the City Engineer based upon size and scope of project. 2. Sewer Service Connection Inspection...................$ 238 minimum deposit per application to cover time and materials 3. Sewer Service Connection Charge – "Buy In" The fee is determined based on the size of the water service meter as applied to the sewer rates. Sewer rates are calculated using the value of the existing system that is not subject to replacement through the existing Capital Improvement Project (CIP) program and the total annual water use by sewer system customers in billing units. Beginning July 1, 2002 and every July 1st thereafter, the fee will automatically increase by an amount calculated using the following formula – multiply the most recent fee in effect by the percentage increase over the previous 12 months immediately preceding the most recent publication of the Engineering News Record of Construction Cost Index existing on July 1st of the year of the increase. The previous ENR Construction Cost Index was 8293. The ENR Construction Cost Index for June 2009 is 8578. Fees shall not decrease below the level of rates existing on July 1, 2002. Service Size Residential Commercial, Industrial, Gov’t 5/8”, ¾” $2,754.....................................................$2,754 Page 29 of 44 1” $3,273.....................................................$5,293 1.5” $6,701...................................................$11,931 2” $9,393...................................................$21,629 3” $54,556.................................................$53,907 Service Size Residential Commercial, Industrial, Gov’t 4” $80,223...............................................$136,051 6” N/A......................................................$157,003 8” N/A......................................................$550,117 4. Fats, Oils & Grease (FOG) Wastewater Discharge Permits a. Permit issuance ..................................................................$51 each b. Plan Review ......................................................................$229 each c. FOG Material Fee ............................................................Actual Cost d. Grease control device lid inspection ...................................$31 each e. Best Management Practices (BMP) program inspection ................... .............................................................................................$61 each ............................................................1 inspection per FSE per year f. Grease Disposal Mitigation/Waiver ................................................... .................................................$510 each annually (Sewer cleaning g. Non-compliance grease control device lid inspection $31 each return visit h. Non-compliance BMP inspection ......................$61 each return visit i. Non-compliance sewer cleaning .................................$184 per hour j. Non-compliance sewer video inspection .....................$306 per hour NOTE: Any cost increases to the City, additional services, and materials provided by the City not listed above, such as spill response or additional sewer main line cleaning due to accumulation of FOG, will be billed directly to the responsible party for actual costs incurred on a time and material basis. Any delinquencies, penalties, appeals, hearings, suspensions, revocations, violations, and enforcements are established by the FOG Ordinance. FSE’s requesting a permit within a calendar year shall have the fees prorated on a month end basis. G. Water Utility Services 1. Water Service Connection $238 minimum deposit per application to cover time and materials 2. Water Service Connection Materials........................................Actual Cost of any required materials and miscellaneous equipment for meter plus 20% administration 3. Main Line Connection .......................... $476 Minimum deposit to cover time and materials NOTE: For other than one single family residence, inspection will be billed on a time and material basis. A minimum deposit will be collected from the developer in advance of any work performed and established by the City Engineer based upon size and scope of project. 4. Meter Testing Deposit.... $102 per test (refundable if meter is inaccurate) 5. Hydrant Water Meter Installation........................................................$130 Page 30 of 44 to cover cost for labor, materials, and equipment per each move or location 6. Hydrant Water Meter Daily Rental Rate...............................................$10 7. Hydrant Water Meter Deposit .........................................................$1,500 8. Replacement of Damaged Hydrant Meter................................Actual Cost NOTE: Water shall be billed (at the current commercial commodity rate) against deposit. If cash balance drops below $500 an additional deposit will be required. 8. Fire Hydrant Flow Test.......................................................................$714 per each application plus time and materials 9. New Water Service Connection Charge – “Buy In” For services that have never been connected or paid into the system, fees are calculated using the value of the existing system that is not subject to replacement through the existing Capital Improvement Project (CIP) program and the total annual water use by system customers in billing units. Beginning July 1, 2002 and every July 1st thereafter, the fee will automatically increase by an amount calculated using the following formula – multiply the most recent fee in effect by the percentage increase over the previous 12 months immediately preceding the most recent publication of the Engineering News Record of Construction Cost Index existing on July 1st of the year of the increase. The previous ENR Construction Cost Index was 8293. The ENR Construction Cost Index for June 2009 is 8578. fees shall not decrease below the level of rates existing on July 1, 2002. Water Service Size Residential Commercial, Industrial, Gov’t 5/8”, ¾” $4,595.....................................................$4,595 1” $5,307.....................................................$8,488 1.5” $13,053.................................................$20,430 2” $13,988.................................................$37,319 3” $97,730.................................................$63,617 4” $257,670.............................................$340,659 6” NA.......................................................$375,670 Greater than 6” Connection charges shall be determined by the City Engineer and approved by City Council at the time of development or request. I. Call Outs City Crew Charge ..............................$250 minimum charge + Time & Material J. Additional Staff Time 1. City Staff..............................................................Current Fully Burden Rate 2. Contract Staff.....................................................Current Hourly Rate + 20% Page 31 of 44 J. Publications 1. Public Works Standard Conditions of Approval for Vesting Tentative and Tentative Subdivision Maps..................................$20 each 2. Standard Plans for Water Facilities................................................$15 each 3. Standard Plans for Sewer Facilities ...............................................$15 each 4. Design Criteria for Sewer Facilities ................................................$15 each 5. Standard Plans for Streets .............................................................$15 each 6. Grading and Stormwater Pollution Prevention Implementation Manual ...............................................................$15 each J. News Racks 1. /Off60News rack Permit – Non-Lottery Locations ...........$75 every 3 years 2. News rack Permit – Lottery Locations............................$115 every 3 years 3. News rack Summarily Impound .....................................$126 every 3 years 4. News rack Non-Summarily Impound ...............................$64 every 3 years 5. News rack Non-Summarily Impound after Required ......$105 every 3 years # # # # # # Page 32 of 44 SECTION 6. RECREATION A. Community Center Facilities Resident groups shall be those groups with at least 60% of their active membership residing within the City of Seal Beach. Resident groups have preference over non-resident groups. Youth resident groups shall be those groups with at least 60% of their active membership residing within the City of Seal Beach or having students attending a school within the Los Alamitos Unified School District. Youth groups are also defined as being groups with all persons being age 18 years and under. The following group categories are listed in order of priority use. 1. Non-Profit/Resident meetings of civic or service organizations .................... ...................................................................$155 annual cleaning fee Note: Limited to two (2) meetings per month, additional meetings would be charged $13 per hour. 2. Resident activities a. Large Room ..................................................................$36 per hour b. Small Room ..................................................................$26 per hour c. Cleaning ...............................................$75 to $150 based on usage d. Staff ............................................$ 20-$40 per hour per staff person e. Security Deposit............................................................$250 or $500 3. Non-resident activities a. Large Room ..................................................................$57 per hour b. Small Room ...................................................................$41 per hour c. Cleaning ..............................................$ 75 to $150 based on usage d. Staff .............................................$20-$40 per hour per staff person e. Security Deposit............................................................$250 or $500 4. Commercial or profit-making activities a. Large Room ................................................................$113 per hour b. Small Room ..................................................................$57 per hour c. Cleaning ....................................................................................$150 d. Staff ...............................................$20-40 per hour per staff person e. Security Deposit............................................................$250 or $500 5. Liability /special event insurance................................................................ ....................proof of certificate of insurance with City additionally insured NOTE: Rentals of more than 75 people, or having alcohol present, require 2 staff members be present and a security deposit of $500. Rentals with less than 75 people and without alcohol require a security deposit of $250. B. Rental – Senior Center and Fire Station 48 Community Room To qualify for use of the Senior Center facility on a regular reservation basis, a group must have the majority of participants be residents. Resident groups shall be those groups having at least 60% of their active membership residing within the City of Seal Beach. Resident groups have preference over non- resident groups. Any requests for waiver of fees by a group will require City Page 33 of 44 Council approval. The following group categories are listed in order of priority use. 1. Recreation sponsored or co-sponsored activities/meeting..........No rental a. Key Deposit................................................................................$100 2. Resident non-fundraising activities of civic or service organizations a. Annual cleaning charge..............................................................$155 b. Key Deposit................................................................................$100 3. Resident fundraising activities of civic or service organizations a. Per hour........................................................................................$36 b. Cleaning charge....................................$75 to $150 based on usage c. Key Deposit................................................................................$100 4. Non-resident non-fundraising activities of civic or service organizations a. Per hour........................................................................................$49 b. Cleaning charge....................................$50 to $150 based on usage c. Key Deposit................................................................................$100 5. Non-resident fundraising activities of civic or service organizations a. Per hour........................................................................................$57 b. Cleaning charge....................................$75 to $150 based on usage c. Key Deposit................................................................................$100 6. Alcoholic beverages served at non-city functions................$35 additional 7. Liability/special event insurance......................................................... ....................proof of certificate of insurance with City additionally insured C. Swimming Pool Resident groups shall be those groups having at least 60% of their active membership residing within the City of Seal Beach. Resident groups have preference over non-resident groups. The following group categories are listed in order of priority use. 1. Recreation and Family Swim Summer Pass (up to 6 people)....................... ...................................................................$30 per family – Resident $60 per family – Non-resident (valid only for the summer purchased) 2. Adult Lap Swim Youth Swim Pass (16 swims$40 per pass a. 16 Swim Pass................................................................$80 per pass b. 34 Swim Pass..............................................................$136 per pass c. Annual Swim Pass.......................................................$300 per pass d. Lost Pass Replacement..........................................$10 per lost pass 3. Swim Instruction a. Resident ......................................................................................$75 b. Non-resident ..............................................................................$100 c. Competitive Instruction Pool Use...................................$55 per hour 4. Weekend Pool Party Rentals – 2 hour supervised pool parties at the following rental rates a. Resident rental – 40 participants or less ....................................$220 Page 34 of 44 b. Non-resident rental – 40 participants or less..............................$240 5. Aquatics Class....................................................................................$155 6. Liability/special event insurance................................................................. ....................proof of certificate of insurance with City additionally insured D. Recreation Program The City of Seal Beach shall establish fees for the various recreation programs. These fees shall be based on type of program; number of participants and instructors, officials, etc. required in the program; and shall be based on full cost recovery where feasible, including administrative costs. E. Use of Municipal Athletic Facilities The following rates shall be in effect for all reservations made through the Recreation Office. Youth Resident Groups are defined as a group having 60% of its membership residing in Seal Beach or having a student attending a Los Alamitos Unified School District. Youth Resident Groups are defined as persons age 18 and under. The following group categories are listed in order of priority use. 1. All community parks, no use of lights a. Youth resident groups with non-profit status..................$16 per hour b. Youth non-resident groups.............................................$26 per hour c. Adult resident groups.....................................................$36 per hour d. Adult non-resident groups..............................................$46 per hour e. Business Use ................................................................$88 per hour 2. All Community Parks, including use of lights a. Youth resident groups with non-profit status..................$36 per hour b. Youth non-resident groups.............................................$46 per hour c. Adult resident groups ....................................................$57 per hour d. Adult non-resident groups..............................................$67 per hour e. Business Use ..............................................................$114 per hour 3. Maintenance of Zoeter ball diamond.............................$46 a day per field 4. Rental of Bases...............................$27 per day – $125 minimum deposit 5. Gymnasium a. Youth resident groups with non-profit status..................$17 per hour b. Youth non-resident groups with non-profit status ..........$29 per hour c. Youth resident groups for private use............................$29 per hour d. Adult resident groups.....................................................$39 per hour e. Adult non-resident groups..............................................$57 per hour f. Business Use.................................................................$67 per hour 6. Heather and Marina Tennis Courts a. Youth resident groups....................................................$17 per hour b. Youth non-resident groups.............................................$22 per hour c. Adult resident groups.....................................................$33 per hour d. Adult non-resident groups..............................................$38 per hour Page 35 of 44 f. Business Use.................................................................$67 per hour 7. Outdoor Basketball Courts a. Youth Resident Groups with Non-profit Status ..............$13 per hour b. Youth Non-resident Groups ...........................................$17 per hour c. Adult Resident Groups...................................................$27 per hour d. Adult Non-resident Groups ............................................$37 per hour e. Business Use.................................................................$64 per hour F. Edison Community Garden To qualify for the use of a plot in the Edison Garden a gardener must be able to prove that they are a resident in the City of Seal Beach. If a gardener moves out of the City of Seal Beach, they must relinquish their plot by February 16th. Rental of a garden plot is for one calendar year. Applications must be returned with payment to the Community Services/Recreation Department prior to January 16th of each year in order to be renewed. After the renewal deadline, any remaining plots will be assigned to those on the waiting list. 1. Rental of Garden Plot ..................................................$75 per year per plot G. Tennis Center The Seal Beach Tennis Center provides a wide range of amenities which include a pro shop, fitness center, locker rooms, and the following services: 1. Single membership...............................$110 per month / $1,210 annually 2. Couple membership..............................$130 per month / $1,430 annually 3. Family membership...............................$140 per month / $1,540 annually 4. Junior membership ...................................$ 60 per month / $660 annually with a $135 one-time administration fee 5. Fitness membership...................................$25 per month / $275 annually with a $55one-time administration Cost Single Pickleball Membership……………………$45 per month / $495 annually Couple Pickleball Membership……………..……$65 per month / $715 annually 6. Guest fee with member............................................$13 (once per month) 7. Guest fee during general public hours.....................................$10 per day 8. Court fee.................................................................$12 per hour per court during the hours of 12:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. 9. Court fee.................................................................$15 per hour per court during the hours of 5:00 p.m. to 9:30 p.m. 10. Ball machine...........................................................................$20 per hour ..........................................................................$10 per hour for members Junior Use (under 17 years).....................................................$8 per hour NOTE: . Special event charges are imposed by the management and are not governed in this Cost resolution. Page 36 of 44 H. Special Activity Request Application All Special Activities proposed on City property, not identified in this Cost Recovery Schedule, are subject to the following fees. Costs are charged in one hour increments. When applicable, a Special Event Permit Application and fee, as specified in Section 3(A)(19), must be submitted to the Community Services Department in addition to the fee for use of City property. 1. Weddings and wedding receptions, memorial services, and other group activities involving 25 persons or more (including, but not limited to, City Hall Courtyard and public beach) – outdoor ceremonies are subject to City scheduling a. Resident.......................................................................$134 per hour b. Non-resident ................................................................$268 per hour c. Commercial..................................................................$438 per hour 2. Banner Placement Activities .....................Actual Costs plus $100 deposit 3. Booth space for special events sponsored by the Community Services Department: a. Non-profit Group...........................................................................$57 b. For-profit Group..........................................................................$113 4. Special Event Public Noticing.................................................................$108 I. Special Event Reserved Parking ..................................................................... 1. $25 per space from September 16th through May 14th 2. $33 per space from May 15th through September 15th NOTE: Application fee for certain charitable events, banner placement requests, etc. may be waived upon determination by the City Council. 13. Street Closure (Refundable Guaranty)...................$750 minimum deposit for each block of street closed to cover clean up and/or damage costs 15. Park Damage (Refundable Guaranty)....................$750 minimum deposit for use of parks or beach for special events. Larger deposits may be conditioned depending upon the size and the scope of the event 4. Special Events a. Power Turn On for Special Events (each location) ......................$60 b. Pier Restroom Cleaning (each occurrence) .............................. $100 c. Building Facility Cleaning (each occurrence) ............................ $100 d. Street Sweeping (after Special Events 2 hr. /minimum)............ $210 # # # # # # Page 37 of 44 SECTION 7. FILMING AND PHOTOGRAPHY A. Commercial Still Photography 1. Permit application a. Student (need instructor verification) ..............................................$25 b. Professional Commercial Film and/or Video Production.........................$75 2. Business license .........................................................$219 per fiscal year (Additionally each Business License is subject to an additional State-mandated charge of $4 which must be collected by the City.) 3. Location fee – general...........................................................$125 per day B. Motion Picture, Including Video 1. Permit application -a. Student (need instructor verification).............................................$100 b. -Professional Commercial Film and/or Video Production .............$175 2. Expedited film permit..........................................................................$350 3. Business license .........................................................$219 per fiscal year (Additionally each Business License is subject to an additional State-mandated charge of $4 which must be collected by the City.) 4. Location - general...................................................................$450per day C. Use of City Property – in addition to general location 1. Beach, Pier, and/or Park Area...............................................$350 per day 2. Lifeguard Station - interior.....................................................$215 per day 3. City Hall.................................................................................$215 per day 4. City Jail..................................................................................$525 per day 5. Deposit (Staff time and/or property damage)......................$500 minimum Note: Deposit will be determined based upon the scope of the production and will be inclusive of set-up and striking. NOTE: Use of other City property will be charged applicable fees identified elsewhere in this Resolution or by determination of the City Manager’s Office. D. Use of Personnel 1. City Personnel.....................Reimbursed at the fully burdened hourly rate E. Use of City Equipment and Vehicles ................................Market rental rates F. Use of City Parking Lots 1. Winter period (September 16th through May 14th) ...............$25 per space 2. Summer period (May 15th through September 15th)............$33 per space # # # # # # Page 38 of 44 SECTION 8. UTILITY BILLING A. Water Connection (new customers) ...........................................................$22 B. Late Payment: Penalty for water bills paid after 35 days is 10% of total water bill C. Water turn off/turn on 1. Service Charge (before 5:00 pm) ......................................................$119 2. Service Charge (after 5:00 pm)..........................................................$238 D. Water Tampering : 1. Meter Pull a. 1”< ..................................................................................................$119 b. 11/2” – 2” ...........................................................................................$238 c. >3” .................................................................................................$714 d. >4” .................................................................................................$952 2. Meter Re-install............................................................................Actual Cost 3. Lock-off.....................................................................................................$85 4. Replacement of cut off lock ......................................................................$85 Note: All of the above fees will be charged at the actual cost of providing the service at the fully burdened hourly rate. E. Water Conservation Enforcement – penalties applied per Municipal Code Section 9.3.170. F. Emergency Call Out ..................................................................$250 minimum plus time and materials will be charged NOTE: After a customer’s door is tagged 2 times in a 12 month period, for failure to pay water bill, a $30 charge will be added to the customer’s water bill each time door is tagged. Additionally, such customer that is assessed the tag charge may be required to pay a deposit equal to 1.5 times the highest bill in the last 12 month period. # # # # # # Page 39 of 44 SECTION 9. UNSPECIFIED COSTS Whenever Costs are charged for services provided by the City and no method for the calculation is specified through this Resolution, other City Council resolutions, the Municipal Code of the City of Seal Beach, or other state or federal statutes, the Costs shall be the actual cost (fully burdened), including the proportionate part of the salaries, wages, or other compensation of any deputy or employee, material and equipment costs and the cost, of overhead at 40.0% of the total. # # # # # # SECTION 10. FINGERPRINTING The charge for taking fingerprints is $79. This charge covers the cost of what the Department of Justice charges for processing the fingerprints. # # # # # # Page 40 of 44 SECTION 11. BUSINESS LICENSE TAX AND PERMITS NOTE: Per the City Municipal Code section 5.10.030, the business license tax amount for all businesses other than those based on gross receipt taxes shall be adjusted annually on July 1st of each year in accordance with the increase in the Consumer Price Index. Additionally, the business license tax imposed by this Chapter shall not apply to any business which has gross annual receipts of $25,000 or less in the one year period immediately preceding the issuance of a business license. To establish eligibility for this exemption, the business shall provide such financial documentation as requested by the Director of Finance including, without limitation, tax returns, and financial documentation. The Director of Finance shall establish such policies and procedures as are necessary to implement the exemption granted herein. Any business operating in the City with gross receipts of more than $25,000 annually shall pay the full amount of the applicable business license tax. A. Business license tax (Base Tax) for all businesses except the businesses listed below is $219 per fiscal year. (Note: each Business License is subject to an additional State-mandated fee of $4 which must be collected by the City.) 1. Advertising services; amusement parks; entertainment cafes; live or stuffed animal, fish and reptile shows; commission merchants or brokers; and tattooing business license tax......................................................$438 2. Aircraft for hire...............................................................$219 for 1 aircraft; each additional aircraft ...........................................................$41.75 3. Beach umbrella and equipment rental stand, for first stand or place .$219 each additional stand or place......................................................$42 4. Billiards and bowling alleys.................................................................$219 if more than 10 units ................................$20.25/unit (alley or table) 5. Boat rental for each boat less than 25 ft. in length.............................$219 plus for each boat exceeding 25 ft. in length...............$17.50 per ft. 6. Bottled water sales, excluding eating establishment, confectionery stores or similar businesses for the first delivery vehicle ..............................$219 each additional delivery vehicle...............................................$52.75 7. Boxing matches (professional contest or exhibition)..................$2,191.25 8. Carnivals and fairs, excluding those operated by nonprofit organizations for charitable purposes ............................$12.25 per day per each game, exhibition, show, recreational device, or booth including concession. 9. Circus ......$1,534.50 for the first day and $875.75 for each day thereafter 10. Fortune telling, psychic reading, for first year of operation.........$1,645.50 each year thereafter ...........................................................$1,096.50 11. Grocery bus................................................................................$2,193.25 12. Herb doctors....................$329.25 plus $42.25 for each additional partner 13. Milk distribution.............................................$219 for first delivery vehicle each additional delivery vehicle...............................................$20.25 14. Money lenders...............................................................................$329.25 15. Motion picture, production, or photoplay filming................$25.50 per day; except persons with a fixed place of business in the City; If fixed place of business is in the City, the tax rate is...................$329.25 Page 41 of 44 16. Peddlers and itinerant vendors: a. For sale of foodstuffs ........$219 which includes the use of 1 vehicle, each additional vehicle.....................................................$127.25 b. For sale of medicine................................................................$1,314 c. All others, unless otherwise required to be licensed .......................... ...........................................$219 which includes the use of 1 vehicle for each additional vehicle ..................................................$219 17. Sanitariums, including rest home, convalescent home, or home for the aged which provide care for more than 3 persons at one time...........$219 plus $5 for each patient in excess of 3, based on the average number of patients per day, computed monthly. 18. Selling club plans, including sale of membership in any club or cooperative association and sale of discount coupon books..............$877 19. Soliciting, canvassing, or taking orders for goods or advertising, excluding representatives of an established or fixed place of business in the City who submits an affidavit to the collector not less than 49 hours before such solicitation is..............................$437.50 plus $20.25 per day 20. Vehicles for hire: a. Seating less than 16 people.....................................$219 per vehicle b. Seating more than 16 people...................................$469 per vehicle c. Designed or used primarily for transportation of property where available for lease or rental without the driver.................................... .........................................................................$109.50 (first vehicle) each additional vehicle ......................................................$42.25 d. Ambulances or invalid coaches .......................$109.50 (first vehicle) each additional vehicle.......................................................$42.25 e. Motor scooters...................................................$219 for first scooter each additional scooter in excess of 5 scooters .....................$10 21. New and used car sales, a license which also authorizes the holder to repair such vehicles and sell motor vehicle parts and accessories............ .......................................................................................................$329.25 22. Vending machines: a. Merchandise dispensing.....................................$42.25 per machine b. Jukebox, amusement, electronic games and pinball machines ......... .................................................................................$63 per machine c. Photographic and voice recording machine ...............................$219 each additional machine after the first 5 machines............$41.25 23. Wrestling..........................................................................................$1,314 24. Country Club golf courses............$0.40 per $1,000 of total gross receipts 25. Manufacturing, including every person, firm, corporation, firm or partnership, manufacturing, processing, fabricating, designing, engineering and product, commodity, airplane, ship, selling any such product at wholesale or to jobbers, or selling any such product at retail, or selling any such product at retail, or selling any such product at both wholesale and at retail, or any and every person contracting for or agreeing to manufacture, process, fabricate, design or engineer product, Page 42 of 44 commodity, airplane, ship, machine, vehicle, instrumentality, tool or other thing for fee, charge, valuable consideration, or otherwise agreed upon sum of money.............................. $0.40 per $1,000 of total gross receipts 26. Massage establishment......................................................................$219 27. Massage Technician......................................................................$109.50 28. One Day Special Event Permit.............................................................$25 29. Home Occupation/Cottage Food Industry Permit...............................$219 Senior Citizen exception: All persons 65 and over engaged in any home occupation shall pay 50% of the annual flat rate tax in the first year. In subsequent years, provided that the annual income derived from such home occupation does not exceed $10,000 in any calendar year, the licensee shall be exempt from paying the annual flat tax rate but will be subject to the Exempt Business License Processing fee. In order to qualify for this reduced rate, licensees shall submit a copy of their most recent tax return to substantiate that the annual income derived from the home occupation does not exceed $10,000 per year. Expedited Business License Processing ..........................................................$75 Exempt (Annually) and Business License Processing ......................................$25 # # # # # # Page 43 of 44 SECTION 12. LIFEGUARD A. Junior Lifeguard Program 1. Resident .............................................................................................$575 Second and subsequent Sibling.........................................................$550 2. Non-resident.......................................................................................$600 Second and Subsequent Sibling ......................................................$575 3. City of Seal Beach Employee (Dependent)..........................50% Discount 4. City of Seal Beach Employee, Junior Lifeguard Instructor (Dependent)...........................................................................................Free 5. Preparation swim class.......................................................................$150 6. Conditioning swim class.....................................................................$150 7. Last Chance swim class.......................................................................$75 SECTION 13. STATEMENT OF RESOLUTION The restatement of this Resolution of existing rates and amounts for previously imposed taxes, fees, and charges is for the purpose of administrative convenience and is not intended, and shall not be construed, as the imposition, extension, or increase of any such tax, fee, or charge. SECTION 14. EFFECTIVE DATE This Resolution shall be effective June 24, 2019 except for any agreements, contract contracts, plans and specifications submitted to the City prior to the date of adoption. ##### Page 44 of 44 PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED by the Seal Beach City Council at a regular meeting held on the 24th day of June, 2019 by the following vote: AYES: Council Members: NOES: Council Members: ABSENT: Council Members: ABSTAIN: Council Members: Thomas Moore, Mayor ATTEST: Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk STATE OF CALIFORNIA } COUNTY OF ORANGE } SS CITY OF SEAL BEACH } I, Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk of the City of Seal Beach, do hereby certify that the foregoing resolution is the original copy of Resolution 6930 on file in the office of the City Clerk, passed, approved, and adopted by the Seal Beach City Council at a regular meeting held on the 24th day of June, 2019. Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk i CITY OF SEAL BEACH California 2018 - 2019 - 20192020 COST RECOVERY SCHEDULE (June 1124, 20182019) ii Available on-line – www.sealbeachca.gov iii TABLE OF CONTENTS 2018/20192019/2020 COST RECOVERY - SCHEDULE SECTION 1. ADMINISTRATION ...............................................................2 A. Documents B. Returned Items C. Infraction/Administrative Penalties SECTION 2. BUILDING .............................................................................4 A. Duplication B. Permit Issuance C. Building Permits D. Construction Excise Tax E. Environmental Reserve Tax F. Non-Subdivision Park & Recreation G. Recycling and Diversion of Construction and Demolition Waste Program SECTION 3. PLANNING .........................................................................13 A. Filing B. Environmental Program Costs/Deposits C. Transportation Facilities & Programs Development D. Transportation Facilities & Programs Development Application E. Main Street Specific Plan Zone In-lieu Parking SECTION 4. POLICE ..............................................................................16 A. Alarm System Application B. Animal Control C. Beach Parking Services D. Citation Sign-off E. Repo Sign Off F. Fingerprint Cards G. Parking Stickers H. Oversize Vehicle Parking I. Passport J. Photographs K Traffic Collision Reports L. Vehicle Storage M. Parking Violations N. Parking Violation Cite Sign-off/Cite Correction O. Firearm Safe Keeping Storage iv P. Booking Q. Day Witness R. Detention Center Services SECTION 5. PUBLIC WORKS ...............................................................21 A. Plot Copies B. Subdivision Plan Check Tentative Map C. Final Filing Map D. Plan Check and Review E. General Construction Permits F. Sewer Utility Services G. Water Utility Services H. Transportation Permits I. Call Outs J. Miscellaneous SECTION 6. RECREATION ....................................................................28 A. Community Center Facilities B. Facility Rentals – Senior Center & Fire Station 48 Community Room C. Swimming Pool Costs D. Recreation Program Costs E. Costs for Use of Municipal Athletic Facilities F. Edison Community Garden Costs G. Tennis Center Costs/Rates H. Special Activity Request Application Costs I. Special Event Reserved Parking SECTION 7. FILMING/PHOTOGRAPHY ................................................33 A. Commercial Still Photography B. Motion Picture Including Video C. Use of City Property D. Use of City Personnel E. Use of City Equipment and Vehicles F. Use of City Parking Lots SECTION 8. UTILITY BILLING ...............................................................34 SECTION 9. UNSPECIFIED S .................................................................35 SECTION 10. FINGERPRINTING ..............................................................35 SECTION 11. BUSINESS LICENSE TAXES AND PERMITS ...................36 SECTION 12. LIFEGUARD S ....................................................................39 SECTION 13. STATEMENT OF RESOLUTION ........................................39 v SECTION 14. EFFECTIVE DATE ..............................................................39 Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 1 of 40 RESOLUTION 6832XXXX A RESOLUTION OF THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL ESTABLISHING A COST RECOVERY SCHEDULE FOR GOODS, SERVICES AND FACILITIES PROVIDED BY THE CITY OF SEAL BEACH AND AMENDING AND RESTATING THE CITY’S COMPREHENSIVE COST RECOVERY SCHEDULE RECITALS 1. The Seal Beach City Council is empowered to impose reasonable charges for municipal services. 2. Periodically, the City Council determines that charges should cover the costs reasonably borne or a substantial portion of the actual costs of the goods and services provided by the City. 3. In 2012, the City Council established certain charges using the recommendations stated in the 2012 Full Cost Allocation Plan and Cost of Services Study provided by Matrix Consulting Group; and restated other previously established charges, and taxes. 4. Since 2012, the City Council has adopted resolutions establishing or adjusting certain charges after finding that charges for such municipal services do not cover the actual costs incurred by the City, and would like to direct the City Clerk to incorporate such changes into Section 1 of this resolution. 56. The State of California requires cities to charge state-established rates, and charges, which are paid to the State. The City Council hereby directs the City Clerk to incorporate such State-imposed rates and charges into Section 1 of this resolution, and every year hereafter. 76. Additional study and analysis has determined that certain Costs rates and charges do not cover the actual costs incurred by the City. After conducting a duly noticed public hearing on June 1124, 2018 2019 and satisfying all applicable provisions of California Government Code Sections 66016 and 66018, the City Council hereby finds that such rates and charges do not cover the actual costs incurred by the City. Based upon the foregoing, the City Council hereby establishes, adjusts, and increases the rates and charges. The City Council hereby finds that, where applicable, the rates and charges will not exceed the reasonable cost to the City of providing the service to which such costs apply, and directs the City Clerk to incorporate the rates and charges into Section 1 of this resolution. Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 2 of 40 87. The adoption of this Resolution determines costs for the purpose of meeting the operating expenses of City departments and is therefore exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act. NOW, THEREFORE, THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL ESTABLISHES AND RESTATES THE CITY’S RATES AND CHARGES FOR MUNICIPAL SERVICES, AS FOLLOWS: SECTION 1. ADMINISTRATIVE A. Documents The following charges are established to reimburse the City for costs relative to filling public requests for copies of non-confidential records, codes, brochures, booklets, and patent materials not marked for general distribution. Most documents listed are available on the City’s website: www.sealbeachca.gov 1. Copy Charge a. 8 ½ x 11 .....................................................................$0.25 per page b. 8 ½ x 14 and 11 x 17..................................................$0.50 per page c. Color copies ...............................................................$0.50 per page 2. Preparation of Electronic Media...............................................$8 per USB 3. Preparation of Custom Reports Actual Hourly Cost 4. Municipal Code (City Charter and Titles 1-12) Actual Cost (provided by vendor) 5. Master Plans, Budget, Reports, etc. ........................................Actual Cost 6. Economic Interest Disclosure and Campaign Statements (GC §81008).... ...................................................................................$0.10 per page 7. Candidates Filing Fee (non-refundable) EC §10228............................$25 a. Notice of Intent to Circulate Petition (refundable) ….EC§9202(b) .$200 8. Certified Copy of City Documents/Records............................................$8 9. Residency Verification............................................................................$8 10. Credit Card Processing (per transaction).............................. up to $3.50 POSTAGE: All mail requests shall have the cost of postage added to the charges set forth. B. Returned Items Any person issuing a bank draft, note, check, or electronic form of payment that is returned by a financial institution due to insufficient funds, a closed account, or is otherwise dishonored, shall be charged the sum of $25 for processing each such financial instrument. Any subsequent returned item(s) by the same payer will be charged $35., , Said amount shall be included in the total sum of all bills and charges, otherwise due and owing to the City. Payment for any returned item must be received in the form of cash or Cashier’s Check. Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 3 of 40 C. Infraction/Administrative Penalties 1. Infraction Penalty – in a 12 month time period a. First Offense...............................................................................$500 b. Second Offense..........................................................................$750 c. Third Offense...........................................................................$1,000 2. Administrative Penalty – in a 12 month time period a. First Offense...............................................................................$100 b. Second Offense..........................................................................$200 c. Third Offense..............................................................................$500 3. Administrative Hearing Deposit.......................................................$1,500 # # # # # # Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 4 of 40 SECTION 2. BUILDING COSTS A. Duplication – Approved Plans 1. Sheets up to 8 ½” x 11”......................................................$0.25 per page 2. Sheets larger than 8 ½” x 11” and 11 x 17.........................$0.50 per page 3. Large Format Sheet (24 x 36) a. First sheet...........................................................................................$5 b. Additional sheets................................................................$2 per sheet c. Color sheets........................................................................$8 per sheet B. Permit Issuance ........................................................................................ $45 C. Building Permits 1. Project valuations determined by most recent published International Code Council (ICC) Building Valuation Table or by Contractors signed contract, at the discretion of the Building Official. Building Permit fees based on valuation shall be collected according to the following schedule: TABLE A Total Valuation Cost $500 or less 10% of the permit valuation $500.01 to $2,000 $89.2192.15 for the first $500 plus $3.293.40 for each additional $100 or fraction hereof, up to and including $2,000 $2,000.01 to $25,000 $141.78146.46 for the first $2,000 plus $15.6516.17 for each additional $1,000 or fraction hereof, up to and including $25,000 $25,000.01 to $50,000 $501.62518.17 for the first $25,000 plus $10.9011.26 for each additional $1,000 or fraction thereof, up to and including $50,000 $50,000.01 to $100,000 $774.07799.61 for the first $50,000 plus $7.557.80 for each additional $1,000 or fraction thereof, up to and including $100,000 $100,000.01 to $500,000 $1,151.821,189.83 for the first $100,000 plus $6.046.24 for each additional $1,000 or fraction thereof, up to and including $500,000 $500,000.01 to $1,000,000 $3,569.383,687.17 for the first $500,000 plus $5.135.30 for each additional $1,000 or fraction thereof, up to and including $1,000,000 Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 5 of 40 $1,000,000.01 and up $6,130.536,332.84 for the first $1,000,000 plus $3.944.07 for each additional $1,000 or fraction thereof .2. Geographic Information System (GIS) Update - Surcharge of $.0015 x value of building levied with building permit. 3. General Plan Revision Deposit – Surcharge of 0.202% of construction valuation. 4. Technical Training deposit – Surcharge of $1.50 on all permits. 5. Automation Deposit – Surcharge of $10 on all permits with valuation of more than $10,000. 6. Plan Archival Deposit (Records Management) – Surcharge of 2.0% of building permit. 7. Building Standards Administration Permit Valuation .............................................................................Charge a) $1 - $25,000.99 ..............................................................................$1 b) $25,001 - $50,000.99 .....................................................................$2 c) $50,001 – 75,000.99 ......................................................................$3 d) $75,001 - $100,000.99 ...................................................................$4 e) Every $25,000 or fraction thereof above $100,000.................Add $1 8. Strong Motion Instrumentation Program a) Residential, 1-3 stories.......................................Valuation x 0.00013 b) Commercial & Residential over 3 stories ...........Valuation x 0.00028 9. Miscellaneous Valuation a. Pool 1) Swimming Pool ...........................$3,121.30 + $14.04 per sq. ft. + $572.05 for heater 2) Spa..............................................$1,456.13 + $12.01 per sq. ft. + $572.05 for heater b. Patio 1) Open................................................................$11.71 per sq. ft. 2) Screened.........................................................$23.41 per sq. ft. c. Fences & Block Walls..........................................$23.41 per linear ft. d. Signs 1) Free Standing..............$35.12 per sq. ft. (each face) + $312.03 2) Wall Signs .......................................................$23.41 per sq. ft. e. Roofing 1) Composition & Gravel ...................................$105.35 per sq. ft. 2) Composition Shingles....................................$105.35 per sq. ft. 3) Wood Shingles..............................................$152.16 per sq. ft. 4) Wood Shakes................................................$215.88 per sq. ft. 5) Clay Tile ........................................................$280.91 per sq. ft. 10. Plan Check a. Valuation exceeds $1,000 and a plan is required .............................. Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 6 of 40 ..................................................................65% of the building permit b. Mechanical, Electrical, or Plumbing when a plan or other data is required to be submitted for such work ............................................. .........................65% of the total permit (excluding initial permit cost) c. Expedited Plan Check........................................................................ ..............................................Additional 50% of standard plan check d. Plan check for State accessibility code compliance: Additional 5.0% of the building permit cost. e. Plan check for State energy code compliance: Additional 5.0% of the building permit cost. EXCEPTION: The expedited plan check charge shall be waived by the Building Official in the case of reconstruction due to a disaster-related occurrence. 11. Miscellaneous a. Swimming Pool.....................................Table A, Based on Valuation b. Spa ......................................................Table A, Based on Valuation c. Patio .....................................................Table A, Based on Valuation d. Fences and Block Walls .......................Table A, Based on Valuation e. Sign ......................................................Table A, Based on Valuation f. Roofing ................................................Table A, Based on Valuation g. Sandblasting..............................$0.06 per sq. ft. of wall face surface h. Tent – Up to 1,000 sq. ft................................................$40.9642.31 Each additional 1,000 sq. ft. or fraction thereof..............$13.7614.21 I. Renewal of Expired Permits – ½ the total amount for a new permit for such work, provided no changes have been made or will be made in the original plans and specifications for such work; and provided that such suspension or abandonment has not exceeded one full year, in which case a full charge shall be required. j. Temporary Certificate of Occupancy..............................$68.2770.52 k. Demolition Permit - Table A, Contract price for demolition work l. Moving Permit - Table A, Valuation based on contract price (Special investigative Cost required) m. Contractor Business License .....................................................$219 n. Deputy Inspector Contractor Business License ......................$6466 (Note: each Business License is subject to an additional State-mandated charge of $4 which must be collected by the City.) o. Building permits for the following items are issued based on a flat permit charge of $27.3128.21plus the issuance fee when the permit is obtained by a state State licensed contractor, licensed to do the type of work: 1) Water Heater Replacements (same location) 2) Retrofit Windows 3) Sola-Tube Installations Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 7 of 40 12. Special Services a. Charged for a special inspection by a City Building Inspector Affected Floor Area 0-2,500 sq. ft. .......................................................................$205212 2,501-5,000 sq. ft. ................................................................$411425 5,001-7,500 sq. ft. ................................................................$621641 7,501-10,000 sq. ft. ..............................................................$827854 Each additional 10,000 sq. ft. or fraction thereof..................$215222 b. Non-Business Hour Inspections – requested by a permittee ............. .....................$100 per hour plus all other charges (minimum 1 hour) c. Excessive Inspections – for inspections determined by the Building Official to be excessive and beyond at least 1 re-inspection of an item of work caused by faulty workmanship or work not ready for inspection at time of request.................$100 per hour per inspection (minimum 1 hour) d. Additional Plan Check Review by changes, additions, or revisions to approved plans ....................$107 110 per hour (minimum 1 hour) e. Inspection for any change of occupancy classification, use type (as indicated in California Building Code) or certification of compliance with Building Codes and ordinances not otherwise provided for above ...........................................................$108 112 per inspection f. Inspections for which no charge is specifically indicated ................... ................................................$54 56 per ½ hour (minimum ½ hour) g. Plan review of soils and geotechnical reports (in-house).....$429443 i. Third Party Geotechnical review......Actual Cost + Admin Charge h. Building Code Appeal......................$1,530 deposit + Admin Charge 13. Electrical Code a. Electrical Services 1) Each service switch 300 volts or less.......................$0.02/amp. 2) Each service switch 301 to 600 volts .......................$0.05/amp. 3) Each service switch over 600 volts ..........................$0.09/amp. b. Electrical Systems in new structures or building additions – the following charges shall apply to electrical systems contained within or on any new structure, including new additions to existing structures 1) $0.00680.0069 per sq. ft. a) Warehouse – that part which is over 5,000 sq. ft. b) Storage garages where no repair work is done c) Aircraft hangers where no repair work is done 2) $0.0150.016 per sq. ft. a) Residential accessory buildings attached or detached such as garages, carports, sheds, etc. b) Garages and carports for motels, hotels, and commercial parking c) Warehouses up to and including 5,000 sq. ft. Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 8 of 40 d) All other occupancies not listed area that is over 5,000 sq. ft. 3) $0.0300.031 per sq. ft. – for all other occupancies not listed up to and including 5,000 sq. ft. 4) $0.00310.0032 per sq. ft. – for temporary wiring during construction c. Temporary Service 1) Temporary for construction service, including poles or pedestals................................................................$18 19 each 2) Approval for temporary use of permanent service equipment prior to completion of structure or final inspection..$18 19 each 3) Additional supporting poles ........................................$5 6 each 4) Service for decorative lighting, seasonal sales lot, etc.$9 10 each d. Miscellaneous 1) Area lighting standards up to and including 10 on a site............ ....................................................................................$5 6 each Over 10 on a site..............................................$2.70 2.79 each 2) Private residential swimming pools, including supply wiring, lights, motors, and bonding ....................................$37 38 each 3) Commercial swimming pools............................................$7274 4) Inspection for reinstallation of idle meter (removed by utility company).......................................................$13.7614.21 each 5) Residential Photo Voltaic Installation…………………….no charge 6) Commercial Photo Voltaic Installation: Up to 50 kW............................................................$1,0711,106 51kW to 250 kW$1,0711,106 plus $7.357.59 for each kW over 50 251 kW and higher$2,5722,657 plus $5.255.42 for each kW over 250 e. Illuminated Signs – New, Relocated, or Altered Up to and including 5 sq. ft. ......................................$13.7614.21 Over 5 sq. ft. and not over 25 sq. ft. .........................$16.4617.00 Over 25 sq. ft. and not over 50 sq. ft.........................$22.1322.86 Over 50 sq. ft. and not over 100 sq. ft.......................$30.2231.22 Over 100 sq. ft. and not over 200 sq. ft.....................$32.9234.01 Over 200 sq. ft. and not over 300 sq. ft.....................$41.2942.65 Over 300 sq. ft. .............................................$0.140.15 per sq. ft. f. Overhead Line Construction – poles and anchors ....$5.255.42 each g. Alternate Cost Schedule 1) Alterations, additions, and new construction where no structural work is being done or where it is impractical to use a sq. ft. schedule; convert to units as follows $4.114.25 each unit 2) For each 5 outlets or fraction thereof where current is used or controlled..........................................................charged – 1 unit 3) For each 5 lighting fixtures or fraction thereof where current is used or controlled.............................................charged – 1 unit Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 9 of 40 4) For multi-assembly (festoon type plug mold etc.) – each 20 ft. or fraction thereof ..............................................................1 unit 5) Switches .....................................................$4.114.25 each unit 6) Subpanel.....................................................$4.114.25 each unit 7) Feeder .......................................................$4.114.25 each unit 8) Bathroom Exhaust Fan...................$4.114.25 each11each unit h. Power Apparatus For equipment rated in horsepower (HP), kilowatts (kW), or kilovolt- amperes (KVA), the charge for each motor, transformer, and/or appliance shall be: 0 to 1 unit............................................................................$4.164.30 Over 1 unit and not over 10 units .......................................$9.189.48 Over 10 units and not over 50 units ..............................$17.8518.44 Over 50 units and not over 100 units ............................$36.7637.97 Over 100 units................................................................$54.6256.42 NOTE: For equipment or appliances having more than one motor or heater, the sum of the combined ratings may be used to compute the charget. These charges include all switches, circuit breakers, contractors, relays, and other directly related control equipment. i. Other Inspections and Charges 1) Inspections outside of normal business hours......Section 2.C.9 2) Re-inspection........................................................Section 2.C.9 3) Additional Plan Check Review..............................Section 2.C.9 4) Miscellaneous apparatus, conduits, and conductors for electrical apparatus, conduits, and conductors for which a permit is required, but for which no charge is herein set forth.... ...............................................................................$13.3913.83 14. Plumbing Code a. Miscellaneous Services 1) Plumbing fixture or trap or set of fixtures on one trap (including water, drainage piping, and back flow protection)$7.357.59 each 2) Building sewer and trailer park sewer............$15.7516.27 each 3) Rainwater system – per drain (inside building)..$7.357.59 each 4) Cesspool (where permitted) ..........................$27.3128.21 each 5) Private sewage disposal system ...................$43.0644.48 each 6) Water heater and/or vent...................................$7.357.59 each 7) Gas piping system of 1 to 5 outlets ...................$5.255.42 each 8) Additional gas piping system per outlet.............$1.341.38 each 9) Industrial waste pre-treatment interceptor, including its trap and vent, except kitchen type grease interceptors functioning as fixture traps...................................................$7.357.59 each 10) Water piping and/or water treating equipment – installation, alteration, or repair ............................................$7.357.59 each 11) Main Water Line .....................................................$84.02 each 12) Drain, vent, or piping (new) ...............................$7.357.59 each Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 10 of 40 13) Drainage, vent repair, or alteration of piping .....$7.357.59 each 14) Lawn sprinkler system or any one meter including back flow protection devices..............................................$7.357.59 each 15) Atmospheric type not included in Item 12 a) 1 to 5 .........................................................$7.357.59 each b) 6 or more...................................................$1.051.08 each 16) Back flow protective devices other than atmospheric type vacuum breakers a) 2 inch diameter or less ..............................$7.357.59 each b) Over 2 inch diameter.............................$15.7516.27 each 17) Gray water system.........................................$43.0644.48 each 18) Reclaimed water system initial installation and testing .............. .................................................................$32.5633.63 per hour 19) Reclaimed water system annual cross-connection testing (excluding initial test) ...............................$32.5633.63 per hour b. Other Inspections 1) Outside of normal business hours......................Section 2.C.13 2) Re-inspection......................................................Section 2.C.13 3) Additional plan review.........................................Section 2.C.13 c. Sewer connection permit ......................................up to $27.3128.21 15. Mechanical Code Costs a. Miscellaneous Services 1) Forced air or gravity-type furnace or burner, including ducts and vents attached to such appliance – each installation or relocation: To and including 100,000 BTU/H...........................$14.3014.77 Over 100,000 BTU/H..............................................$17.5418.12 2) Floor furnace, including wall heater, or floor-mounted unit heater – each installation or relocation...................$14.3014.77 3) Suspended heater, recessed wall heater or floor mounted unit heater – each installation, relocation, or replacement$14.3014.77 4) Appliance vent installed and not included in an appliance permit – each installation, relocation, or replacement $7.027.25 5) Heating appliance, refrigeration unit, cooling unit, absorption unit – each repair, alteration, or addition to and including 100,000 BTU/H.......................................................$13.2213.66 6) Boiler or compressor to and including 3 horsepower, or absorption system to and including 100,000 BTU/H – each installation or relocation..........................................$14.3014.77 7) Boiler or compressor over 3 horsepower to and including 15 horsepower or each absorption system over 100,000 BTU/H and including 500,000 BTU/H – each installation or relocation ...............................................................................$26.1827.04 8) Boiler or compressor over 15 horsepower to and including 30 horsepower or each absorption system over 500,000 BTU/H to Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 11 of 40 and including 1,000,000 BTU/H – each installation or relocation................................................................$35.8937.07 9) Boiler or compressor over 30 horsepower to and including 50 horsepower or each absorption over 1,000,000 BTU/H to and including 1,750,000 BTU/H – each installation or relocation...... ...............................................................................$53.4355.19 10) Boiler or refrigerator compressor over 50 horsepower or each absorption system over 1,750,000 BTU/H – each installation or relocation............................................................$89.3292.27 11) Air-handling unit to and including 10,000 cubic feet per minute, including ducts attached thereto................... $10.2510.59 each NOTE: This charge shall not apply to an air-handling unit that is a portion of a factory assembled appliance, cooling unit, evaporative cooler, or absorption unit for which a permit is required elsewhere in this Resolution. 12) Registers .......................................................$10.2510.59 each 13) Air handling unit over 10,000 CFM................$17.4318.01 each 14) Evaporative cooler other than portable type..$10.2510.59 each 15) Ventilation system which is not a portion of any heating or air conditioning system authorized by a permit ..$10.2510.59 each 16) Ventilation fan connected to a single duct.........$7.027.25 each 17) Installation or relocation of each domestic type incinerator........ .......................................................................$17.5418.12 each 18) Installation of each hood that is served by mechanical exhaust, including ducts for such hood .........$10.2510.59 each 19) Installation or relocation of each commercial or industrial type incinerator......................................................$71.7974.16 each 20) Appliance or piece of equipment regulated by the California Mechanical Code, but not classified in other appliance categories or for which no other charge is listed in this Code.... .......................................................................$10.2510.59 each 21) Duct extensions, other than those attached$5.365.54 each36each 22) Permits for fuel-gas piping shall be as follows when Chapter 12 of the California Plumbing Code is applicable a) Gas piping system of 1 to 4 outlets ...........$5.936.13 each b) Gas-piping system of 5 or more outlets ............................. ...........................$5.936.13 each plus $1 per outlet over 4 b. Other Inspections 1) After normal hour inspection.................................Section 2.C.9 2) Re-inspection........................................................Section 2.C.9 3) Additional Plan Reviews.......................................Section 2.C.9 16. Refunds If construction has not commenced, a refund of 80% of the permit will be returned when permits are cancelled at the request of the permitee. No permit fees will be refunded for any permit that has expired. No refund Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 12 of 40 will be made of the plan check fees when the plan check service has been performed. A refund of 80% of the plan check fee will be returned if the plan check service has not been performed. D. Construction Excise Tax 1. Rates a. Residential Units – Type Single Family................................................................................$75 Duplex .................................................................................$65 each Apartment............................................................................$55 each Bachelor ..............................................................................$50 each Mobile Home Space ............................................................$45 each b. Commercial ...............................................................$0.01 per sq. ft. c. Industrial....................................................................$0.01 per sq. ft. 2. Delinquency Charge 25% of tax plus interest (at prime lending rate per month) E. Environmental Reserve Tax – For new residential living unit construction 1. Conforming unit – first 3 floors...........................................$1.51 per sq. ft. 2. Non-conforming unit – first 3 floors....................................$3.51 per sq. ft. 3. Delinquency Charge 25% of tax plus interest (at prime lending rate per month) F. Non-Subdivision Park and Recreation 1. Single Family Dwelling – A charge of $10,000 is imposed upon the construction and occupancy of each single-family dwelling, which results in a net increase to the City’s housing stock. Said fee is imposed to offset impacts to the City’s existing park and recreation facilities caused by the additional single-family dwelling. 2. Other Residential uses – A charge of $5,000 is imposed upon the construction and occupancy of each residential dwelling unit, other than a single-family dwelling, which results in a net increase in the City’s housing stock. Said fee is imposed to offset impacts to the City’s existing park and recreation facilities caused by the additional dwelling unit. G. Recycling and Diversion of Construction and Demolition Waste Program (Waste Management Plan) 1. Administrative charge ...............................$0.05 sq. ft. of Covered Project 2. Deposit...........................................................$1 sq. ft. of Covered Project 3. Residential re-roofs: a. Residential re-roof permits (only) deposit...................................$500 b. Residential re-roof permits ...........................................................$45 # # # # # # Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 13 of 40 SECTION 3. PLANNING The following charges are charged to individuals submitting the described requests to the Community Development Department. Payment in full is required before issuance of necessary Grading, Building, Plumbing, Electrical, Mechanical, or any other appropriate permit. A. Filing Fees 1. Conditional Use Permit...........................................................$1,5001,550 2. Variance .................................................................................$1,5001,550 3. Zone Change..........................................................................$3,4003,500 4. Zone Code Amendment .........................................................$3,4003,500 5. General Plan Amendment......................................................$3,4003,500 6. Planned Unit Development.....................................................$2,9843,082 7. Minor Use Permit..........................................................................$560578 8. Historic Preservation Designation ................................................$560578 9. Minor Site Plan Review ................................................................$300310 10. Major Site Plan Review ..........................................................$1,2001,240 11. Radius Map Processing a. .500’ Radius .........................................................................$214221 b. .300’ Radius .........................................................................$107111 c. .100’ Radius .............................................................................$5456 12. Massage Establishment Operator Background Check.................$570589 a. Background Check Renewal (Biennial)................................$279288 13. Concept Approval (Coastal) .........................................................$279288 14. Specific Plan..................................................................................$11,200 15. Appeal - Non-Public Hearing Matters .................................$1,600 deposit 16. Appeal - Public Hearing..........................................................$1,1181,155 17. Pre-Application Conference..........................................................$224231 18. Property Profile.............................................................................$140145 19. Planning Commission Interpretation.............................................$500517 20. Sober Living Investigation Cost....................................................$560577 21. Temporary Banner Permit................................................................$4850 a. plus $5 if a second banner is used during same period 22. Tentative/Final Parcel Map.....................................................$1,5001,550 23. Tentative/Final Tract Map.......................................................$2,2352,309 24. Special Events: (Other than City sponsored/co-sponsored events) 1 event per 90 day period Resident $175180 Non-Resident $330340 a. Note: In compliance with City Council Resolution Number 5898, resident homeowner associations or resident neighborhood associations who provide proof of 501 (c)(3) shall pay 25% of the above referenced charge. Commented [A1]: Redundant to PW banenr permit? Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 14 of 40 b. Special Event Reserved Parking.................................$25 per space 25. Sign Application................................................................................$7577 26. Planned Sign Program ...........................................................$1,5001,550 27. Development Agreement (New or Revision).....................$30,000 deposit 28. Maps (Zoning, General Plan Land Use)............................$8.00 per sheet B. Environmental Fees/Deposits 1. Minor Environmental Assessment (Categorical Exemption) ...................... ....................................................................................$1,100 deposit 2. Major Environmental Assessment (Initial Study) ................$1,800 deposit 3. Negative Declaration...........................................................$2,000 deposit 4. Environmental Impact Report ...........................................$30,000 deposit C. Transportation Facilities and Programs Development (Traffic Impact Fees) 1. Shopping Center (up to 175,000 sq. ft.) ..................................................... ....................................................$12.24 per sq. ft. of gross leasable area 2. Shopping Center (over 175,000 sq. ft.) ...................................................... ......................................................$3.79 per sq. ft. of gross leasable area 3. General Office Building.................$4.15 per sq. ft. of gross leasable area 4. Quality Restaurant...............................$9.40 per sq. ft. of gross floor area 5. Hotel..................................................................$866.95 per room or suite 6. Single Family Detached Housing ....................$1,462.81 per dwelling unit 7. Multi Family Attached Housing (Apartment).......$959.95 per dwelling unit 8. Multi Family Attached Housing (Condominium) .$788.72 per dwelling unit 9. City Park.......................................................................$4,789.53 per acre 10. Other Land Use Types...........$1,588.76 per PM peak hour trip generated D. Transportation Facilities and Programs Development Application Fee 1. Shopping Center (up to 175,000 sq. ft.) ..................................................... ......................................................$1.82 per sq. ft. of gross leasable area 2. Shopping Center (over 175,000 sq. ft.) ...................................................... ......................................................$0.55 per sq. ft. of gross leasable area 3. General Office Building.................$0.59 per sq. ft. of gross leasable area 4. Quality Restaurant...............................$1.40 per sq. ft. of gross floor area 5. Hotel..................................................................$122.40 per room or suite 6. Single Family Detached Housing .......................$218.20 per dwelling unit 7. Multi Family Attached Housing (Apartment).......$143.06 per dwelling unit 8. Multi Family Attached Housing (Condominium) .$119.45 per dwelling unit 9. City Park..........................................................................$711.37 per acre 10. Other Land Use Types..............$216.78 per PM peak hour trip generated Commented [A2]: Is this redundant with recreation special event fees? Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 15 of 40 E. Main Street Specific Plan Zone In-lieu Parking Fees The following per space in-lieu parking fee is hereby established for uses on commercially zoned parcels located within the Main Street Specific Plan Zone. 1. $3,500 feet per deficient space for all such uses established on or after September 1, 1996. Such fee shall be calculated by multiplying the number of parking spaces required, for the use that is not provided either on-site or within 300 feet of the parcel on which the use is situated, by $3,500. 2. An annual fee of $100 per deficient space for all such uses established prior to September 1, 1996 which are currently operating under an existing land-use entitlement wherein, as a condition of approval, the applicant agreed to participate in the City’s in-lieu parking program, except for those uses governed by Section 3 hereinafter. Such annual fee shall be calculated by multiplying the number of parking spaces required, for the use that is not provided either on-site or within 300 feetfee of the parcel on which the use is situated, by $100. 3. For all such uses established prior to September 1, 1996 pursuant to a development agreement wherein the applicant agreed to participate in the City’s in-lieu parking program, the fee per deficient space shall be specified in the applicable development agreement for the subject property. # # # # # # Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 16 of 40 SECTION 4. POLICE COSTS A. Alarm System Application The following will be charged for alarm system applications (July 1st - June 30th): 1. Indirect Alarm – Business Permit .....................................................$4243 2. Indirect Alarm – Resident Permit......................................................$3233 3. False Alarm – penalties will be assessed in the event of the following: 1st and 2nd false alarms calls.....................................................No Charge 3rd false alarm call ........................................................................$120124 4th false alarm call.........................................................................$176182 5th false alarm call.........................................................................$280289 6 or more false alarm calls..................................................$392 405 each (This program is coordinated through a third-party administrator) B. Animal Control 1. Animal licenses pursuant to Municipal Code § 7.05.040.A. a. Dog.............................................unaltered $100103; altered $3031 b. Senior Citizen Discount (65 or older)5048% (rounded to nearest dollar) 2. Impound of small animals (cats, dogs, etc.): Seal Beach Animal Care Center a. Impound ................................................................................. $3233 b. Daily Care and Feed ..................................................$10 11 per day 3. Quarantine of small animals a. Impound ..................................................................................$6062 b. Daily Care and Feed ..................................................$15 16 per day 4. Quarantine on owner's property...................................$32 33 per incident 5. Veterinary Services a. Rabies Vaccination ..........................................................Actual Cost b. Relative Value unit...........................................................Actual Cost c. Other procedures (x-ray, lab, etc.)...................................Actual Cost d. Medical or surgical care...................................................Actual Cost e. Euthanasia (request by owner) ....................$30 31 plus Actual Cost 6. Dog Park a. Non-resident use – annual – altered dog ................................$2021 b. Non-resident use – annual – unaltered dog .............................$4041 c. Failure to lock gate...................................................................$6062 d. Exceeding 3 dog limit in park – per additional dog...................$3233 e. Attack/bite or attempt on any person or dog ............................$4041 f. Vicious animal by definition......................................................$6062 g. A quarantined animal ...............................................................$8891 h. Failure to remove feces............................................................$4041 7. Non-domestic Animal a. Permit...................................................................................... $6062 Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 17 of 40 C. Beach Parking Services (pay and display of pay by plate) 1. Beach parking lots daily rates a. Automobiles/motorcycles (under 20 ft.)........................................$18 b. Buses, motor homes, and vehicles over 25 ft.....$18 per space used c. Rates for automobiles/motorcycles parking after 6:00 p.m.. ..........$4 d. Automobiles/motorcycles two hour maximum before 6:00 p.m......$4 e. Rates for vehicles over 25 ft., parking after 6:00 p.m......................... ..............................................................................$9 per space used 2. Annual parking passes, for day use only, entitles the holder to daily parking in any beach lot and valid 12 months from date of purchase a. Seal Beach residents ................................................................ $117 b. Non-residents............................................................................ $180 c. Resident senior citizen with annual gross income less than $35,000 annual beach pass ...................................................................... $70 d. Non-resident senior citizen with annual gross income less than $35,000 annual beach pass .......................................................$108 Senior citizens age 65 must provide proof of annual income. NOTE: The annual beach parking pass does not include buses, motor homes, and vehicles over 25 ft. in length. The passes do not cover trailers attached to vehicles. 3. Disabled parking - any disabled person displaying special identification license plates issued under California Vehicle Code Section 5007 or a distinguishing placard issued under California Vehicle Code Section 22511.55 or 22511.59 shall be allowed to park in the 1st, 8th, and 10th Street ocean-front Municipal Parking Lots without being required to pay parking fees. The vehicles must be parked in the marked Handicapped Parking stalls (unless all stalls are full at the time of entry into the lot). The disabled parking exemption is only for vehicles under 25 20 ft. in length and does not cover trailers, campers, and/or fifth wheelers attached to the vehicle. If more than one (1) parking space is used the regular daily beach user charge must be paid for the 2nd space used. 4. Miscellaneous Rate Information: a. The City Manager is authorized to charge amounts less than the rates specified, for certain days or certain times of day, if he or she determines that a lower rate is appropriate. b. Beach rates may fluctuate seasonally and may vary with times of the day. In no event shall the rates exceed $33.00 per vehicle per space. c. Use and fees for beach parking for special events are subject to arrangements through Community Services. d. Electric Vehicle charging station .......................... 4.003.44 per hour Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 18 of 40 D Metered City Municipal Lots (pay and display or pay by plate).$1 per hour E. Citation Sign-off ..................................................................$20 21 per sign-off F. Repo Sign-off ......................................................................$20 21 per sign-off G. Fingerprint Cards 1.ResidentFBI................................................................................................$15 2.Non-residentState of California ........................................................$3032 $30 H. Parking Permits The following rates are charged for annual parking permits: 1. Resident ...............................................................................................$20 2. Guest (limit 2 per residence)................................................................$30 3. Business (Merchant).............................................................................$50 4. Contractor.............................................................................................$60 5. Replacement Sticker ..............................................................................$5 6. Replacement Windshield Sticker..........................................................$10 7. Oil Platform Worker/Sub-Contractor (Overnight Parking) .$300 per month NOTE: Permits are issued each fiscal year (November 1st through October 31st) and are not prorated. I. Passport (Clearance Letter) A 40.0045.00 fee will be charged for the preparation of a letter attesting to an individual’s lack of criminal contact with the Seal Beach Police Department that will be used to obtain a passport. J. Photographs 1. Digital reprints or digitally scanned photos.......................................$4547 2. Digital audio file reproduction...........................................................$4547 3. Video file reproduction..................................................................... $4547 4. Reprints of 35 mm photos ................................................................$4547 K. Traffic Collision Reports The following fees will be charged for copies of all investigative reports performed on traffic collisions: 1. Non-resident.....................................................................................$5052 2. Resident ...........................................................................................$2022 3. Miscellaneous Police Reports (Resident).........................................$2022 L. Vehicle Storage (No checks accepted) 1. Signed vehicle storage release form ..............................$95 120 per copy 2. Signed vehicle impound release and administrative overhead associated with a 30 day impound..................................................$205 220 per copy Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 19 of 40 M. Parking Violations Section Violation Cost 21113 (A) CVC SCHL/PUB PROP-FAIL OBEY RSTRCT $5052 21211 (A) CVC PARKED IN BIKE LANE $5052 22500.1 CVC FIRE LANE $5052 22500 (A) CVC PARKED IN INTERSECTION $5052 22500 (B) CVC PARKED ON CROSSWALK $5052 22500 (E) CVC BLOCKING DRIVEWAY $5052 22500 (F) CVC PARKED ON/ACROSS SIDEWALK $5052 22500 (H) CVC DOUBLE PARKING $5052 22500 (I) CVC PRKD IN BUS STOP/LOADING ZONE $325336 22500 (K) CVC PKG PROHIB-STATE HIWAY BRIDGE $5052 22502 (A) CVC PARALLEL AND/OR WITHIN 18" $5052 22505 (B) CVC NO PARKING - STATE HIGHWAY $5052 22507.8(A) CVC HANDICAPPED PARKING ONLY $325336 22507.8 (B-C)CVC OBSTRUCTION OF DISABLED SPACE $325336 22507.8 (C) CVC OBSTRUCTION OF DISABLED SPACE $325336 22514 CVC FIRE HYDRANT $7982 22515 (A) CVC UNAT VEH W/ENGINE RUNNING $5052 22522 CVC PARKING - ACCESS RAMP $325336 22523 CVC ABANDONED VEHICLE $120124 26708 (A) CVC OBSTRUCTED VIEW THRU WNDSHLD $5052 26710 CVC DEFECTIVE WINDSHIELD $4142 27155 CVC GAS CP RQ/$10 PRF OF CO $5052 27465 (B) CVC UNSAFE TIRES-$10 W/PRF 21 DAYS $4142 4000 (A) CVC EXP REG/$10 W/PRF CORR $7982 4462.5 CVC PRESENTING FALSE REGISTRATION $7982 4462 (B) CVC DISPLAY FALSE REGISTRATION $120124 4464 CVC ALTERED LICENSE PLATE $7982 5200 CVC MSG PLT-$10 W/PRF CORR $5052 5201 (E) CVC PLT COV/$10 W/PRF CORR $5052 5204 (A) CVC MISSING TAB-CORR AND PYMT REQ $5052 8.15.010 (C) SBMC FAILURE TO OBEY PSTD SIGNS $5052 8.15.010 SBMC NO PARKING CERTAIN AREAS $5052 8.15.010 (D & F) SBMC PKD OVER WHITE LINE-TRAFF HAZ $5052 8.15.020 SBMC FAIL TO PARK IN MARKED STALL $5052 8.15.025 SBMC 72 HOUR PARKING $5052 Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 20 of 40 Section Violation Cost 8.10.105 SBMC PKG/DRIVING ON PRIVATE PROP $5052 8.15.055 SBMC SHORT TERM PARKING ZONES $5052 8.15.065 SBMC CITY PROPERTY $5052 8.15.070 SBMC CURB MARKINGS $5052 8.15.080 SBMC PKD IN OR OBSTRUCTING ALLEY $5052 8.15.085 SBMC PRKNG OF OVERSIZED VEH $5052 8.15.090 SBMC ILLEGAL COMM VEH PKG $7982 8.15.100 SBMC SURFSIDE COLONY FIRE HYDRANT $5052 8.15.105 SBMC PARKING METER ZONES $5052 8.15.115 SBMC DIAG PKG/FRT WHEEL XCS OF 6" $5052 8.20.010 (b)SBMC PARKED WITHOUT PAYING $5052 8.20.010 (c)SBMC PERMIT MUST BE DISP PROPERLY $5052 8.20.015(A) SBMC NO PKG MARINA W/O PERMIT $5052 8.20.015(B) SBMC NO CMPR/REC VEH/BOAT MARINA $5052 N. Late Payment Penalty – per citation .........................................................$28 NO. Court Fees per Citation ........................................................$12.5012.00 OP. Parking Violation Cite Sign-off/Cite Correction .......$10 21 per sign-off PQ. Firearm Storage (Annual)......................................................$ 120$125 QR. Booking Fee ......................................................................................$375 S. Blood Collection Cost Recovery.......................................................Actual Cost RST. Day Witness Fee Deposit (Subpoena Fee) 1. Peace Officer......................................................................................$275 2. City Employees.............................................................................$150275 STU. Detention Center Services 1. Pay-to-stay (per day)....................................................................$130135 2. Pay-to-stay – work release (per day)............................................$150155 3. Pay-to-stay Weekend...................................................................$180185 TUV . Jail Application Fee (Non-refundable)....................................$150155 UVW . Evidence Collection Cost Recovery $30 plus Actual Cost W. Blood Collection Cost Recovery........................................$30 plus Actual Cost Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 21 of 40 # # # # # # Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 22 of 40 SECTION 5. PUBLIC WORKS A. Plot Copies 1.First Black & Whitesheet (24” x 36”)...................................$515 per sheet 2. Additional sheets (24” x 36”)...................................................$2 per sheet 32. Color Plots (24” x 36”) ........................................$25 per sheet8 per sheet B. Subdivision Plan Check Tentative Map ......................$600 minimum deposit Lot Line Adjustment.............................................$1,000 minimum deposit Parcel Map..........................................................$2,000 minimum deposit Tract Map............................................................$5,000 minimum deposit Map Filing Fee....................................................................................$182 NOTE: If additional lots are added, the deposit shall be increased by $50 for the first 5 parcels, lots, or units and $20 for each additional after the first 5. If a revised map is substituted for an approved or conditionally approved map, the deposit shall be increased for processing the revised maps. [Following staff review, the City may require an additional cash deposit estimated by the City Engineer or Director of Community Development to sufficiently cover the actual cost of any private consulting firm used by the City in the technical review of the tentative map submittals or in preparation of the EIR.] The deposit shall cover all actual costs for plan check, construction engineering, management, and inspection for all required public improvements by City and/or private consulting firms. All deposits must be paid before the City Council approves the final map. All actual costs must be paid before acceptance of the public improvement and release of the subdivision bonds. C. Final Filing Map NOTE: The Orange County Surveyor’s Office will also require a deposit in an amount established by that office to cover the costs of the items below. 1. Final Subdivision Map Filing...............................................................$182 2. Final Map Plan Check................$600 minimum deposit plus $50 per parcel, lot, or unit plus time and materials 3. Final Map Construction..............Minimum deposit determined by engineering division by estimating 5% of construction costs plus time and materials NOTE: The deposit shall cover all actual costs for plan check, construction engineering, management, and inspection for all required public improvements by City and/or private consulting firms. All deposits must be paid before the City Council approves the final map. All Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 23 of 40 actual costs must be paid before acceptance of the public improvement and release of the subdivision bonds. 4. Lot Line Adjustment a. Lot line Adjustment.......................................................$254.93 each b. Certificate of Compliance .............................................$254.93 each c. Map checking ........................................................................$356.90 d. Appeal of denial within 15 days of date of mailing of notice of action by City ................................................................................$1,529.55 5. Parcel Map Waiver a. Certificate of Compliance ......................................................$254.93 (plus all required tentative map Costs) b. Minimum deposit for review and plan check, and accompanying materials by City, City Attorney, and /or private consulting firms ...... .......................................................................$500 minimum deposit NOTE: All deposit will be used to charge actual time and associated materials costs. DB.Plan Check and Review& PermitsGeneral Permits Permit Application Fee...............................................................$100 each Plan Archival Fee ...................................................2% of total permit cost Construction Parking Permit ...............................................$15/day/space 1. Temporary Street/Sidewalk Closure Permit a. Metered Space............................................................$15/day/space b. Street Obstruction (up to 45 days) ...............................................$55 $551 each 2. Banner Permit.......................................................................................$50 3. Non-Standard Improvement Agreement........................$235 filing fee250 4. Street Tree Removal Permit......................................................$150 each 5. Oversized Vehicle Transportation Permit.........................................$3550 NOTE: Banner Permit fee does not include installation. Applicant must hire a licensed contractor to install the banner upon issuance of the permit and signing of the agreement. C. Plan Check & Permits The following items noted in this section are subject to the following fees in addition to the plan check/permit review fees Permit Application Fee............................................................................$100 each Plan Archival Fee ................................................................2% of total permit cost Administration Fee ......................................20% of total plan check feepermit cost NOTE: Administration Fee is for the overhead management of contract plan check/permit review. Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 24 of 40 NOTE: All minimum deposits must be paid at the time of submittal of applications. The deposits shall cover the actual cost including, but not limited to review, plan check, administration, coordination and construction administration, inspection, and engineering by City, private consulting firms, and/or outside contractors. Additional deposits will be collected if initial deposits are insufficient to cover actual costs. Any excess deposits over minimum amount will be returned to the applicant once the project is complete. 1.Grading/Drainage Plan Check 1. Single-Family Residential Unit ............................$1,500 minimum deposit 2. Multi-Family Residential Unit...............................$2,000 minimum deposit 3. Commercial/Industrial - I (<35,000 SF) ...............$3,000 minimum deposit 4. Commercial/Industrial – II (>35,000 SF) ...........$5,000 minimum deposit (Single Family)....................................................................$700 Minimum deposit per review NOTE: Minimum deposit to cover cost of reviewing plans, hydrology, and hydraulics for construction of 1 new single family residential home. of noted development. Additional deposits are required for applicant changes, revisions, additions to the plans, or if more than minimum deposit shall be established by the City Engineer based upon size and scope of project. Additional deposits are required for applicant changes, revisions, additions to the plans, or if more than 3 plan checks are necessary. 2. Grading/Drainage Plan Check.............................$1,000 minimum deposit NOTE: Minimum deposit to cover any required materials in addition to the cost of reviewing plans, hydrology, and hydraulics for all other types of construction that require a grading permit. Additional deposits are required for applicant changes, revisions, additions to the plans, or if more than minimum deposit shall be established by the City Engineer based upon size and scope of project. 3. Public and Utility Improvements Plan Check.......$1,000 minimum deposit NOTE: Plan checks will be billed on time and material basis. A minimum deposit will be collected from the developer in advance of any work performed and shall be established by City Engineer based upon size and scope of project. 4. Traffic Control Plan Review .......................................$200 per application plus time and materials, including 1-hour minimum plan check 5.WQMP Plan CheckCheckk $700 minimum deposit 1. Single-Family Residential Unit ............................$1,500 minimum deposit 2. Multi-Family Residential Unit...............................$2,000 minimum deposit 3. Commercial/Industrial - I (<35,000 SF) ...............$3,000 minimum deposit 4. Commercial/Industrial- II (>53,000 SF) ..............$5,000 minimum deposit Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 25 of 40 NOTE: Plan checks will be billed on time and material basis. A minimum deposit will be collected from the applicant in advance of any work performed and shall be established by City Engineer based upon size and scope of project. Subdivision Plan Check 1. Lot Line Adjustment.............................................$1,000 minimum deposit 2. Record of Survey.................................................$1,000 minimum deposit 3. Parcel Map........................................................$2,0500 minimum deposit 4. Tract Map..........................................................$65,000 minimum deposit 5. City Map Filing Fee...........................................................................$1852 6. Certificate of Compliance ...............................................................$27055 NOTE:If a revised map is substituted for an approved or conditionally approved map, the deposit shall be increased for processing the revised maps. Following staff review, the City may require an additional cash deposit estimated by the City Engineer or Director of Community Development to sufficiently cover the actual cost of any private consulting firm used by the City in the technical review of the tentative map submittals or in preparation of the EIR. The deposit shall cover all actual costs for plan check, construction engineering, management, and inspection for all required public improvements by City and/or private consulting firms. All deposits must be paid before the City Council approves the final map. All actual costs must be paid before acceptance of the public improvement and release of the subdivision bonds. E. General Construction Permits 1. Permit Issuance (Applies to all permits) .....................$45Application Fee $10045.00 each 2. Plan Archival Deposit (Records Management) Fee – Surcharge of 2% of total permit cost. 3. Construction Parking Permit......................................$15/5 per day/space per space for parking in public right of way 4. Street Obstruction......................................................$51 each application for placement of dumpster and storage in public right-of-way for a period of not more than 45 daysdaysTemporary Street/Sidewalk Closure Permit......................................................$51 each Encroachment Permits Review 1.Encroachment Permit - Type A (no Plan Check required) $1501550 minimum deposit per applicationeach (no plan check) 2.Encroachment Permit - Type B (requires plan check) $500 minimum deposit (plan check required) NOTE: Minimum deposit to cover costs for only sidewalk, curb and gutter, driveway approach, dirt excavations in parkways, and street cuts. Encroachment Permit Type A valuation of all work Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 26 of 40 performed shall not exceed $5,000 as determined by the City Engineer. A cash deposit will be collected as determined by the City Engineer for the approximate value of the work as guaranty that the work is performed properly. Utility Company Permit Review ........................................$1,000 minimum deposit NOTE: Plan checks will be billed on time and material basis. Unless otherwise arranged, a minimum deposit will be collected from the applicant in advance of any work performed and shall be established by City Engineer based upon size and scope of project. Wireless Communications Permit Review........................$1,000 minimum deposit NOTE: Plan checks will be billed on time and material basis. Unless otherwise arranged, a minimum deposit will be collected from the applicant in advance of any work performed and shall be established by City Engineer based upon size and scope of project. 5.deposit Traffic Control Plan Review .........................................................$15025 per sheet NOTE: Traffic Control Plan reviews fee assumes two interactions (original submittal + one recheck). Additional fee, as determined by the City Engineer will be required for additional reviews. NOTE: Applicants will need to hire their own traffic control contractor to supply and place barricades as well as post for no parking for street closures. City barricades may be used only upon written permission from the Public Works Department in specific instances. Barricades would be rented at current market rates (usually $3 per barricade per day.) There will also be replacement charge for each non-returned or damaged barricade (actual cost). For any street closure at a signalized intersection or that directly affects traffic on an arterial roadway, a traffic plan review will be required. C. Inspections NOTE: Minimum deposit to cover costs for only sidewalk, curb and gutter, driveway approach, dirt excavations in parkways, and street cuts. Valuation of all work performed shall not exceed $5,000 as determined by the City Engineer. A cash deposit will be collected as determined by the City Engineer for the approximate value of the work as guaranty that the work is performed properly. 1. 7.................................Water Quality/Pollution Prevention Inspection $200190 minimum deposit Street Tree Trimming Inspection............................$100 minimum deposit 38. 8...................................................Grading Permit Inspection Type A $250(SFR) $35000250 minimum deposit 4. Grading Permit Inspection (MFR)...................$5035000 minimum deposit 35. Grading Permit Inspection (C/I Type I)............$1,0$500 minimum deposit Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 27 of 40 63. Grading Permit Inspection (C/I Type II).............$3,1000 minimum deposit 7. Encroachment Permit Inspection (Type A).............$300 minimum deposit 8.NOTE: Encroachment Permit Inspection (Type B)..$500 minimum deposit 9. Utility Company Permit Inspection......................................TBD on Scope NOTE: Inspections will be billed on time and material basis + 20% Administrative Fee for contract overhead management. Unless otherwise arranged, a minimum deposit will be collected from the applicant in advance of any work performed and shall be established by City Engineer based upon size and scope of project. Minimum deposits for inspection types not listed above will be determined by the City Engineer based upon the size and scope of service required. Minimum deposit to cover costs of inspection for 1 single family residence in accordance with grading plan plus any materials required. For other than 1 single family residence, inspection will be billed on a time and material basis. A minimum deposit will be collected from the developer in advance of any work performed and shall be established by City Engineer based upon size and scope of project. 9.. Non-Standard Improvement....................................$234.50 filing fee 10. Banner Permit ( )..........................................................................$46 NOTE: Cost does not include installation. Applicant must hire a licensed contractor to install the banner upon issuance of the permit and signing of the agreement. 11. Street Tree Removal Application ......................................$ 150 filing 12. Street Tree Trimming Inspection(Inspection Deposit).......................$ 100 minimum deposit NOTE: Applicants will need to hire their own traffic control contractor to supply and place barricades as well as post for no parking for street closures. City barricades may be used only upon written permission from the Public Works Department in specific instances. Barricades would be rented at current market rates (usually $3 per barricade per day.) There will also be replacement charge for each non-returned or damaged barricade (actual cost). For any street closure at a signalized intersection or that directly affects traffic on an arterial roadway, a traffic plan review will be required. 13. Street Closure (Refundable Guaranty)...................$750 minimum deposit for each block of street closed to cover clean up and/or damage costs 14. City Crew Charge....................................................$250 minimum charge for any work performed by city crews 15. Park Damage (Refundable Guaranty)....................$750 minimum deposit for use of parks or beach for special events. Larger deposits may be conditioned depending upon the size and the scope of the event Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 28 of 40 F. Sewer Utility Services Inspection for sewer work for new developments............................................... .......................................$ 476 minimum to cover time and materials NOTE: For other than one single family residence, inspection will be billed on a time and material basis. A minimum deposit will be collected from the developer in advance of any work performed and shall be established by the City Engineer based upon size and scope of project. 2. Sewer Service Connection Inspection...................$ 238 minimum deposit per application to cover time and materials 3. Sewer Service Connection Charge – "Buy In" The fee is determined based on the size of the water service meter as applied to the sewer rates. Sewer rates are calculated using the value of the existing system that is not subject to replacement through the existing Capital Improvement Project (CIP) program and the total annual water use by sewer system customers in billing units. Beginning July 1, 2002 and every July 1st thereafter, the fee will automatically increase by an amount calculated using the following formula – multiply the most recent fee in effect by the percentage increase over the previous 12 months immediately preceding the most recent publication of the Engineering News Record of Construction Cost Index existing on July 1st of the year of the increase. The previous ENR Construction Cost Index was 8293. The ENR Construction Cost Index for June 2009 is 8578. Fees shall not decrease below the level of rates existing on July 1, 2002. Service Size Residential Commercial, Industrial, Gov’t 5/8”, ¾” $2,754.....................................................$2,754 1” $3,273.....................................................$5,293 1.5” $6,701...................................................$11,931 2” $9,393...................................................$21,629 3” $54,556.................................................$53,907 Service Size Residential Commercial, Industrial, Gov’t 4” $80,223...............................................$136,051 6” N/A......................................................$157,003 8” N/A......................................................$550,117 4. Fats, Oils & Grease (FOG) Wastewater Discharge Permits a. Permit issuance ..................................................................$51 each b. Plan Review ......................................................................$229 each c. FOG Material Fee ............................................................Actual Cost cd.Grease control device lid inspection ...................................$31 each ed. Best Management Practices (BMP) program inspection ................... .............................................................................................$61 each ............................................................1 inspection per FSE per year Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 29 of 40 fe. Grease Disposal Mitigation/Waiver ................................................... .................................................$510 each annually (Sewer cleaning gf. Non-compliance grease control device lid inspection $31 each return visit hg. Non-compliance BMP inspection ......................$61 each return visit ih. Non-compliance sewer cleaning .................................$184 per hour ji. Non-compliance sewer video inspection .....................$306 per hour NOTE: Any cost increases to the City, additional services, and materials provided by the City not listed above, such as spill response or additional sewer main line cleaning due to accumulation of FOG, will be billed directly to the responsible party for actual costs incurred on a time and material basis. Any delinquencies, penalties, appeals, hearings, suspensions, revocations, violations, and enforcements are established by the FOG Ordinance. FSE’s requesting a permit within a calendar year shall have the fees prorated on a month end basis. G. Water Utility Services 1. Water Service Connection $238 minimum deposit per application to cover time and materials 2. Water Service Connection Materials........................................Actual Cost of any required materials and miscellaneous equipment for meter plus 20% administration 3. Main Line Connection .......................... $476 Minimum deposit to cover time and materials NOTE: For other than one single family residence, inspection will be billed on a time and material basis. A minimum deposit will be collected from the developer in advance of any work performed and established by the City Engineer based upon size and scope of project. 4. Meter Testing Deposit.... $102 per test (refundable if meter is inaccurate) 5. Hydrant Water Meter Installation........................................................$130 to cover cost for labor, materials, and equipment per each move or location 6. Hydrant Water Meter Daily Rental Rate...............................................$10 7. Hydrant Water Meter Deposit .........................................................$1,500 8. Replacement of Damaged Hydrant Meter................................Actual Cost NOTE: Water shall be billed (at the current commercial commodity rate) against deposit. If cash balance drops below $500 an additional deposit will be required. 8. Fire Hydrant Flow Test.......................................................................$714 per each application plus time and materials 9. New Water Service Connection Charge – “Buy In” For services that have never been connected or paid into the system, fees are calculated using the value of the existing system that is not subject to replacement through the existing Capital Improvement Project (CIP) program and the total annual water use by system customers in billing units. Beginning July 1, 2002 and every July 1st thereafter, the fee Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 30 of 40 will automatically increase by an amount calculated using the following formula – multiply the most recent fee in effect by the percentage increase over the previous 12 months immediately preceding the most recent publication of the Engineering News Record of Construction Cost Index existing on July 1st of the year of the increase. The previous ENR Construction Cost Index was 8293. The ENR Construction Cost Index for June 2009 is 8578. fees shall not decrease below the level of rates existing on July 1, 2002. Water Service Size Residential Commercial, Industrial, Gov’t 5/8”, ¾” $4,595.....................................................$4,595 1” $5,307.....................................................$8,488 1.5” $13,053.................................................$20,430 2” $13,988.................................................$37,319 3” $97,730.................................................$63,617 4” $257,670.............................................$340,659 6” NA.......................................................$375,670 Greater than 6” Connection charges shall be determined by the City Engineer and approved by City Council at the time of development or request. H. Transportation Permits – Oversize load permits...............$16 per application I. Call Outs For emergency or after hour call outs for public right of way or utility work performed due to action of responsible party, a $255 minimum plus time and materials will be charged. J. Miscellaneous City Crew Charge ............................$2550 minimum charge + Time & Material J. Additional MiscellaneousStaff Time 1. 1......................................................................Hourly RatesCity Staff Current Fully Burden Rate 2. Contract Staff ..................................................Current Hourly Rate + 20% a. City Engineer Current Fully Burdened Hourly Rate b. City Traffic Engineer (Registered) Current Fully Burdened Hourly Rate c. Associate Engineer… Current Fully Burdened Hourly Rate Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 31 of 40 d. Assistant Engineer Current Fully Burdened Hourly Rate e. Public Works Inspector Current Contract Hourly Rate plus 20% City Administrative Overhead 2. City Engineer Variance ......................................................................$493 NOTE: All minimum deposits must be paid at the time of submittal of applications. The deposits shall cover the actual cost including, but not limited to review, plan check, administration, coordination and construction administration, inspection, and engineering by City, private consulting firms, and/or outside contractors. Additional deposits will be collected if initial deposits are insufficient to cover actual costs. Any excess deposits over minimum amount will be returned to the applicant once the project is complete. Plan Check deposits for water, sewer, street, utility company work with pipeline/conduit lengths greater than 250', traffic signals, etc. are estimated per the following: $720 (8 hrs) for the first 2 sheets (includes general note/title sheet) and $270 (3 hrs) for each additional sheet. Plans must be 24" by 36" (22" by 34") and 1" = 40' scale without exception. Plan Check for Traffic Control on Arterials/Intersections is estimated on $270 (3 hrs) per sheet. There will be additional deposits required after the third review and each plan revision after approval of the plans by the City Engineer. J. Publications 3. Publications: 1. a. ............Public Works Standard Conditions of Approval for Vesting Tentative and Tentative Subdivision Maps.......................$320 each/book 2.......................................................................................................b. Standard Plans for Water Facilities $3153 each/book 3........................................................................................................c. Standard Plans for Sewer Facilities $3153 each/book 4.......................................................................................................d. Design Criteria for Sewer Facilities $3153 each/book 5.........................................................................................................e.Standard Plans for Streets $3153 each/book 6..........................................................................................................f.Grading and Stormwater Pollution Prevention ......................................................................Implementation Manual $5155 each/book J. News Racks g. 5-Year Capital Improvement Program...................................$8/book 4. Special Events a. Power Turn On/Off for Special Events (each location)............$ 5060 b. Pier Restroom Cleaning (each occurrence) .............................. $100 c. Building Facility Cleaning (each occurrence) ............................ $100 d. Street Sweeping (after Special Events 2 hr. /minimum)............ $210 5. News racks: 1........................................................................................................a. News rack Permit – Non-Lottery Locations $73753 every 3 years each 2.........................................................................................................b.News rack Permit – Lottery Locations $1121152 every 3 years each 3..........................................................................................................c.News rack Summarily Impound $1221262 every 3 years each Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 32 of 40 4.........................................................................................................d.News rack Non-Summarily Impound $62 each642 every 3 yearsach 5.........................................................................................................e.News rack Non-Summarily Impound after Required $1052 every 3 yearseach ........................................................................................................... $102 each # # # # # # Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 33 of 40 SECTION 6. RECREATION A. Community Center Facilities Resident groups shall be those groups with at least 60% of their active membership residing within the City of Seal Beach. Resident groups have preference over non-resident groups. Youth resident groups shall be those groups with at least 60% of their active membership residing within the City of Seal Beach or having students attending a school within the Los Alamitos Unified School District. Youth groups are also defined as being groups with all persons being age 18 years and under. The following group categories are listed in order of priority use. 1. Non-Profit/Resident meetings of civic or service organizations.................. ............................................................$ 150155 annual cleaning fee Note: Limited to two (2) meetings per month, additional meetings would be charged $13 per hour. 2. Resident activities a. Large Room .............................................................$35 36 per hour b. Small Room .............................................................$25 26 per hour c. Cleaning ...............................................$75 to $150 based on usage d. Staff ............................................$ 20-$40 per hour per staff person e. Security Deposit............................................................$250 or $500 3. Non-resident activities a. Large Room .............................................................$55 57 per hour b. Small Room ..............................................................$40 41 per hour c. Cleaning ..............................................$ 75 to $150 based on usage d. Staff .............................................$20-$40 per hour per staff person e. Security Deposit............................................................$250 or $500 4. Commercial or profit-making activities a. Large Room .........................................................$110 113 per hour b. Small Room .............................................................$55 57 per hour c. Cleaning ....................................................................................$150 d. Staff ...............................................$20-40 per hour per staff person e. Security Deposit............................................................$250 or $500 5. Liability /special event insurance................................................................ ....................proof of certificate of insurance with City additionally insured NOTE: Rentals of more than 75 people, or having alcohol present, require 2 staff members be present and a security deposit of $500. Rentals with less than 75 people and without alcohol require a security deposit of $250. B. Rental – Senior Center and Fire Station 48 Community Room To qualify for use of the Senior Center facility on a regular reservation basis, a group must have the majority of participants be residents. Resident groups shall be those groups having at least 60% of their active membership residing within the City of Seal Beach. Resident groups have preference over non- Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 34 of 40 resident groups. Any requests for waiver of fees by a group will require City Council approval. The following group categories are listed in order of priority use. 1. Recreation sponsored or co-sponsored activities/meeting..........No rental a. Key Deposit................................................................................$100 2. Resident non-fundraising activities of civic or service organizations a. Annual cleaning charge.......................................................$150155 b. Key Deposit................................................................................$100 3. Resident fundraising activities of civic or service organizations a. Per hour....................................................................................$3036 b. Cleaning charge..................................$ 75 to $150 based on usage c. Key Deposit................................................................................$100 4. Non-resident non-fundraising activities of civic or service organizations a. Per hour...............................................................................$47.5049 b. Cleaning charge...................................$50 to $150 based on usage c. Key Deposit................................................................................$100 5. Non-resident fundraising activities of civic or service organizations a. Per hour....................................................................................$5557 b. Cleaning charge..................................$ 75 to $150 based on usage c. Key Deposit................................................................................$100 6. Alcoholic beverages served at non-city functions................$35 additional 7. Liability/special event insurance......................................................... ....................proof of certificate of insurance with City additionally insured C. Swimming Pool Resident groups shall be those groups having at least 60% of their active membership residing within the City of Seal Beach. Resident groups have preference over non-resident groups. The following group categories are listed in order of priority use. 1. Recreation and Family Swim Summer Pass (up to 6 people).................... ...................................................................$30 per family – Resident $60 per family – Non-resident (valid for the summer purchased) 2. Adult Lap Swim Youth Swim Pass (16 swims$40 per pass a. 16 Swim Pass................................................................$80 per pass b. 34 Swim Pass..............................................................$136 per pass c. Annual Swim Pass.......................................................$300 per pass d. Lost Pass Replacement..........................................$10 per lost pass 3. Swim Instruction a. Resident ......................................................................................$75 b. Non-resident ..............................................................................$100 c. Competitive Instruction Pool Use..............................$50 55 per hour 4. Weekend Pool Party Rentals – 2 hour supervised pool parties at the following rental rates Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 35 of 40 a. Resident rental – 40 participants or less ....................................$220 b. Non-resident rental – 40 participants or less..............................$240 5. Aquatics Class....................................................................................$155 6. Liability/special event insurance................................................................. ....................proof of certificate of insurance with City additionally insured D. Recreation Program The City of Seal Beach shall establish fees for the various recreation programs. These fees shall be based on type of program; number of participants and instructors, officials, etc. required in the program; and shall be based on full cost recovery where feasible, including administrative costs. E. Use of Municipal Athletic Facilities The following rates shall be in effect for all reservations made through the Recreation Office. Youth Resident Groups are defined as a group having 60% of its membership residing in Seal Beach or having a student attending a Los Alamitos Unified School District. Youth Resident Groups are defined as persons age 18 and under. The following group categories are listed in order of priority use. 1. All community parks, no use of lights a. Youth resident groups with non-profit status.............$15 16 per hour b. Youth non-resident groups........................................$25 26 per hour c. Adult resident groups................................................$35 36 per hour d. Adult non-resident groups.........................................$45 46 per hour e. Business Use ...........................................................$85 88 per hour 2. All Community Parks, including use of lights a. Youth resident groups with non-profit status.............$35 36 per hour b. Youth non-resident groups........................................$45 46 per hour c. Adult resident groups ...............................................$55 57 per hour d. Adult non-resident groups.........................................$65 67 per hour e. Business Use .......................................................$110 114 per hour 3. Maintenance of Zoeter ball diamond........................$45 46 a day per field 4. Rental of Bases......................$26.2527 per day – $125 minimum deposit 5. Gymnasium a. Youth resident groups with non-profit status.............$16 17 per hour b. Youth non-resident groups with non-profit status .....$28 29 per hour c. Youth resident groups for private use.......................$28 29 per hour d. Adult resident groups................................................$38 39 per hour e. Adult non-resident groups.........................................$55 57 per hour f. Business Use............................................................$65 67 per hour 6. Heather and Marina Tennis Courts a. Youth resident groups...............................................$16 17 per hour b. Youth non-resident groups........................................$21 22 per hour c. Adult resident groups................................................$32 33 per hour Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 36 of 40 d. Adult non-resident groups.........................................$37 38 per hour f. Business Use……………..…………………………….$65 67 per hour 7. Outdoor Basketball Courts a. Youth Resident Groups with Non-profit Status .........$12 13 per hour b. Youth Non-resident Groups ......................................$16 17 per hour c. Adult Resident Groups..............................................$26 27 per hour d. Adult Non-resident Groups .......................................$36 37 per hour e. Business Use............................................................$62 64 per hour F. Edison Community Garden To qualify for the use of a plot in the Edison Garden a gardener must be able to prove that they are a resident in the City of Seal Beach. If a gardener moves out of the City of Seal Beach, they must relinquish their plot by February 16th. Rental of a garden plot is for one calendar year. Applications must be returned with payment to the Community Services/Recreation Department prior to January 16th of each year in order to be renewed. After the renewal deadline, any remaining plots will be assigned to those on the waiting list. 1. Rental of Garden Plot................................................$75 per year per plot G. Tennis Center The Seal Beach Tennis Center provides a wide range of amenities which include a pro shop, fitness center, locker rooms, and the following services: 1. Single membership...............................$110 per month / $1,210 annually 2. Couple membership..............................$130 per month / $1,430 annually 3. Family membership...............................$140 per month / $1,540 annually 4. Junior membership ...................................$ 60 per month / $660 annually with a $135 one-time administration fee 5. Fitness membership..................................$25 per month / $275. annually with a $55one-time administration Cost Single Pickleball Membership……………………$45 per month / $495 annually Couple Pickleball Membership……………..……$65 per month / $715 annually 6. Guest fee with member............................................$13 (once per month) 7. Guest fee during general public hours.....................................$10 per day 8. Court fee.................................................................$12 per hour per court during the hours of 12:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. 9. Court fee.................................................................$15 per hour per court during the hours of 5:00 p.m. to 9:30 p.m. 10. Ball machine...........................................................................$20 per hour ..........................................................................$10 per hour for members Junior Use (under 17 years)…………………..............….…………$8 per hour Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 37 of 40 NOTE: . Please note that special event charges are imposed by the management and are not governed in this Cost resolution. H. Special Activity Request Application All Special Activities proposed on City property, not identified in this Cost Recovery Schedule, are subject to the following fees. Costs are charged in one hour increments. When applicable, a Special Event Permit Application and fee, as specified in Section 3(A)(19), must be submitted to the Community Services Department in addition to the fee for use of City property. 1. Weddings and wedding receptions, memorial services, and other group activities involving 25 persons or more (including, but not limited to, City Hall Courtyard and public beach) – outdoor ceremonies are subject to City scheduling a. Resident................................................................$130 134 per hour b. Non-resident .........................................................$260 268 per hour c. Commercial...........................................................$425 438 per hour 2. Banner Placement Activities .....................Actual Costs plus $100 deposit 3. Booth space for special events sponsored by the Community Services Department: a. Non-profit Group.......................................................................$5557 b. For-profit Group....................................................................$110113 4. Special Event Public Noticing...........................................................$105108 I. Special Event Reserved Parking ..............................................$25 per space 1. $25 per space from September 16th through May 14th 2. $33 per space from May 15 th through September 15th NOTE: Application fee for certain charitable events, banner placement requests, etc. may be waived upon determination by the City Council. 13. Street Closure (Refundable Guaranty)...................$750 minimum deposit for each block of street closed to cover clean up and/or damage costs 15. Park Damage (Refundable Guaranty)....................$750 minimum deposit for use of parks or beach for special events. Larger deposits may be conditioned depending upon the size and the scope of the event 4. Special Events a. Power Turn On for Special Events (each location) .................$ 5060 b. Pier Restroom Cleaning (each occurrence) .............................. $100 c. Building Facility Cleaning (each occurrence) ............................ $100 d. Street Sweeping (after Special Events 2 hr. /minimum)............ $210 Commented [A3]: moved from PW fees to Recreation Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 38 of 40 # # # # # # Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 39 of 40 SECTION 7. FILMING AND PHOTOGRAPHY A. Commercial Still Photography 1. Permit application a. Student (need instructor verification) ..............................................$25 b. Professional Commercial Film and/or Video Production.........................$75 2. Business license .........................................................$219 per fiscal year (Additionally each Business License is subject to an additional State-mandated charge of $4 which must be collected by the City.) 3. Location fee – general...........................................................$125 per day B. Motion Picture, Including Video 1. Permit application -a. Student (need instructor verification).............................................$100 b. -Professional Commercial Film and/or Video Production .............$175 2. Expedited film permit..........................................................................$350 3. Business license .........................................................$219 per fiscal year (Additionally each Business License is subject to an additional State-mandated charge of $4 which must be collected by the City.) 4. Location - general...................................................................$450per day C. Use of City Property – in addition to general location 1. Beach, Pier, and/or Park Area...............................................$350 per day 2. Lifeguard Station - interior.....................................................$215 per day 3. City Hall.................................................................................$215 per day 4. City Jail..................................................................................$525 per day 5. Deposit (Staff time and/or property damage)......................$500 minimum Note: Deposit will be determined based upon the scope of the production and will be inclusive of set-up and striking. NOTE: Use of other City property will be charged applicable fees identified elsewhere in this Resolution or by determination of the City Manager’s Office. D. Use of Personnel 1. City Personnel.....................Reimbursed at the fully burdened hourly rate E. Use of City Equipment and Vehicles ................................Market rental rates F. Use of City Parking Lots 1. Winter period (September 16th through May 14th) ...............$25 per space 2. Summer period (May 15th through September 15th)............$33 per space # # # # # # Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 40 of 40 SECTION 8. WATER USE/BILLING A. Water Connection (new customers) ......................................................$22.00 B. Late Payment: Penalty for water bills paid after 35 days is 10% of total water bill C. Water turn off/turn on 1. Service Charge (before 5:00 pm) .................................................$119.00 2. Service Charge (after 5:00 pm).....................................................$238.00 D. Water Tampering : 1. Meter Pull a. 1”< .............................................................................................$119.00 b. 11/2” – 2” ......................................................................................$238.00 c. >3” .................................................................................................$714 d. >4” .................................................................................................$952 2. Meter Re-install............................................................................Actual Cost 3. Lock-off.....................................................................................................$85 4. Replacement of cut off lock ......................................................................$85 Note: All of the above fees will be charged at the actual cost of providing the service at the fully burdened hourly rate. E. Water Conservation Enforcement – penalties applied per Municipal Code Section 9.3.170. F. Emergency Call .........................................................................$250 minimum plus time and materials will be charged NOTE: After a customer’s door is tagged 2 times in a 12 month period, for failure to pay water bill, a $30 charge will be added to the customer’s water bill each time door is tagged. Additionally, such customer that is assessed the tag charge may be required to pay a deposit equal to 1.5 times the highest bill in the last 12 month period. # # # # # # Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 41 of 40 SECTION 9. UNSPECIFIED COSTS Whenever Costs are charged for services provided by the City and no method for the calculation is specified through this Resolution, other City Council resolutions, the Municipal Code of the City of Seal Beach, or other state or federal statutes, the Costs shall be the actual cost (fully burdened), including the proportionate part of the salaries, wages, or other compensation of any deputy or employee, material and equipment costs and the cost, of overhead at 40.0% of the total. # # # # # # SECTION 10. FINGERPRINT COSTS The charge for taking fingerprints is $79. This charge covers the cost of what the Department of Justice charges for processing the fingerprints. # # # # # # Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 42 of 40 SECTION 11. BUSINESS LICENSE TAX & PERMITS NOTE: Per the City Municipal Code section 5.10.030, the business license tax amount for all businesses other than those based on gross receipt taxes shall be adjusted annually on July 1st of each year in accordance with the increase in the Consumer Price Index. Additionally, the business license tax imposed by this Chapter shall not apply to any business which has gross annual receipts of $25,000 or less in the one year period immediately preceding the issuance of a business license. To establish eligibility for this exemption, the business shall provide such financial documentation as requested by the Director of Finance including, without limitation, tax returns, and financial documentation. The Director of Finance shall establish such policies and procedures as are necessary to implement the exemption granted herein. Any business operating in the City with gross receipts of more than $25,000 annually shall pay the full amount of the applicable business license tax. A. Business license tax (Base Tax) for all businesses except the businesses listed below is $219 per fiscal year. (Note: each Business License is subject to an additional State-mandated fee of $4 which must be collected by the City.) 1. Advertising services; amusement parks; entertainment cafes; live or stuffed animal, fish and reptile shows; commission merchants or brokers; and tattooing business license tax......................................................$438 2. Aircraft for hire...............................................................$219 for 1 aircraft; each additional aircraft ...........................................................$41.75 3. Beach umbrella and equipment rental stand, for first stand or place .$219 each additional stand or place......................................................$42 4. Billiards and bowling alleys.................................................................$219 if more than 10 units ................................$20.25/unit (alley or table) 5. Boat rental for each boat less than 25 ft. in length.............................$219 plus for each boat exceeding 25 ft. in length...............$17.50 per ft. 6. Bottled water sales, excluding eating establishment, confectionery stores or similar businesses for the first delivery vehicle ..............................$219 each additional delivery vehicle...............................................$52.75 7. Boxing matches (professional contest or exhibition)..................$2,191.25 8. Carnivals and fairs, excluding those operated by nonprofit organizations for charitable purposes ............................$12.25 per day per each game, exhibition, show, recreational device, or booth including concession. 9. Circus ......$1,534.50 for the first day and $875.75 for each day thereafter 10. Fortune telling, psychic reading, for first year of operation.........$1,645.50 each year thereafter ...........................................................$1,096.50 11. Grocery bus................................................................................$2,193.25 12. Herb doctors....................$329.25 plus $42.25 for each additional partner 13. Milk distribution.............................................$219 for first delivery vehicle each additional delivery vehicle...............................................$20.25 14. Money lenders...............................................................................$329.25 15. Motion picture, production, or photoplay filming................$25.50 per day; except persons with a fixed place of business in the City; Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 43 of 40 If fixed place of business is in the City, the tax rate is...................$329.25 16. Peddlers and itinerant vendors: a. For sale of foodstuffs ........$219 which includes the use of 1 vehicle, each additional vehicle.....................................................$127.25 b. For sale of medicine................................................................$1,314 c. All others, unless otherwise required to be licensed .......................... ...........................................$219 which includes the use of 1 vehicle for each additional vehicle ..................................................$219 17. Sanitariums, including rest home, convalescent home, or home for the aged which provide care for more than 3 persons at one time...........$219 plus $5 for each patient in excess of 3, based on the average number of patients per day, computed monthly. 18. Selling club plans, including sale of membership in any club or cooperative association and sale of discount coupon books..............$877 19. Soliciting, canvassing, or taking orders for goods or advertising, excluding representatives of an established or fixed place of business in the City who submits an affidavit to the collector not less than 49 hours before such solicitation is..............................$437.50 plus $20.25 per day 20. Vehicles for hire: a. Seating less than 16 people.....................................$219 per vehicle b. Seating more than 16 people...................................$469 per vehicle c. Designed or used primarily for transportation of property where available for lease or rental without the driver.................................... .........................................................................$109.50 (first vehicle) each additional vehicle ......................................................$42.25 d. Ambulances or invalid coaches .......................$109.50 (first vehicle) each additional vehicle.......................................................$42.25 e. Motor scooters...................................................$219 for first scooter each additional scooter in excess of 5 scooters .....................$10 21. New and used car sales, a license which also authorizes the holder to repair such vehicles and sell motor vehicle parts and accessories............ .......................................................................................................$329.25 22. Vending machines: a. Merchandise dispensing.....................................$42.25 per machine b. Jukebox, amusement, electronic games and pinball machines ......... .................................................................................$63 per machine c. Photographic and voice recording machine ...............................$219 each additional machine after the first 5 machines............$41.25 23. Wrestling..........................................................................................$1,314 24. Country Club golf courses............$0.40 per $1,000 of total gross receipts 25. Manufacturing, including every person, firm, corporation, firm or partnership, manufacturing, processing, fabricating, designing, engineering and product, commodity, airplane, ship, selling any such product at wholesale or to jobbers, or selling any such product at retail, or selling any such product at retail, or selling any such product at both wholesale and at retail, or any and every person contracting for or Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 44 of 40 agreeing to manufacture, process, fabricate, design or engineer product, commodity, airplane, ship, machine, vehicle, instrumentality, tool or other thing for fee, charge, valuable consideration, or otherwise agreed upon sum of money.............................. $0.40 per $1,000 of total gross receipts 26. Massage establishment......................................................................$219 27. Massage Technician......................................................................$109.50 28. One Day Special Event Permit.............................................................$25 29. Home Occupation/Cottage Food Industry Permit...............................$219 Senior Citizen exception: All persons 65 and over engaged in any home occupation shall pay 50% of the annual flat rate tax in the first year. In subsequent years, provided that the annual income derived from such home occupation does not exceed $10,000 in any calendar year, the licensee shall be exempt from paying the annual flat tax rate but will be subject to the Exempt Business License Processing fee. In order to qualify for this reduced rate, licensees shall submit a copy of their most recent tax return to substantiate that the annual income derived from the home occupation does not exceed $10,000 per year. Expedited Business License Processing ..........................................................$75 Exempt (Annually) and Business License Processing ......................................$25 # # # # # # Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 45 of 40 SECTION 12. LIFEGUARD COSTS A. Junior Lifeguard Program 1. Resident .............................................................................................$575 Second and subsequent Sibling........................................................$ 550 2. Non-resident......................................................................................$ 600 Second and Subsequent Sibling .....................................................$ 575 3. City of Seal Beach Employee (Dependent)..........................50% Discount 4. City of Seal Beach Employee, Junior Lifeguard Instructor (Dependent)...........................................................................................Free 5. Preparation swim class......................................................................$ 150 6. Conditioning swim class....................................................................$ 150 7. Last Chance swim class......................................................................$ 75 SECTION 13. STATEMENT OF RESOLUTION The restatement of this Resolution of existing rates and amounts for previously imposed taxes, fees, and charges is for the purpose of administrative convenience and is not intended, and shall not be construed, as the imposition, extension, or increase of any such tax, fee, or charge. SECTION 14. EFFECTIVE DATE This Resolution shall be effective June 1124, 2018 2019 except for any agreements, contract contracts, plans and specifications submitted to the City prior to the date of adoption. ### Resolution No 6832xxxx Cost Recovery Schedule 20182019 - 20192020 Page 46 of 40 PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED by the Seal Beach City Council at a regular meeting held on the 11th 24th day of June , 2018 2019 by the following vote: AYES: Council Members: Deaton, Massa-Lavitt, Moore, Sustarsic, Varipapa NOES: Council Members: None ABSENT: Council Members: None ABSTAIN: Council Members: None Mike VaripapaTom Moore, Mayor ATTEST: Robin L. RobertsGloria D. Harper, City Clerk STATE OF CALIFORNIA } COUNTY OF ORANGE } SS CITY OF SEAL BEACH } I, Robin L. RobertsGloria D. Harper, City Clerk of the City of Seal Beach, do hereby certify that the foregoing resolution is the original copy of Resolution 6832 XXXX on file in the office of the City Clerk, passed, approved, and adopted by the Seal Beach City Council at a regular meeting held on the 11th 24th day of June , 20182019. Robin L. RobertsGloria D. Harper, City Clerk